o--------o o-----------------------------------------o
| s1.401 | | -Tenzan Pass-, a brief time of peace... |
o--------o-------------------------o-----------------------------------------o
| My | [02] Hero [02] Jowy |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll start off in a camp site at a place
| Recruits | that you'll later find out is called Tenzan
| | Pass. You'll see your friend, Jowy, come in
| [ ] Hero (M) [# 1] | to your tent to find that you've already
| [ ] Jowy (M) | changed out of your uniform. We get to
o----------------------------o finally go home tomorrow since Highland and
| Enemies | the City-State have signed a treaty, so Jowy
| | will ask you if you want to go to sleep now
| Commander | or if you want to get some fresh air.
| Highlands (A) |
| Highlands (B) | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Let's go outside.... |
| [2] I'm going to sleep. |
It's completely up to you; if o-------------------------------------------o
you go outside, you can go
around the camp and talk to your fellow Youth Brigade members. There's no
significance to it though, as you'll have to come back here and choose option
2 to go to sleep to progress the story.
(- NOTE -) When you do regain control, remove the Boots from Hero and put them
on Jowy. You'll be able to get an extra pair of them soon by doing this.
In the middle of the night, you'll wake up to a surprise attack! Head outside
to have Captain Rowd tell you that the City-State broke the peace agreement
and have them surrounded, and that you should take the mountain path to the
east to save yourselves. You can head east or go north and west; the end
result is essentially the same.
1) If you go east... Keep following the path until Jowy stops you.
Choose either option, and Jowy will tell you o-----------------------o
that he thinks the enemy knows that this path | [1] What is it, Jowy? |
is the only escape, so he wants to go back and | [2] Let's run away. |
report this to Captain Rowd. Head back to the o-----------------------o
campsite and you'll run into Rowd, and he's
reporting to Prince Luca of Highland that their ambush worked perfectly!!!
By doing this, it looks like the State broke the treaty, and now he can
prove Highland's power by taking the State down! You'll then have a choice.
If you choose 1, you can escape o--------------------------------------o
to the north, but if you choose | [1] Let's get out of here, Jowy. |
2, you will have to battle a set | [2] Let's talk to the Captain, Jowy. |
of soldiers before escaping. o--------------------------------------o
Once you reach the end of the path to the north, the captain will approach
you one last time and order a set of soldiers to kill you.
2) If you go north... Follow the path north and try to climb the rocks to the
north to have Captain Rowd and Prince Luca of Highland approach you! Luca
says that Rowd was supposed to 'leave no one alive'.
Choose either option, it does o-----------------------------------------o
not matter which one, as the | [1] What's going on here, Captain Rowd? |
Captain will order a set of | [2] Who are you!!! |
soldiers to kill you. o-----------------------------------------o
During battles, you should have Hero and Jowy use their Unite Attack to damage
all of the enemies, then when they're down to one, have them attack one by
one, and if you run into trouble, use Medicines to stay healed. After Rowd
runs off to get more choice, Jowy will tell you that they'll have to jump.
If you choose option 1 o------------------------------------------------o
3 times, you will be | [1] Look at that current! We'll never make it! |
asked a fourth time, but | [2] I guess there's no other way. |
with the options flipped. o------------------------------------------------o
If you choose option 2 | [1] I guess there's no other way. |
to refuse once again, | [2] Look at that current! We'll never make it! |
Rowd will come back with o------------------------------------------------o
another set of soldiers
for you to fight. I recommend doing this a few times until you have gone up to
at least level 4, preferably level 5 or 6; don't worry, it should only take a
few battles to do so.
(- NOTE -) If you fight 108 of these battles consecutively, the next cut scene
you'll see will be in color rather than black and white. If you want to do
this, you better go to 115 or 120 just to be sure you didn't miscount
somewhere and wind up with only 107 or less.
After you finally accept that there's no other way to escape, Jowy will make
a mark on a nearby rock, recommending that we both return to this spot if we
are to ever get separated.
Choose option 1 to leave your o-----------------------------------------o
with his, or option 2 to have | [1] I promise. |
him leave another of his marks | [2] Forget it...we'll make it together. |
as a prayer that they'll make it o-----------------------------------------o
together. They will both
approach the cliff, then leap off together, hopefully to safety...
After seeing the cut scene of you and Jowy's past, a familiar face from
Suikoden I will discover you lying beside the river. He will ask your name.
Either option can be o------------------------------------------------o
chosen for any of the | [1] ............... |
first two questions. On | [2] I'm Hero. |
third question, you can o------------------------------------------------o
choose either, but the | [1] We were ambushed by the State Army... |
second option will lead | [2] We were attacked by the State Army, but... |
you to a fourth question. o------------------------------------------------o
Even that question can be | [1] Highland Royal Army. Unicorn Brigade. |
answered either way | [2] No, I'm not. |
without change. o------------------------------------------------o
| [1] ................... |
After all of the | [2] ......I'm a Highlander. |
questioning, the man will o------------------------------------------------o
finally introduce himself
as Viktor, leader of the Mercenary Army. Another familiar face, Flik, will
bust Viktor's chops for picking on you, but more importantly will tell Viktor
that they lost sight of Jowy in the river, and hopes that he made it. Viktor
decides to make you their prisoner for now, so you'll head off to his fort.
o--------o o------------------------------------------o
| s1.402 | | -Mercenary Fortress-, running errands... |
o--------o------------------------o------------------------------------------o
| My | [06] Hero |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o The next morning, a guy named Pohl will come
| Items | in to give you some chores to do! First, you
| | will have to push all of the boxes in the
| [ ] Flint | room against the wall, so push against the
| [ ] Flint | top ones until they're against the north
o----------------------------o wall, and against the eastern one until it's
| Equipment | against that wall. After that, pick up the
| | [_ROPE_] near the doorway, then go back out.
| [ ] Boots | After Pohl's inspection, he'll praise you.
| [ ] Boots |
| [ ] Boots | o------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Boots | | [1] Of course! |
o----------------------------o | [2] I'm pretty tired. |
| Special Items | o------------------------------------------o
| |
| [ ] Rope | After choosing either option, you'll get a
| [ ] Flint | break and a meal. The next morning, Pohl has
o----------------------------o an errand for you to run; he wants you to get
| Recruits | 2 pairs of Boots, 3 flints, and 2 bags of
| | flour. First, talk to Barbara on the lower
| [ ] Gengen (S) | left side of the floor for Boots.
| [ ] Tuta (L) |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| [1] 1 pair....I guess. |
If you put the Boots on Jowy | [2] 2 pairs. |
like I recommended, you'll be | [3] Um...3 pairs. |
able to get some extras here, o-------------------------------------------o
so go ahead and get 3 pairs to
start with. Equip two of those pairs on Hero, then talk to her again, and
choose 3 once again, giving you 6 pairs total, four pairs of [_BOOTS_] for you
and two for Pohl! If you didn't put the Boots on Jowy, choose 2, then equip
one pair on Hero so he has 2 pairs equipped, with one in inventory, then talk
to Barbara again and choose 3 to have four left over! Next, talk to the
Blacksmith on the top part of this floor for the Flint.
Choose 2 first to obtain 2 [_FLINT_] stones, then o----------------------o
ask him against and choose 3 to obtain 3 [_FLINT_] | [1] Umm....1 please. |
stones, totaling 5, only two of which will be taken | [2] Umm....2 please. |
by Pohl, giving you an extra. Finally, we need some | [3] 3 please. |
Flour, so go up to the first floor and talk to the o----------------------o
guy at the Item Shop on the right side to be told
that they're out of flour, and that we'll have to go to Ryube to get some. Go
talk to Pohl and he'll tell you to talk to Leona while he opens the door.
Go back up to the first floor and talk to the lady in red, Leona, and she'll
call for Gengen, a Kobold, who's going to baby-sit you while you go to Ryube.
Just as you go to leave, a boy named Tuta will see that you're going to Ryube,
and will want to go with you. Since he's finished with his chores, Leona will
let him, and Gengen and Tuta will temporarily join your party!
There's not much else to do here, so go ahead and talk to Pohl at the front
door. He'll tell you that Ryube is to the
northeast, so head south to the exit, where o--------------------------o
Gengen will ask you to call him 'Captain | [1] Yes, Captain Gengen. |
Gengen'! Choose either option, and you'll head | [2] .................... |
out to the World Map. o--------------------------o
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | Mercenary Fortress / Ryube / E. Toto |
| | S. North Sparrow Pass / E. Radat Area |
| CutRabbit o-----------------------------------------------o
| FurFur |
| HollyBoy | (- NOTE -) The CutRabbit can drop the
o----------------------------o Technique Rune. I got it on my first battle!
Feel free to fight around out here to get some experience and potch if you
need to, then head northeast to Ryube Village.
o---------o
| -Ryube- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [07] Hero [07] Gengen [05] Tuta |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll be coming back to Ryube in a little
| Save Points | bit, so let's just grab the flour here. The
| | Inn is to the north, and the Armory, Item
| Inn | Shop, and Blacksmith are to the south; don't
o----------------------------o worry about getting Armor just yet, as
| Special Items | Gengen and Tuta can only have their
| | Accessories changed at the moment.
| [ ] Flour |
o----------------------------o Go to the Item Shop and talk to the
shopkeeper to obtain the [_FLOUR_]. That's it
for Ryube for now, so leave the village and make your way back to the fort.
o----------------------o
| -Mercenary Fortress- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------o----------------------o
| My | [07] Hero [07] Gengen [05] Tuta |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Talk to Pohl at Leona's place to give him the
| Special Items | Flour, then Gengen and Tuta will take off for
| | the time being. After another good meal, it's
| [ ] Rag | time to clean up a bunch of oil that's been
| [ ] Oily Rag | spilled around the fort. Pohl will give you a
o----------------------------o [_RAG_] to wipe it up, so start with the
spill right beside you. Next, wipe up the
spot in front of Barbara's Storehouse, then go up to the first floor and get
the spot by the eastern stairway. Head up to the second floor now and clean
the spill by the western stairs, and finally go into the central room where
Flik is to find the final spill. Once you've cleaned them up, your rag becomes
the [_OILY RAG_], and it'll be time to head back to the basement and report to
Pohl. He's impressed, and says that you've got talent!
Choose either option again, and you'll get to have o-----------------------o
yet another meal. During this night, however, you | [1] Of course! |
will hear soldiers saying that someone snuck in, | [2] It's my talent... |
and you'll hear Jowy calling out to you. o-----------------------o
Either choose option 1 once, or option 2 three o--------------------------o
times to have Jowy come down to save you. After | [1] I'm here Jowy!!! |
he's freed you, head upstairs, only to find | [2] .................... |
Viktor and Flik waiting for you. o--------------------------o
If you choose 2, you'll quietly surrender but if o-------------------------o
you choose 1, Flik will knock you flat on your | [1] Let's bust through! |
bum. In either case, you'll wind up in their | [2] ....I understand. |
room telling them who Jowy is, and if you choose o-------------------------o
to, what happened. You can choose 1 to tell them | [1] The truth is.... |
what happened, but afterward you'll still end up | [2] I can't say. |
up in the cell with Jowy. Jowy will tell you o-------------------------o
that he woke up in Toto Village where a small
girl and her family helped him get healed, and once he heard that a prisoner
was being held here, he came to save you. After another meal, Jowy wants to
see exactly what you're holding.
He says they're going to try to o-------------------------------------o
escape now since they won't expect | [1] Are you going to try to escape? |
it so soon. He'll use the spoon he | [2] Why? |
took from dinner to unlock the door, o-------------------------------------o
then you can head up to the first
floor, where Jowy decides to light the Oily Rag with your Flint as a
distraction to the soldiers! Head upstairs while they take care of that, then
head down and out to the balcony. He'll fix your Rope to it, then you'll climb
down to freedom! As you leave, Jowy wonders if it'll still be safe to go to
Kyaro with all that happened with Rowd and Luca.
If you choose 2, you'll be chased out o------------------------------------o
of the fort anyway, so just choose 1 | [1] Let's go back to Kyaro Town. |
to head out to the World Map, then go | [2] It's too dangerous to go back. |
northeast to Ryube Village. o------------------------------------o
o---------o
| -Ryube- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [07] Hero [07] Jowy |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Go to the central part of the village, and
| Save Points | you'll see three street performers. One girl,
| | Eilie, will spot you and choose you to be
| Inn | part of their act! She'll tie you to the tree
o----------------------------o and her brother, Bolgan, will introduce their
| Recruits | main event, the knife-throwing act! Her
| | sister, Rina, asks you not to move, as she
| [ ] Eilie (L) | hasn't been doing well lately. Yikes!
| [ ] Rina (L) |
| [ ] Bolgan (S) | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Don't move. |
| [2] Move a hair to the right. |
The choices (and responses) | [3] Move a hair to the left. |
are the same for all four o-------------------------------------------o
objects that Eilie will try
to hit. Choose 1 to NOT MOVE. After the crowd has enjoyed the show, the troupe
will formally introduce themselves to you. Jowy tells them that they're on
their way to Kyaro, and oddly enough the troupe is as well! The only problem
with going there is the Mist Monster at the North Sparrow Pass, so going
together would be much safer. What do you think?
Choose option 1 or 2, because you won't o---------------------------------o
be able to advance the story until you | [1] Of course. |
let them come with you. If you do choose | [2] It's my pleasure to travel |
3, you'll have to talk to them again and | with such a beautiful lady. |
choose option 1 to have them join your | [3] No way! |
party. Once they have joined, change o---------------------------------o
your formation so Bolgan is in the front | [1] Yeah. |
row, as he won't be able to attack in | [2] Nope. |
the back as he is an S character. o---------------------------------o
You can't change any of the three's armor, but you can still give them items
and accessories, so head over to the Armory and get Jowy and yourself
prepared, then make sure to get everyone a set of Medicine equipped, and if
you can, attach any and all Scrolls you may have (Angry Blow, Flaming Arrows)
to your team. Bolgan has a Fire Breath Rune equipped, and by using that, he
will be unbalanced the next turn, so letting him be one of your primary item
users would probably be a good idea. Once you have everyone equipped to your
liking, feel free to rest at the Inn or sharpen your weapon at the Blacksmith,
then leave Ryube and head north to the North Sparrow Pass.
o--------o o--------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.403 | | -North Sparrow Pass-, where the Mist Monster awaits... |
o--------o----------o--------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [07] Hero [07] Jowy [04] Bolgan |
| Party | [04] Rina [04] Eilie |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The CutRabbits here will drop the
| Save Points | Double-Beat Rune; you can try to get one now
| | if you like, but we'll be passing back
| Before the boss | through here in a bit, and we'll have much
o----------------------------o stronger party members, so it will be easier
| Items | if you can wait.
| |
| [ ] Escape Talisman | Soldiers will be blocking your way here at
o----------------------------o North Sparrow Pass, saying that the Mayor of
| Equipment | Muse has banned passage. Jowy, Eilie, and
| | Bolgan will unsuccessfully try to persuade
| [ ] Brass Armor | them to let them pass, then Rina decides to
| [ ] Feathered Hat | drag one of the soldiers off to a hidden
o----------------------------o area, where she PERSUADES (!) the soldier to
| Scrolls | let them pass, given that they keep their
| | mouths shut!
| [ ] Fire Wall |
o----------------------------o Head north and follow the path to the next
| Enemies * = BOSS | area, and when you reach the first fork, head
| | west to find a chest containing a
| Bandit A | [_FIRE WALL_] scroll. Make sure to put this
| Bandit B | on someone for the upcoming battle. You will
| Bandit C | also see a pool of water beside the chest;
| BonBon | examine it to recover all of your HP & MP! I
| CutRabbit | recommend fighting around this pool until you
| KillerBee | can get everyone to at least level 6,
| Wolf | possibly 7, then recover once again and head
|*Mist Shade | back to the fork. Continue northeast and up
o----------------------------o to the next area.
Move up a bit to be at a fork; open the chest to your east for an
[_ESCAPE TALISMAN_], then continue north, west, and north to the next area.
The next fork has two paths going north; the eastern one leads to a dead-end
with a [_BRASS ARMOR_], so grab that, then take the other path north and
follow it a while to the next area.
Just to your east is a Journeyman's Crystal; make sure to save! Also make sure
that everyone is healed to the max, then take a few steps north to take on the
Mist Monster that everyone's warned you of!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Mist Shade Potch: 2,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| Items: Kindness Drops | |
o--------------------------------o Start off by having everyone use any |
| Scrolls that you may have EXCEPT for |
| Rina and Bolgan; have Bolgan use his Fire Breath Rune first, then use a |
| Scroll his next turn when he's unbalanced, and have Rina use the spells |
| on her Fire Rune. The Mist Shade will attack several times in one round, |
| so make sure to have someone use a Medicine (anyone who may not have a |
| Scroll) on the injured, followed by just using regular attacks once |
| you're out of Scrolls. Stay healed, and you should be able to overcome |
| it. If you have any problems with this boss, reload from the last Crystal |
| and level up to 7 or 8 before attempting to fight it again. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After you regain control, head north to the next area, then continue to a
fork. Head east to the next area first, where you can open the chest here for
a [_FEATHERED HAT_], then head back and take the northwestern path, following
it to the next area and all the way to the exit. Since we're almost to Kyaro,
that is where we'll part ways with Eilie, Rina, and Bolgan.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | N. North Sparrow Pass / Kyaro / |
| | S. Tenzan Pass Area |
| BonBon o-----------------------------------------------o
| CutRabbit |
| Spider | (- NOTE -) The CutRabbits here drop the
o----------------------------o Technique Rune, not the Double-Beat Rune.
BEFORE ENTERING KYARO, make sure to remove all items and accessories from
Eilie, Rina, and Bolgan. They'll be leaving your party and won't be back for
a while. There's not much else to do out here, so head on north to Kyaro.
o--------o o---------------------------------o
| s1.404 | | -Kyaro-, Highland's betrayal... |
o--------o---------------------------------o---------------------------------o
| My | [09] Hero [09] Jowy [08] Bolgan |
| Party | [08] Rina [08] Eilie |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o When you enter the actual town, the troupe
| Save Points | will say its goodbyes and head out, then Jowy
| | will decide to head straight home, leaving
| Inn | you to go visit your sister, Nanami.
o----------------------------o
| Items *Can only have 1 | There's an Inn to your north and an Item
| | Shop on the northern part of town; stop there
| [ ] Large Vase* *?* | if you need to see their supplies. Also check
| [ ] Famous Vase* *?* | their Rare Finds, as there could be some
| [ ] Nanami's Vase* *?* | Winged Boots waiting (if you have the money).
o----------------------------o When you're ready, head to the western end of
| Key Items | town and take that path to your home.
| |
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 1 *?* | Before going inside the house, go north on
o----------------------------o the right side of the house and examine the
| Recruits | large tree overlooking the cliff. Examine it
| | a total of three times to have a squirrel
| [ ] Mukumuku (L) [# 2] | with a red cape follow you! He is Mukumuku,
| [ ] Nanami (M) [# 3] | and he will join your party since you found
| [ ] Viktor (S) | him! (If you don't get him now, you CAN get
| [ ] Flik (S) | him later, but it takes more work.)
o----------------------------o
| Enemies * = BOSS | Head inside your house and enter the room on
| | your left. Walk around the table and examine
| Highlands (A) | the desk to the right to find a '? book',
| Highlands (B) | which is [_OLD BOOK VOL. 1_] once it is
| Highlands (C) | appraised. Head through the doors to the
|*Rowd | north and out the back door to find Nanami
o----------------------------o praying at your Grandpa Genkaku's grave.
Either option leads to Nanami loving on/tackling you, o----------------o
then she'll start asking you a million questions, which | [1] I'm back. |
then makes her remember that everyone thinks that you and | [2] Here I am. |
Jowy are State spies that led to the deaths of everyone o----------------o
in the Unicorn Brigade! She decides that we need to run
away, and after a run-in with the wall and a quick prayer to Genkaku, Nanami
will join your party! Head back into the house, then examine the set of 3
vases on a set of boxes in the center of the room; Nanami thinks we should
take one with us for good luck. Which one?
You can only take one with you; they are o---------------------------------o
all unidentified ? vases, but they are | [1] Let's take the big vase. |
all different. The big vase is a | [2] Let's take the medium vase. |
[_LARGE VASE_], which sells for 1,500 | [3] Let's take the small vase. |
potch; the medium vase is the o---------------------------------o
[_FAMOUS VASE_] which sells for 3,000
potch; the small vase is [_NANAMI'S VASE_], which only sells for 5 potch, so
money-wise, you should choose the medium vase, Genkaku's Famous Vase. Now,
head outside and you'll run into some Highland Soldiers; they've come to
arrest you as a spy of the City-State! Take them down (these soldiers can drop
a Hazy Rune; if you're looking for one and don't get one here, another enemy
can drop it in a little bit. After the battle, Captain Rowd will ask you to
come quietly.
If you choose option 2, you can fight Captain o-------------------------o
Rowd. Technically, I'd consider it a boss battle | [1] Captain....why..... |
(the boss music plays), but it's nearly | [2] No!!!!! |
impossible to win unless you've leveled up quite o-------------------------o
a bit. Each attack on Rowd himself only does 1
or 2 damage right now, but if you want to try to beat him, heal with Hero
every other round, as he'll probably take out both Mukumuku and Nanami with
one blow each.
Regardless of which option you chose, Rowd will take you off to prison. At
Jowy's house, Jowy will be taken as well, with his family disowning him for
being a traitor. Everyone will reunite in a cell where Rowd will come in and
explain Luca's plans, and for those plans to work, we need to be executed as
traitors. As you're taken to the scaffold, the Prince's sister, Jillia Blight,
passes you by, sees that you're only children and gives you a chance to speak.
Choose either option, and when Jowy hears the o--------------------------o
driver call her 'Princess', he tells her to | [1] I'm innocent! |
remember that they didn't betray Highland, but | [2] .................... |
that Highland betrayed them. o--------------------------o
You'll then be taken to the scaffold and beaten until Rowd asks you if you
have any last words.
Choose either option, then Rowd will look off into o--------------------o
the distance, reminiscing on how good his life will | [1] No, I don't. |
be, but when he returns back into reality, Viktor and | [2] You're a jerk. |
Flik have arrived and taken out all of the soldiers! o--------------------o
You'll be freed and Rowd will run off; Pohl begged
Viktor them to come rescue you, and since you're still their prisoners, they
figured they should. Jowy will then ask you and Flik if we can rescue Nanami.
You should choose option 1. If you choose 2 o------------------------------o
three times, you'll automatically leave | [1] Let's go save Nanami. |
Kyaro, and if you continue back to the | [2] Let's hurry out of here. |
fort, you won't see Nanami (or Mukumuku) o------------------------------o
again until the events before the White
Deer Inn and Sindar Ruins. By choosing to save her, you'll see her fight off a
bunch of soldiers on her own before running into you, then everyone will leave
Kyaro together. Head back to the entrance, but just before leaving Kyaro for
good, Nanami wonders if we'll ever return.
Choose whichever you like, then you'll be o--------------------------------o
back on the World Map. Whenever you're | [1] We'll be back some day. |
ready, head down and to the North Sparrow | [2] I don't want to come back. |
Pass. o--------------------------------o
(- NOTE -) This will be your last chance for a while to fight the CutRabbits
here at North Sparrow Pass, so if you want some more Double-Beat Runes, fight
them now. I moved on after obtaining six of them total. Note that once you
leave North Sparrow Pass to the south, you won't be able to re-enter.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | Mercenary Fortress / Ryube / E. Toto |
| | S. North Sparrow Pass / E. Radat Area |
| BonBon o-----------------------------------------------o
| ShadowDog |
| Woodpecker | (- NOTE -) The ShadowDog can drop the
o----------------------------o Hazy Rune, if you missed it earlier in Kyaro.
There are some new enemies, but that's about it, so head back to the Fort.
o--------o o-----------------------------------------------------o
| s1.405 | | -Mercenary Fortress-, recruiting some new allies... |
o--------o-------------o-----------------------------------------------------o
| My | [10] Hero [29] Flik [24] Viktor |
| Party | [10] Jowy [07] Nanami [07] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o When you enter the fort, Flik and Viktor will
| Save Points | leave your party for the time being, but
| | Viktor suggests looking for more recruits to
| Pohl | join them, so let's get started! To begin
o----------------------------o with, Gengen is now officially available as
| Recruits | a party member, so go inside and talk to
| | Leona to be able to add/remove recruits from
| [ ] Gengen (S) [# 4] | your active party; throw Gengen in there to
o----------------------------o begin with, if you like. You can also talk to
Pohl in the basement to rest and save, and
the Blacksmith here can sharpen your weapons to level 3.
(- NOTE -) You can now give Barbara items to put in the Storehouse if your
inventory is starting to become full. You should put any extra runes and the
Old Books and such that you can't use just yet in there. You can go to Toto
Village and have anything identified, such as the Old Book you got in Kyaro.
Oh, and just so you know, don't put anything that's critically important that
you may need into the Storehouse; it will be unavailable for some time in a
bit. I'll let you know when.
Now, let's get started on recruiting. Our first stop will be Toto; it's
northwest of the Mercenary Fortress. Bring any '?' items with you!
o--------o
| -Toto- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [10] Hero [10] Jowy [07] Gengen |
| Party | [07] Nanami [07] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You should stop by the Appraiser first and
| Save Points | have him appraise you ? book and the ? vase,
| | as well as any other '?' items you may have
| Inn | acquired. Sell the extra decorations if you
o----------------------------o need the money! Next, stop in at the Inn and
| Recruits | talk to the guy at the top of the screen; he
| | is Zamza, a very cocky guy who has a few
| [ ] Zamza (S) [# 5] | words with Nanami, and to prove that he's not
o----------------------------o worthless, he joins you just to show you!
(- NOTE -) If you don't recruit Zamza now, you'll be able to recruit him later
on at South Window, and you'll still have to have Nanami with you.
Stop at the Item Shop if you like, then head back out to the World Map and
make your way to Ryube next. (You can stop at the fort and drop stuff of in
the Storehouse, like the Old Book and anything else you had appraised, if you
like.)
o---------o
| -Ryube- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [10] Hero [06] Zamza [07] Gengen |
| Party | [07] Jowy [07] Nanami [07] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll see a guy in blue lying on the ground
| Save Points | near the Inn; talk to him.
| |
| Inn | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Are you okay? |
| Equipment | | [2] What's wrong, you bum? |
| | | [3] Let's leave him.... |
| [ ] Gauntlet | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Leather Cape |
o----------------------------o Choose 1 or 2 to find out that there's
| Recruits | something wrong with his stomach.
| |
| [ ] Rikimaru (S) [# 6] | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Millie (L) [# 7] | | [1] Does it hurt? |
| [ ] Kinnison (L) [# 8] | | [2] ??????? |
| [ ] Shiro (S) [# 9] | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o
| Enemies * = BOSS | Choose either option to have him tell you
| | that he's starving and can't move, and
| GiantSnail | wants you to give him some food.
| Spider |
| WildBoar | o-------------------------------------------o
| Woodpecker | | [1] Okay....sure.... |
|*Bonaparte | | [2] No way. |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
Choose option 1 to go with him to the Inn where he'll eat his way back to good
health. The Innkeeper will tell you that you now owe 3,000 potch for his meal!
Choose 1 to pay the bill and to o------------------------------------o
recruit Rikimaru! If you choose 2, | [1] Okay.... I'll pay. |
you'll have to talk to the Innkeeper | [2] Why? |
and choose option 1 on the next o------------------------------------o
question to be able to recruit him. | [1] I'll pay it. |
He'll then head off to the fort to | [2] Do whatever you want with him. |
get some grub. o------------------------------------o
(- NOTE -) If you don't get Rikimaru now, you will have another chance when
you reach Coronet later on.
Next, there's a girl in a white hat in the northeastern corner of town; she's
Millie, and she'll ask you if you want something.
Choose 2 to learn that she's lost her pet o----------------------o
Bonaparte, then choose 1 to assist her in finding | [1] No. Nothing. |
poor little Bonaparte. Millie will join your party, | [2] What's wrong. |
and you'll automatically be in the Ryube Forest. o----------------------o
| [1] Sure I will. |
(- NOTE -) The Woodpeckers here in the forest can | [2] Sorry, I'm busy. |
drop the Killer Rune. o----------------------o
Head northeast and follow the path to a fork. Head west first to find a poor
little baby bird that fell out of its nest.
Choose option 1 to put it back in its o---------------------------------o
nest. Head north to the next area and | [1] Put baby bird back in nest. |
you should see a fork where the path | [2] Leave it alone. |
goes northwest into some trees; take o---------------------------------o
this path to find two chests with a
[_GAUNTLET_] and a [_LEATHER CAPE_]. If you go back and continue northeast,
you'll eventually end up at a dead-end with someone's house; there's nothing
here, but you'll be back here a little later.
Make your way back to the fork, then head east to the next area. Continue east
to spot Bonaparte, then continue along the path until you corner him at a
dead-end. You'll then have to fight him.
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Bonaparte | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| Bonaparte can be difficult, but as long as you stay healed, you should be |
| okay. Have Hero and Nanami use their Family Attack, with Nanami healing |
| when she's unbalanced, then have Zamza use his Fire Dragon Rune and the |
| rest of your party attack normally, having any of the remaining 3 healing |
| if someone needs it. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Afterward, Bonaparte will finally calm down to where Millie can take him back.
She asks you if you think he's cute!
Choose either option, then Millie will o--------------------------------o
permanently join your party! Now, follow | [1] I don't know about that... |
the path back to the baby bird; if no one | [2] I guess so.... |
is here, wander around a different area o--------------------------------o
of the forest for a while, fighting
random enemies. Come back after a few minutes and you should see a guy and his
dog (if not, go back and fight some more.) Approach them to have him ask you
if you rescued the bird.
Choose option 1 to tell him that it was you. If o-------------------------o
you happen to choose 2, you'll have to talk to | [1] That's right. |
him again and admit that it was you to continue. | [2] Not me. |
The guy, Kinnison, will tell you that his dog, o-------------------------o
Shiro, knew that you rescued the bird, and that | [1] Actually it was me. |
they're hunters in this forest. He will then ask | [2] Oh nothing. |
you why you're here. o-------------------------o
CHOOSE 1, otherwise o--------------------------------------------------o
they will both leave | [1] We're looking for companions to join us. |
you and you won't be | NO! [2] I can't say.... |
able to recruit them. o--------------------------------------------------o
Once you choose 1, he'll then join your party, as will Shiro! He'll then
ask if he should go with you.
I'm taking him with me since o---------------------------------------o
Millie is terrible, but it's up to | [1] Yes. |
you. Once you are finished here, | [2] No, go to where the others are... |
follow the path back to Ryube. o---------------------------------------o
Shop around and rest if you need
to, then head back out to the World Map. If you have any runes in the
Storehouse that you want to put on someone, I suggest going back to the fort
to get them since we'll be able to attach them momentarily. Whenever you're
ready, head to the far northwest to Toto Village once again.
o--------o o--------------------------------------o
| s1.406 | | -Toto-, a favor for Jowy's friend... |
o--------o----------------------------o--------------------------------------o
| My | [11] Hero [07] Shiro [08] Zamza |
| Party | [11] Jowy [09] Nanami [07] Kinnison |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o As you enter the village, a small girl named
| Save Points | Pilika will recognize Jowy! She will run over
| | to him, and you'll wonder who this little
| Inn | girl is.
o----------------------------o
| Potch | o-------------------------------------------o
| | | [1] Who is this kid? |
| [ ] 70 | | [2] A friend of Jowy's? |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
Choose either option, and he'll tell you the rest of the story of what
happened to him, and how this girl's family helped him. Pilika will ask if you
are Jowy's friend.
Choose any option, and she'll ask for your o-------------------------------o
name too. Again, choose either one, then | [1] That's right. |
Pilika will invite you over to her house. | [2] Yes. I'm his best friend. |
Follow her up there and you'll meet | [3] No way. |
Pilika's family, and after a few words, o-------------------------------o
Pilika will ask you to go with her to her | [1] Hero. |
room. There, she'll ask you to go to Muse | [2] Ummm...... |
to get a wooden amulet that she saw; she o-------------------------------o
wants to get it for her daddy for his
birthday. She'll then give you [_70 POTCH_] for it. Will you get it for her?
Choose either option, and she'll tell you it's at o---------------------o
the big item store. That's all there is to do here, | [1] Yeah right |
but before you head off to Muse, check the Item Shop | [2] It's kinda far. |
and see if they have any Rare Finds, and make sure o---------------------o
that you have everything appraised, as you won't be
able to for a while once you go to Muse. When you are ready, leave Toto to the
northwest.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | W. Toto / Muse / S. Muse-Highland Border / |
| | White Deer Inn / S. Muse-Matilda Border / |
| GoldBoar | E. Muse-Greenhill Border / Coronet Area |
| KillSpider o-----------------------------------------------o
| Sickle |
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Sickle can drop the Gale Rune.
Out here on the World Map, Muse is to your west, Coronet is to your southwest,
and the three borders are to your north and west. Coronet is a place of
interest right now, as you can upgrade your weapons to level 5 there, if you
like. Whenever you are ready, make your way to Muse.
(- NOTE -) There is a way to get past the door at the Muse-Matilda Border. All
you have to do is push against the door like you did the boxes at the fort,
and it will move until you can pass into the Matilda area. I will not be
pursuing this area until the time actually comes in the game, but if you must
explore it yourself, skip down to s1.425 (Highway Village) to find a quest
that you'll be able to take on.
o--------o
| -Muse- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [12] Hero [10] Shiro [10] Zamza |
| Party | [11] Jowy [10] Nanami [10] Kinnison |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head north into the city. The Item Shop is to
| Save Points | your left, so head over there and talk to the
| | shopkeeper. He'll sell you the Amulet, but it
| Inn | is for much more than Pilika gave you, 500
o----------------------------o potch!
| Potch |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] 1500 | | [1] We'll pay it of course. |
o----------------------------o | [2] No way. |
| Special Items | o-------------------------------------------o
| |
| [ ] Wooden Amulet | Choose option 2, that way Jowy will sell his
o----------------------------o signet ring, netting you both the
[_WOODEN AMULET_] and [_1500 POTCH_] in
change! Check out the Item Shop while you're here, then make sure to check out
both the Armory and the Rune Shop. The Armory is north of the Item Shop, and
the Rune Shop is east of the Armory. The Armory has some good equipment, so
upgrade if you like, then head to the Rune Shop and put the runes you've
acquired so far on your characters.
(- NOTE -) Hero and Jowy will be acquiring their own runes in a little while,
and when that happens, the runes you may have put on them will be removed and
placed in your inventory.
Once you're finished exploring Muse, leave and head back to Toto...
o--------o
| -Toto- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [12] Hero [10] Shiro [10] Zamza |
| Party | [11] Jowy [10] Nanami [10] Kinnison |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll see the village burnt to the ground.
| Recruits | You'll find Pilika crying over by her house,
| | and after she tells you what happened,
| [ ] Hanna (S) [# 10] | another familiar face will appear. It's
o----------------------------o Apple; she wants to know if you're survivors.
Choose either option, and she'll tell you that o-------------------------o
she needs to find Viktor, so she and Pilika will | [1] What happened here? |
join your convoy to go find them. Before going | [2] Who are you? |
to see Viktor, go back into Toto and talk to the o-------------------------o
woman here; she's Hanna, and she thinks she has
failed, since she couldn't do anything to protect the village.
Choose option 1 to have Hanna join o-------------------------------------o
your party! After you've done that, | [1] Let's fight together. |
leave Toto and head back to the | [2] You should hurry up and escape. |
fort. o-------------------------------------o
o--------o o----------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.407 | | -Mercenary Fortress-, the ruthlessness of Luca Blight... |
o--------o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [12] Hero [10] Shiro [10] Zamza |
| Party | [11] Jowy [10] Nanami [10] Kinnison |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head into the fort to go straight to Viktor
| Save Points | and Flik. Apple's furious with them since
| | they didn't keep in touch after the Gate
| Pohl | Rune War, as they went missing in action and
o----------------------------o left without ever telling anyone! She tells
| Potch | them what Luca has planned, since everything
| | is set up for him now that it looks like the
| [ ] 2000 | State broke the peace agreement. They'll plan
o----------------------------o on what to do next as you are sent to your
quarters to rest. After getting Pilika to
finally go to sleep, Jowy wonders who he can trust after all that's happened.
Choose either option, then Leona will come in o--------------------------o
and tell you that Viktor wants to see you. Go | [1] You can trust me. |
up to his room to have him show you the Fire | [2] I don't know either. |
Spears; they'll be very useful in the fight, o--------------------------o
but they're rusted over, so he wants you to
find a man called Tsai of the Divine Spear to help restore them.
You have to choose 1 to continue, so do so, and Flik o---------------------o
will give you [_2000 POTCH_] as payment to Tsai for | [1] Of course. |
working on the spears. He's in the Ryube Forest, so | [2] We can't do it. |
leave here and head to Ryube. o---------------------o
o---------o
| -Ryube- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [12] Hero [10] Shiro [10] Zamza |
| Party | [11] Jowy [10] Nanami [10] Kinnison |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head into the forest and take the western
| Save Points | path at the fork. Follow this path all the
| | way to Tsai's house. It doesn't look like
| Inn | he's home, but as you go to leave, he'll show
o----------------------------o up, asking why you're here.
| Recruits |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Tsai (M) [# 11] | | [1] We came because we need you. |
o----------------------------o | [2] Nothing in particular. |
| Enemies | o-------------------------------------------o
| | | [1] Viktor asked us to..... |
| GiantSnail | | [2] I'm sorry. |
| Spider | o-------------------------------------------o
| WildBoar |
| Woodpecker | Choose 1, because if you choose 2, you'll
o----------------------------o have to talk to him again and choose 1 there
to continue. He already knows that Toto was
attacked and assumed he'd be needed for the Fire Spears, so he's already
packed and ready to go. He also declines the money, so we get to keep it! Tsai
joins! Make your way back to Ryube, and you'll see a movie of the village
being attacked...
After you see the despicable Luca Blight mercilessly slaughter the citizens,
Jowy thinks that you should take him on.
If you choose 1, Tsai will knock o---------------------------------------o
you out to prevent you from being | [1] We can't just sit here and watch. |
killed by Luca, and choosing 2 | [2] ....We've got no choice. |
will make you just wait until they o---------------------------------------o
have left. Afterward, Tsai will
tell you that Viktor's fort is next, so leave here and head back to the fort.
o----------------------o
| -Mercenary Fortress- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------o----------------------o
| My | [12] Hero [10] Shiro [10] Zamza |
| Party | [11] Jowy [11] Nanami [10] Kinnison |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Pilika will tell you that Viktor's been
| Enemies | waiting for you, then she'll join your
| | convoy. Before going to talk to Viktor, rest
| Commander | and save your game with Pohl. Once you do
| Highlands (A) | that, head up and talk to Viktor. Tsai will
| Highlands (B) | introduce himself, then he'll immediately
| Highlands (C) | begin working on the Fire Spears. Viktor will
o----------------------------o thank you, then will ask you to go to Muse.
You must choose 2 to continue, or if o-----------------------------------o
you choose 1, you need to talk to | [1] I understand. |
Viktor again and choose 1 that time to | [2] I want to fight by your side. |
continue. If you choose 1 and leave, o-----------------------------------o
Jowy will try to persuade you to go | [1] I want to fight by your side. |
back as you leave, and will stop you | [2] Oh, I just forgot something. |
at Toto and won't let you go unless o-----------------------------------o
you agree to go back to fight. When
you ask Viktor to fight by his side, Flik will decide to let you, but only if
you can wound him in a duel.
o----------------------o
Whenever you're ready, choose option 1 to take on | [1] It's a deal. |
Flik, one-on one! | [2] Forget about it. |
o----------------------o
o--------o o-------------------o
| s1.oo1 | | One-on-One - Flik |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------o-------------------o
| When Flik says "___", he will Attack. Choose to use a Wild Attack. |
| |
| - Hey, be careful how you swing that thing! |
| - Nice try. I'll go next. |
| - Okay, let's see what you've got. |
| - Oops, I might have put too much into that one. |
| - That's how to attack. Got it? |
| - That's the spirit! |
| - This is just a waste of time. |
| - Whoa. Better be careful. Someone's gonna get hurt. |
| - Whoa, nice stroke. That's the way. |
| - Yes, good. What'll you do next? |
| |
| When Flik says "___", he will Defend. Choose to Attack. |
| |
| - Better be more careful. You'll get yourself hurt. |
| - C'mon take a swing at me. |
| - Don't get too confident or you'll get yourself killed. |
| - Hey, that was a surprise. |
| - Hey, wanna try that again? |
| - In combat, caution is the best weapon. |
| - Okay, it's your turn. Let's see what you've got. |
| - One more time. Don't mess up. |
| - That's how to attack. Try it yourself. |
| - Want to try that again? |
| |
| When Flik says "___", he will use a Wild Attack. Choose to Defend. |
| |
| - Ha ha ha! You're something else. Wanna try that again? |
| - Here goes! Hope you can handle this!!! |
| - Here it comes. Better get out of the way. |
| - I'm going again. Don't mess up this time. |
| - Now it's my turn. Don't faint on me. |
| - Okay, maybe I should show you what I've really got. |
| - One of us is going to have to finish this. |
| - The next one's going to hurt. |
| - This is how to you deliver a deadly attack..... |
| - You dodged my sword, the kid gloves are coming off... |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Flik will vouch for your ability to fight, and Viktor will
decide to let you fight, and even let you lead a company! Leave their room to
automatically be back at your quarters. Down here, Jowy is trying to think of
a company name, and he likes Orange, but you can enter whatever you like. In
the history books in Suikoden III, your army will be known as the Dunan Army,
so that's what I'm going to name mine. I will usually reference it as 'your
army' or something like that, so it shouldn't be confusing. Afterward, while
you're sleeping, Pohl will run in and tell you that the Highland Army is
coming!
(- NOTE -) This is the last time you can take out from your Storehouse for
quite some time, so make sure to take out whatever you would like to use until
then.
Head all the way out of the fortress to the front where Viktor has gathered
the troops. Viktor will give his speech, Apple will inform you that she laid
some traps for them, and Tsai will tell you the Fire Spears are ready. Muse
will send reinforcements soon, so we must hold them off until then. In the
name of the great... lion (?) on the fort's flag, let's march to victory! You
will then be asked if you're ready.
o------------------------------o
Choose option 2 to proceed to your first | [1] We're not quite ready... |
Major Battle! | [2] We're ready anytime. |
o------------------------------o
o--------o o---------------------------------------o
| s1.mb1 | | Major Battle - Mercenary Fortress (1) |
o--------o---------------------------o---------------------------------------o
| |
| I'm not going to go into much detail for this Major Battle; it's mainly |
| for tutorial purposes, and after the second turn, the enemy will flee and |
| you will win. Do whatever you please until then to continue. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Viktor says that we've earned a short rest, but this is short lived by the
news that Highland is attacking again! You'll then be asked if you're ready.
o--------------------o
No need for a break; choose option 2 to go into your | [1] Wait a minute. |
second Major Battle. | [2] Ready. |
o--------------------o
o--------o o---------------------------------------o
| s1.mb2 | | Major Battle - Mercenary Fortress (2) |
o--------o---------------------------o---------------------------------------o
| |
| Again, I'm not going to go into much detail for this Major Battle; it's |
| for tutorial purposes, and after your third turn, Luca will appear in the |
| forest below the fort, and the battle will be over when one of them enters |
| the fort. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Viktor and Flik will order the retreat, then Jowy go to save Pilika.
If I were you, I'd choose 1, otherwise it o------------------------------o
will be very difficult fighting the large | [1] I'll go with you. |
groups of Highland soldiers all by | [2] I'm getting out of here. |
yourself. Head into the fort and make your o------------------------------o
way to where you usually meet with Viktor
and Flik; you'll have to battle several sets of soldiers along the way before
making it there. Inside, you'll see your friend Pohl at the mercy of Luca
Blight, and after he's finished with Pohl (*sob*), he'll turn his attention to
Pilika. You need to QUICKLY choose option 1 when it comes up to help Jowy save
her, otherwise the option will go away and Jowy will attempt to do it himself.
QUICKLY choose 1, as I said before. You'll both o---------------------o
block him from striking Pilika, but he'll just throw | [1] Save her. |
you to the side. Jowy will beg for him to not hurt | [2] Don't save her. |
her, but he'll just laugh and get ready to strike. o---------------------o
Just as he does, you'll hear several explosions as
Viktor and Flik run in to the rescue! They threw the Fire Spears into the
boiler, and they're starting to explode, so Luca will not get his hands on
Viktor's fort.
You'll then see a movie of everyone fleeing the burning fort, and afterward,
you, Jowy, Nanami, and three other random recruits will be gathered together
(I had Zamza, Hanna, and Gengen. If you don't like your setup, you can reset
and hope for a better party on the next run. I recommend doing so until Zamza
is with you.) Pilika cannot speak now, and Jowy wonders if Luca really did
silence her for good.
Choose either option, then Jowy o---------------------------------------o
will tell you that we need to head | [1] Don't worry. She's just in shock. |
to Muse. On the way to Muse, we're | [2] Luca couldn't have........ |
making a stop in Toto. o---------------------------------------o
o--------o o----------------------------------------------------o
| s1.408 | | -Toto-, the shrine of the Rune of the Beginning... |
o--------o--------------o----------------------------------------------------o
| My | [10] Zamza [06] Hanna [09] Gengen |
| Party | [13] Hero [13] Jowy [11] Nanami |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Pilika will wander off when you arrive in
| Runes | Toto, so follow her to the north and
| | northeast where she'll be standing at the
| [ ] Black Sword Rune | shrine her father guarded. She'll wander in
| [ ] Bright Shield Rune | there, so keep following her to find a stone
o----------------------------o that has writing inscribed on it: "My friend
and I seal our thoughts here. We deeply
regret that we could not make them one. -Han, Genkaku"
Jowy notices Genkaku's name on it, and when Hero goes to examine it, you'll be
teleported off to another part of the cave. Leknaat, the holder of the Gate
Rune, will then appear, telling you to go forward to attain your destiny. Go
forward, where you'll then see a sequence of Hero and Jowy's life, from their
first meeting up until escaping Kyaro with Flik, Viktor, and Nanami.
Leknaat will appear again, telling you that the Stars of Destiny are beginning
to gather once again, and that one of the 27 True Runes, the
Rune of the Beginning, has recognized you. If you go forward, you will be
granted the power to alter fate.
Choose option 1, and you'll decide to go o--------------------------------o
and see what kind of power awaits. Jowy | [1] Since we need 'power'..... |
will take the right, and you'll take the | [2] I don't need 'power'. |
left. Head all the way up to your rune. o--------------------------------o
Choose option 1, and the Black Sword Rune o-----------------------------o
will be bestowed upon Jowy, and the Bright | [1] (Raise your right hand) |
Shield Rune will be bestowed upon you. Head | [2] (Wait a minute) |
back to Leknaat, where she will tell you to o-----------------------------o
write your own fates. You'll be back with
your party now, where Jowy confirms that what they just saw was not a dream.
When you regain control, leave the cave and leave Toto to the northwest, then
make your way to Muse.
o--------o
| -Muse- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [10] Zamza [06] Hanna [09] Gengen |
| Party | [13] Hero [13] Jowy [11] Nanami |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Try to get into the city, and you'll be told that you need to get an entry
permit to be able to get in, as they're trying to look out for Highland spies.
Nanami will then try to get in her own way, which has no effect on the soldier
(too bad Rina isn't with us, huh? Heh...) and leads to the soldier insulting
her. As she gets ready to go off on him, you'll drag her off and then convince
her that we need to find another way to get in. Head back out to the World
Map.
We need to go to the White Deer Inn to continue, which is only a little bit
east of Muse, but before doing that, we need to get our party prepared as I'm
pretty sure that almost no one got the party that they were hoping for when
you left the fort. Fight around on the World Map and try to get everyone to at
least level 10, then head to Coronet and try to get everyone's weapons leveled
up (they can go to 5). Earn some extra money too, as you'll be able to buy
some items, accessories, and runes at the White Deer Inn.
Whenever you are ready to take on the next area, walk just east of Muse to
find the White Deer Inn.
o--------o o-----------------------------------------------------o
| s1.409 | | -White Deer Inn-, where hidden Sindar Ruins rest... |
o--------o-------------o-----------------------------------------------------o
| My | [12] Zamza [10] Hanna [11] Gengen |
| Party | [14] Hero [13] Jowy [12] Nanami |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Go into the Inn and the innkeeper, Hilda,
| Save Points | will start to show you to your room when her
| | hyperactive husband, Alex, comes in. He says
| Inn | that he found his way to the treasure, and he
o----------------------------o wants to hurry up and go get it, but he's
| Items | going to find people to help him carry the
| | treasure first. Anyway, after that incident,
| [ ] Mega Medicine | you'll go to your room.
| [ ] Stone of Magic |
o----------------------------o The next morning, Nanami will wake both you
| Equipment | and Jowy up, then you'll go downstairs where
| | you'll regain control. Talk to the peddler
| [ ] Gauntlet | sitting at the table if you want to buy some
| [ ] Shoulder Pads | items, and talk to the woman at the other
| [ ] Chain Mail | table if you need a Runemaster's help. If you
o----------------------------o can afford it, try to get a Fire Rune for
| Runes | Nanami, as you'll need it in the ruins here.
| |
| [ ] Fire Lizard Rune | Go to leave the Inn and Alex will come
| [ ] Water Rune | charging in again, saying that no one would
| [ ] Magic Drain Rune | believe him about the treasure so no one
o----------------------------o would help him. Nanami will ask him how he
| Scrolls | got to talk to the people of Muse, and he'll
| | tell you about his entry permit, and he'll
| [ ] Angry Blow | offer you a deal; if you go help him find his
o----------------------------o treasure, he'll lend you his entry permit!
| Key Items |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 2 | | [1] Forget about it. It sounds dangerous. |
| [ ] Healing Herb | | [2] Sounds interesting. We'll help. |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| Special Items |
| | Choose 2 to help him out. Alex says that
| [ ] Round Plate | Pilika has to stay here, which is okay, since
| [ ] Triangle Plate | she can play with their son, Pete. Alex will
| [ ] Square Plate | join your convoy, so get ready here and
| [ ] Entry Permit | after you save, leave the building.
o----------------------------o
| Enemies * = BOSS | Go right and then up two screens to come to a
| | door. Alex just learned how to open this door
| Creeper | not too long ago, so he'll open it for you.
| MegaWatt | He also warns us that there are monsters in
| Mr. Venus | here, so we'll have to be careful. They are
| Nightmare | pretty tough! Once inside, head north and
| Salamander | examine the object to the right of the door
|*Double Head | to open it, then go through it to enter the
o----------------------------o Sindar Ruins.
(- NOTE -) The Salamanders here can drop the Fire Lizard Rune, and the
Mr. Venus enemy can drop both the Titan Rune and the Unicorn Rune. Both the
Titan and Unicorn Runes can be purchased in Muse once you're there.
Head north to a fork; go west and north to find two chests containing a
[_MEGA MEDICINE_] and a [_STONE OF MAGIC_]. Go back to the fork, then head
north and follow the path to another fork. South is a dead-end, so head north
and go to the next screen.
You'll come to another fork, so go east, then south to a semi-hidden chest
with an [_ANGRY BLOW_] scroll inside. Go back and head north, then east across
the stairs and bridge to the other side. Go north first and get the
[_GAUNTLET_] out of the chest, then go south, then west and north along the
narrow path beside the river to the next area.
Keep following the path for a while until you come to a dead-end with six
statues. Push the top right statue to the right onto the button to open the
door, then go in and get the [_SHOULDER PADS_], as well as the
[_ROUND PLATE_]. Start making your way back the way you came, and when you
cross the bridge, use the Round Plate in the hole to the north to open up this
door. Go through the newly opened door to a new area.
At the four-way fork, take the western path over the bridge, then go north
when you can to get the [_TRIANGLE PLATE_]. Keep going west to the next
screen, then go through the half-open door when you reach it to find a chest
with the [_FIRE LIZARD RUNE_]. Go back to the four-way fork.
Go north this time to come to another fork; go east to the next area, then
follow this long path up all of these stairs to come to a place where you can
put the Triangle Plate in. Stick it in there to have all of the water in this
place drain out. Head back to the last fork, then head all the way north to a
chest with some [_CHAIN MAIL_] inside.
Go south and into the river bed, then head west and south to the next area, as
the forks to the west are dead-ends. Go south to yet another fork, but this
time go west to the next screen. Go up the stairs here and grab the
[_SQUARE PLATE_], then go back to the last fork and head south some more. In
this area, take the first path west and go up the stairs, opening the chest
with a [_WATER RUNE_].
Make your way back to land, then go to the fork at the bottom of this screen;
take the eastern path, which leads to a door where you can use the
Square Plate to open it up. Go in here and get [_OLD BOOK VOL. 2_] and the
[_MAGIC DRAIN RUNE_] out of the chests. Go back to the last fork, then go
north to this fork and go west across the bridge. Eventually you'll come to
another door that requires the Square Plate. If you haven't already, make sure
your party is healed to the max, then use the Journeyman's Crystal here. Use
the Square Plate on the door and head in.
Head north, then examine the plate beside the door. "Traveller, all that you
desire, all that you dream for, all that is most dear to you is here if your
heart is true..." What's most important to you?
Choose any option (I choose 1 to agree with Jowy and o---------------o
Nanami), and Alex will say that it is treasure for him, | [1] Everyone. |
then the door will open. When you're ready to take on the | [2] Fame. |
upcoming boss, head through the door to be greeted by a | [3] Gold. |
greeted by a massive two-headed snake! Yikes! o---------------o
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Double Head Potch: 4,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| Items: Spark Rune | |
o--------------------------------o Have Nanami use the spells on the Fire |
| Rune that I told you to give to her, |
| then afterward have her team up with Hero and use the Family Attack. Have |
| Zamza (if he's with you, hopefully he is) use his Fire Dragon Rune, have |
| Jowy use his Black Sword Rune, have Hero keep everyone healed with his |
| Great Blessing spell, and if he isn't needed for healing, either attack |
| normally or have him team up with Nanami. Everyone else in your party |
| should focus on healing first, and if it isn't needed, just have them |
| attack normally. The creature's attacks can hit the entire pretty hard, |
| so make sure to heal anyone who takes any damage as soon as you can. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, head north and up the stairs to the treasure. Alex will open
the chest, only to find a [_HEALING HERB_]. He's disappointed that this was
all he got, but Nanami tries to cheer him up, then suggests that we return.
Choose either option, because o-------------------------------------------o
you're going to head back | [1] Okay. |
anyway. Just follow the path | [2] Let's look around a little. Maybe.... |
all they way back to the o-------------------------------------------o
entrance of the Sindar Ruins.
Out here, Alex will toss the Healing Herb off to the side, then you'll regain
control. Head back to the Inn to have the kids come running to you, trying to
tell you something about Hilda. You'll then see her lying on the floor!
Nanami will check on her, then start barking orders to everyone. Jowy will run
off to get a doctor while they get her into a bed. She has a really high
fever, and no one is sure what to do. You'll regain control.
Go back to the entrance to the Sindar Ruins and grab the [_HEALING HERB_] that
Alex tossed beside the door, then go back into the room where Hilda is. Talk
to Nanami to give it to her, then she'll use them to give to Hilda. Soon after
she takes it, she regains consciousness, and her fever is gone as well! After
a moment between Hilda and Alex, Jowy will come sprinting in, saying that he
couldn't find a doctor, but then he sees that she is okay...
Later on, Hilda thanks you for your help and Alex gives you the
[_ENTRY PERMIT_] that he promised you. You are now also allowed to stay here
for free for helping them out! Now, leave the White Deer Inn and head over to
Muse.
o--------o o--------------------------------------o
| s1.410 | | -Muse-, taking time to recuperate... |
o--------o----------------------------o--------------------------------------o
| My | [18] Zamza [18] Hanna [17] Gengen |
| Party | [18] Hero [18] Jowy [18] Nanami |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Here at Muse, Nanami will decide to come up
| Save Points | with a plan for the permit they got from
| | Alex. She will be Hilda, you'll be Alex, and
| Inn | Jowy will be Pete...
o----------------------------o
| Key Items | o-------------------------------------------o
| | | [1] Nanami...... |
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 4 *?*| | [2] It'll be fine. Come on already. |
| [ ] Sound Set #1 | | [3] Let's go, Pete. |
| [ ] Recipe #3 | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o
| Special Items | Choose any option, then talk to the guard.
| | Nanami will perform some horrible acting as
| [ ] Two Packages | as the soldier asks which one of you is Alex.
| [ ] Highland Uniform |
| [ ] Highland Uniform | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Me! Me! Me! |
| Recruits | | [2] Ahem, I am. |
| | | [3] Who's who? |
| [ ] Tuta (L) [# 12] | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Anita (S) [# 13] |
o----------------------------o Choose any option (3 will make Nanami elbow
you to remind you), then she'll elbow Jowy
when it comes his time to play Pete. The soldier won't believe any of it, and
will call for backup to take you all to prison! Once inside, Nanami can't
believe they were caught, since she thought they were perfect! You'll then be
asked who was the better actor.
Again, choose any option and the soldier will o------------------------o
come back in and yell at you, telling you to shut | [1] Jowy was better. |
up and go to sleep! After both Nanami and Pilika | [2] Nanami was better. |
fall asleep, something seems to be bothering | [3] You both stunk. |
Jowy. o------------------------o
Choose either option, and Jowy will point out the o----------------------o
full moon. He reminisces about what all has | [1] Can't you sleep? |
happened since they left Highland, and how he was | [2] What is it? |
jealous of you when they were kids, since your o----------------------o
family, even though not related by blood, was
closer than his was. He'll ask you if you think they'll ever go back home.
Choose either option, and Jowy will o-------------------------------------o
say that they will be able to go | [1] Don't worry, we'll go back..... |
back once this stupid war is over. | [2] ....................... |
He then starts beating himself up o-------------------------------------o
again for not being able to protect | [1] .......................... |
Pilika and her family. Choose either | [2] It'll be okay............ |
one, and he'll tell you that he has o-------------------------------------o
a dream to make this land safe
again, so Pilika and children like her can grow up without war. He'll
accidentally wake her up, so he'll lay her down and you'll go to sleep. The
next morning, Flik and Viktor come in to save you once again! They'll have you
freed, then will ask you to meet at Leona's new tavern, then after that, he
wants you to meet someone at the city hall. Once you have control, head to the
Inn/Tavern, which is the first building to the right. To the upper left is
Leona; talk to her to leave Pilika in her care while you go meet Viktor at
city hall.
(- NOTE -) You can find occasionally find Fury Runes in the Rare Finds at the
Rune Shop here in Muse. You may want to Save at the Inn, then check to see if
it's there. Since you haven't visited this Rune Shop either in a while or at
all, you should be able to reset what runes are available in the Rare Finds
every time you reload. Just make sure to save BEFORE going to look, otherwise
that's what's going to be there every time. Also, since you are free to move
around now, I'd put the Magic Drain Rune on Hero's weapon, as it will readily
keep his level 1 MP replenished, allowing you to use Great Blessing over and
over to keep your party healed.)
(- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY *
Before going to city hall, there is an event that we need to trigger. Please
do this now, as you will not be able to later on once the story has progressed
past Muse. Head east past the Inn, then head up to be beside the Rune Shop. Go
right and up from there to meet a lady named Elza; she'll ask you for a favor.
Choose either option, and she'll ask you to hold on to o-----------------o
[_TWO PACKAGES_] that she'll come back for in a little | [1] Eh? |
bit. Now head north through this passage to run into | [2] Yeah, sure. |
another familiar face, Clive. He asks you if you've seen o-----------------o
a tall woman with blond hair around.
Choose either option, and he'll run off looking o--------------------------o
for her. Now make your way back to the entrance | [1] Nope. Never saw her. |
of town. Act as if you're going to leave, and | [2] I...errr..... |
Elza will come back and retrieve the packages o--------------------------o
from you. For helping her out, she will give
you [_SOUND SET #1_]. Clive will then find you with her; he's an officer of
the Howling Voice Guild, and he wants to make sure that she pays for her
crimes. At this point Elza will take out a pair of guns and shoot at Clive
from under your arms! She'll then take off, with Clive following her.
(- NOTE -) There is much more to Clive and Elza's story. I have witnessed
these events a few times, but it's somewhat difficult, as you have to be at
certain points of the game at certain times, and you have to get to the final
point of the game within 20 hours. I believe there's far too much to this game
to try to rush it this fast, but if you want to, you must reach Lakewest's Inn
at or before _11:00:59_ to witness the next event. I will detail it when you
reach that area of the guide.
Now let's head to the city hall, which is all the way to the north at the
center of town. Head up the stairs inside to run into Viktor, and he'll take
you to meet the mayor of Muse City, Anabelle. After she's done dealing with
one of the officials, she'll talk to Viktor about his fort and Luca Blight.
Afterward, Viktor will introduce the three of you, and when he does, Anabelle
recognizes Jowy's name, as well as both you and Nanami's as Genkaku's
children. She'll decide to tell you more about Genkaku later on, then wonders
how he's doing, not knowing that he died before the State could atone for
their crimes against him.
Choose either option, then she'll leave o--------------------------------o
you in the care of Jess. Viktor will head | [1] Atone for your crimes? |
over to Leona's, then Jess will let you | [2] .......................... |
look around the hall. Follow him into the o--------------------------------o
room on the upper right and Jess will
have a request for you; Luca's army is camped out near the border, and he'd
like you to go there in Youth Brigade uniforms to try and see how much
provisions they have with them.
You must choose option 2 to advance the story, o------------------------o
so do so. You'll then receive the | [1] Sorry, but no way. |
[_HIGHLAND UNIFORM_] x2. Before leaving the city | [2] We'll do it. |
hall, check the top bookshelf to find a ? book, o------------------------o
which can be identified as [_OLD BOOK VOL. 4_].
Make sure to identify this at the Appraiser! That's it in the city hall for
now, so go ahead and head back out into town.
Before going to Leona's Tavern, there are a couple of things to take care of
first. Start to head south while looking to your east, and you should see a
little boy walking around a house; it's Tuta! Talk to him, and he'll ask you
about the fort burning down.
Choose either option, and he'll take you inside to o----------------------o
see Dr. Huan. He's worried about the war starting | [1] I'm fine. |
again, so he'll tell Tuta to go and help out | [2] It was horrible. |
Viktor! Tuta joins your party! Head back inside the o----------------------o
house and talk to Dr. Huan one last time, and he'll
also give you [_RECIPE #3_] as well! (Make sure to get this, it is missable.)
(- NOTE -) If you don't get Tuta now, he will automatically join you later on
once you acquire your Headquarters and name it.
Head back to Leona's Tavern, and Jowy will tell her about Jess's plan. She'll
want you to be careful and to take some of your friends with you. You can talk
to her anytime after this and change them if you like! Just so you know, there
is one more person I want you to recruit, but before doing this, make sure you
have some Antitoxin; if not, go to the Item Store and get some.
After automatically leaving the Tavern, go back in and talk to the lady
sitting at the table below Pilika; this is Anita. She'll ask you to do several
things for her. After each request, you'll have to leave Muse out to the World
Map, then come back in to talk to her to be able to recruit her. Her requests:
1) She'll ask you for a refill of her wine. Talk to Leona to get it filled.
2) She'll say something about o-------------------------------------------o
a female swordsman being so | [1] That's true. |
rare. Choose option 2 to | [2] But I've never seen one so beautiful. |
make her happy. | [3] ............................. |
o-------------------------------------------o
3) She'll ask you if you could give her some Antitoxin; o-------------o
choose option 2 to give her one of yours. If you're out, | [1] No way. |
you may have to go get some, leave Muse and come back, | [2] Okay. |
then try again. o-------------o
After doing these things for her, she'll ask you what you really want.
Choosing 1 or 2 will allow Anita to join o--------------------------------o
your party! | [1] C'mon, join our group. |
| [2] I....I...how about a date? |
(- NOTE -) If you don't get Anita now, | [2] Nothing really..... |
you'll be able to recruit her later on in o--------------------------------o
in Banner Village, either by doing what
she asks, or by having a certain character (Valeria) in your party.
After all of these events, you should be ready to continue on. Talk to Leona
to choose your party (I'm taking Zamza, Shiro and Mukumuku. Animals/Monsters
actually have pretty good ATT/DEF when leveled up, and don't need equipment,
but the only drawback is that they can't use items. They can use magic and
runes though, with my favorite being Double-Beats! I also have a Fire Rune on
Zamza, and the Spark and Water Runes on Nanami. Nanami is fairly quick, and
the Spark Rune will allow all of your other party members to attack
immediately after her!) Take some time to upgrade your party's equipment if
you need to, including any runes you want to use. The Blacksmith on the north
side of town can sharpen your weapon to 4, but you may want to consider a
short trip to Coronet to get them up to 5.
Before going to the Muse-Highland Border, we can recruit one more character.
Leave Muse, go through the remains of Toto, then go to the Mercenary Fortress.
o----------------------o
| -Mercenary Fortress- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------o----------------------o
| My | [18] Hero [18] Zamza [10] Shiro |
| Party | [18] Jowy [18] Nanami [07] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Here, you'll see another familiar face from long ago; Templton the mapmaker is
here, and he wants to look around, seeing as he will have to change his maps
again. He'll go to leave since he can't do anything and will spot you. After
telling him your story, Templton tells you that he needs to change his map.
Choose either option and he'll introduce o--------------------------o
himself, then he'll run off since he is in a | [1] Map? |
rush. Leave here and head to Toto, which is | [2] .................... |
where he headed. o--------------------------o
o--------o
| -Toto- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [18] Hero [18] Zamza [10] Shiro |
| Party | [18] Jowy [18] Nanami [07] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Talk to Templton on the left side of the
| Special Items | village; he will ask if the Highland Army is
| | responsible for these villages being burnt
| [ ] Suiko Map | down like this.
o----------------------------o
| Recruits | o-------------------------------------------o
| | | [1] Yeah......... |
| [ ] Templton (NP) [# 14] | | [2] .................... |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
Choose either option, and he'll ask if you're fighting the Highland Army.
Choose 1; if you choose 2, you'll o---------------------------------------o
have to talk to him again and | [1] That's right. |
choose 1 on the next question. | [2] No we're not. |
Templton will then join you to try o---------------------------------------o
to keep them from ruining | [1] The truth is.... |
everything he's been mapping! He | we're fighting the Highland Army. |
then gives you the [_SUIKO MAP_] | [2] No. We don't want anything. |
which shows the actual World Map! o---------------------------------------o
That's all of the extras for now, so when you're ready, go back to the Muse
area and head north of Muse to the Muse-Highland Border to continue.
o--------o o-------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.411 | | -Muse-Highland Border-, a dangerous spying mission... |
o--------o-----------o-------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [18] Hero [18] Zamza [10] Shiro |
| Party | [18] Jowy [18] Nanami [07] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The KillRabbits can drop the Belt
| Equipment | of Strength. It's a pretty good accessory,
| | but just to let you know, you will be able to
| [ ] Belt of Strength | buy it when you reach South Window. Also, the
| [ ] Circuret | Highlands here can drop the Silence Rune, and
o----------------------------o as far as I know, this is the only place to
| Runes | get it.
| |
| [ ] Fire Sealing Rune | At the border, talk to the soldiers to inform
o----------------------------o them of the situation to have them let you
| Enemies | pass, and will also show you the way. Talking
| | to the guy on the right will let you pass by
| Armadilloid | him and into the woods on the way to the
| Armadillon | camp. Go east, then north to the next area,
| Highlands (A) | then you'll be in a wide open area with
| Highlands (B) | several forks. From the entrance to this
| Highlands (C) | area, head all the way east to a different
| KillRabbit | area, where you'll find a [_CIRCURET_] at a
o----------------------------o dead-end.
Head back to the last area, but before going anywhere, look to your northwest
for the second chest here with a [_BELT OF STRENGTH_] inside. Go back to the
entrance of this little alcove, then head a little east, then all the way
north to the next area.
Head north, and keep following the path to the next area, then continue
following to the next area, then head north to have you and Jowy decide that
it's time to go alone from here. You'll change into the uniforms, then will
head into the Highland Camp.
Head into the camp, and Jowy will spot the provisions tent. Head northeast
over to it, and when Jowy tries to think up a plan, a soldier spots you. He
quickly comes up with a story about how they managed to survive the State's
ambush, at which the soldier comments how the State is pure evil!
Choose either option, and you'll be led to o-----------------------------o
the provisions tent to get some butter. The | [1] You're right, they are. |
other soldier will then recognize something | [2] Hmmm, I wonder.... |
about you guys! o-----------------------------o
I would choose option 1, as it will avoid o------------------------------o
an extra battle with the Highland soldiers | [1] Yes? |
in a few minutes, but if you choose 2, it | [2] What do you want!? |
will lead to the next set of questions, to o------------------------------o
where you can choose either there, which | [1] ........................ |
eventually leads to them being told that | [2] ...........Captain Rowd. |
Rowd was your Captain. Once you're in the o------------------------------o
tent, Jowy calculates that they have about
2 weeks worth of provisions, so they're going to end things quickly.
When you leave the tent, Rowd will discover you (if you had to tell them that
Rowd was your Captain, you'll have to battle a set of soldiers here) and will
run off to get some soldiers. In any case, once you start to run off, head
back to the provisions tent and open the chest outside of it for the
[_FIRE SEALING RUNE_]. After you have that, head west and enter the larger
tent to your left that seems kind of fancy.
Inside, you'll find Princess Jillia! Rowd will come in moments later to check
the tent to see if you're in there, but she will chase him off, allowing you
to be safe for just a little bit. She'll go off to fix some tea while you wait
for things to cool down outside, and once it's ready, she'll remember seeing
you in Kyaro and asks if we have forgiven Highland yet.
Choose either option, and she'll o--------------------------------------o
ask you if you know her brother | [1] I will....someday I know I will. |
Luca. Choose either option, and she | [2] ..................... |
will tell you that he has something o--------------------------------------o
horrible planned, and that she's | [1] I know him. |
afraid not even she can stop him. | [2] .....He's a fiendish monster. |
She then recommends that you leave. o--------------------------------------o
Choose either option again, and you'll be o----------------------------o
back outside. Head southwest back toward the | [1] You're right. |
forest, and Rowd will spot you, knowing that | [2] The tea was delicious. |
you were in her tent the entire time. After o----------------------------o
being thrown into a battle with a group of
soldiers, Jowy decides that he'll stay behind and fight so you can escape.
Choose either option, and you'll be forced to leave o----------------------o
while he defends. When you get back to Nanami, | [1] I can't do that. |
there's not really a chance to talk before you're | [2] Okay. See ya. |
spotted. Afterward, Nanami asks where Jowy is. o----------------------o
If you choose option 2, and keep o-----------------------------------------o
choosing 2, you'll keep fighting | [1] First we have to get out of here... |
battles until you choose 1 to | [2] ....................... |
run away. If you're trying to o-----------------------------------------o
get the Silence Rune, this is
the only way to do it. After you've made it back to the entrance, leave and
make your way back to Muse.
o--------o o-----------------------------------o
| s1.412 | | -Muse-, an unexpected betrayal... |
o--------o-------------------------------o-----------------------------------o
| My | [23] Hero [22] Zamza [22] Shiro |
| Party | [22] Nanami [22] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Nanami will wonder if you should report to
| Recruits | Jess, so head all the way up to city hall to
| | do so. When you go to Anabelle's office,
| [ ] Gilbert (NP) [# 15] | you'll be told that you can't go in, so leave
o----------------------------o and make your way back to Leona's. You'll
| Enemies | find Viktor and Flik here, and they'll be
| | furious that they sent you on that mission
| Commander | and that Jowy was captured. They'll join your
| Highlands (A) | convoy, so head back to city hall to see
| Highlands (B) | Viktor's 'good trick' (HAAA!) to get in. He
| Highlands (C) | will then go off on Jess, then you'll be
o----------------------------o asked the findings of your investigation.
Pick either option, and Anabelle will o-----------------------------------o
tell you that they won't be able to | [1] About 2 weeks worth....... |
save Jowy, as they have their hands | [2] ............................. |
full protecting the city. Jess and o-----------------------------------o
Viktor will go back and forth a bit
more, and since mercs like them don't get any say in the matter around here,
it'll be time to let them do their own thing. Everyone will head back to the
tavern, and Nanami will wonder if Jowy's all right.
Choose either option, and Nanami will o-------------------------------o
decide to go wait for Jowy out by the | [1] It's Jowy. He'll be fine. |
gate. After a bit, leave the Tavern and go | [2] I don't know........ |
outside of Muse to wait for Jowy with o-------------------------------o
Nanami. When you talk to her, she'll
recommend that you head back and rest while she waits for Jowy to come back.
If you choose 1, you'll sit out o--------------------------------------o
with her a bit longer before she | [1] I'll wait with you. |
asks you again to go back and | [2] Okay. See you later. |
rest at Leona's. If you choose 1 o--------------------------------------o
once again, you'll sit out with her | [1] I'm staying with you. |
even longer, then Pilika will come | [2] Okay. See you later. |
out and wait with you. If you o--------------------------------------o
choose 2 this time, you'll wait | [1] .....Would you wait in my place? |
with her some more, then Nanami | [2] He'll come back. He promised... |
will reminisce of a time when you o--------------------------------------o
were lost and they had to wait for
you. She'll then recommend one last time that you head to Leona's.
Choosing 1 one last time will let you stay o----------------------------o
out longer, and Nanami will finish her story, | [1] I'm waiting with you. |
telling you that Jowy cried the whole time | [2] Okay. See you later. |
you were lost. Pilika will fall asleep, and o----------------------------o
just a moment later, Nanami leaps up and sees
Jowy coming from the distance! He says he kept his promise to come back.
Choose either option, and the scene will o-----------------------------o
fade out and shift to a week later, with | [1] Welcome home. |
Nanami waking both of you. She says | [2] I'm tired from waiting. |
something is starting at Jowston Hill! o-----------------------------o
(- NOTE -) Jowy will be leaving your party soon. Before doing anything, make
sure that he only has the Black Sword Rune equipped in any rune slots, and
go ahead and remove all of his equipment while you're at it.
Head all the way to the northwestern corner of the city and make your way up
to Jowston Hill, where you'll run into Viktor. He'll tell you that the Hilltop
Conference is getting ready to start, a meeting of all of the City-State's
leaders. Viktor will join your convoy and try to take you in, but since he
has no proof of identity, he won't let Viktor in. Of course, Flik of the Blue
Lightning comes up and is allowed in immediately! Flik will join your convoy
as well, and you'll enter.
Head into the next room and you'll see everyone being introduced, then the
meeting will begin. Anabelle believes that Highland is about to attack, but
others think that Highland is still compliant with the peace agreement, saying
that they heard mountain bandits attacked the villages to the east. Teresa
says that the commander of the Highland Army changed from King Agares to
Prince Luca, so things are now different than they once were. Several of the
leaders refuse to commit their knights, but then a soldier will come in and
Jess will report that the Highland Army is headed for Muse as they speak.
Anabelle orders them once more to gather their armies.
Head back outside, and Nanami comments about how it looked like nothing but a
bunch of old people talking, which Viktor says is his point of view as well!
Head back to Leona's and both Anabelle and Apple will be waiting for you. She
informs you that it will take 7 days to gather the State's forces, so she
wants Viktor to slow them down. It'll take Highland 5 days to get here, so she
needs him to only buy 2 days. They'll agree, then Jowy will ask to fight along
with them. He'll also offer your help as well.
Choose 2, because if you choose 1, you'll be forced o---------------------o
to choose 2 on the next question to be able to | [1] Well I..... |
continue. Anabelle will tell you to stay safe, and | [2] Of course. |
that when the battle is over, to come visit and she o---------------------o
will tell you about Genkaku. The next morning, | [1] Well I..... |
Nanami will wake you as usual, even though neither | [2] ..........okay. |
of you slept last night. Head downstairs and, after o---------------------o
the conversation, save your game at the Inn.
Afterward, talk to Viktor, who'll ask if you're ready to fight.
o--------------o
Whenever you're ready, choose option 1 to head into your | [1] Yes. |
third Major Battle! | [2] Not yet. |
o--------------o
o--------o o------------------------------o
| s1.mb3 | | Major Battle - Muse City (1) |
o--------o------------------------------------o------------------------------o
| |
| You'll be up against Solon Jhee once again, as well as Culgan and Seed. |
| There is also a group of mercenaries hired by Highland, led by Gilbert; |
| he is our first target, as he is our next recruit! You'll be controlling |
| three units this time, but Viktor and Flik still operate on their own. |
| |
| For your first turn, leave Hero where he is, as you'll need to have him |
| head up to heal Gilbert, then have the State Army units head 1 over to the |
| left. On the next turn, Flik should head over and use the Fire Spear on |
| Gilbert; this should do one sword's worth of damage, and by doing this, |
| Gilbert should defect and join your army! If this does not happen, RESET |
| your game and try again! After this happens, try to get Hero up to Gilbert |
| as fast as you can to get within 2 squares so you can use your Bright |
| Shield Rune to heal him (and anyone else within range) and return him back |
| to undamaged. |
| |
| If Gilbert's unit is eliminated, there shouldn't be any need to worry as |
| long as he says "That's it. Fall back." That just means that he's still |
| alive, just eliminated from the battle. For the following turns, have Hero |
| and both State Army units either attack or stay away from the action; this |
| battle will end after a certain amount of turns anyway. |
| |
| On the third turn, Miklotov of Matilda, along with two groups of Matilda |
| soldiers will come in as reinforcements; good for us! Sadly, after a few |
| more turns, Camus will arrive and tell him that Gorudo orders him to |
| retreat, but don't worry; the following turn, the Highland Army will |
| retreat as well. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, everyone will rest up. Talk to Nanami when you regain
control, and she'll ask you if she can ask you something.
Choose either option, then she'll decide not to o------------------------o
ask and just let you get some rest too. You'll | [1] Sure. |
also see Jowy talking to the ninja Kage... then | [2] I'm kind of tired. |
he'll wonder if he's taking the right path... o------------------------o
The next day, head downstairs to have Viktor tell you to say hi to Anabelle
since we're heading up there to hear about Genkaku. You'll be leaving Muse
soon, so do the last of your shopping while you can. When you're ready, head
back to city hall and talk to Anabelle; when you arrive in her office, you'll
see some more bickering between leaders of the State, which leads to Anabelle
asking you to come back later since they're still in the middle of
negotiations. Before leaving, Jowy asks her why she's fighting, to which she
replies that she just wants to protect her home.
Head back to the Tavern to explain to Flik why you're back, then Jowy will run
off. When you regain control, talk to Nanami; she wants you to get some rest.
Choosing 2 will let you rest now, o---------------------------------------o
but if you choose 1, you'll need | [1] I'm kind of...worried about Jowy. |
to leave the Inn and head back up | [2] Yeah....I know...... |
to city hall; you'll see Jowy o---------------------------------------o
talking to Kage again on the right
side of it. Kage will disappear, and you'll wonder what's going on.
Choose either option, and he'll tell you o-------------------------------o
that the war won't end for a long time, | [1] What are you doing? |
and that you and Nanami should run away. | [2] Who was that person? |
o-------------------------------o
Pick either one again, and he'll just | [1] What are you going to do? |
leave. Back in Anabelle's office later | [2] Yeah........ |
that night, you'll see Viktor and o-------------------------------o
Anabelle sharing a bottle of wine, talking
about the war, and after that, you'll
regain control back at the Tavern. Make your way up to city hall and go
inside; when you talk to the guard, he tells you that Jowy is already inside!
The scene will switch to him and Anabelle, where Jowy tells her that he's here
for her life! She asks him if there's something he has to do at all costs, and
he must do this and bear the burden to be able to accomplish his goal. After
you gain control, head back to Anabelle's room to see Jowy standing over her.
Choose either option, and Jowy will take o-------------------------------o
off. As you go to check on her, Jess will | [1] Jowy! What happened!? |
come in to report that Highland is | [2] Jowy....you didn't....... |
attacking, and will see you beside her, o-------------------------------o
thinking that you've done something to
her! A soldier will come in and report that someone had also let them inside
of the city, so he'll take off while Anabelle tries to speak to you.
Pick either option, and she'll apologize o---------------------------------o
to you for what she and the State did to | [1] Try not to talk. |
Genkaku, and will ask if you were happy | [2] Lady Anabelle, how are you? |
with your life with him. o---------------------------------o
Choose either option once more, o---------------------------------------o
and she'll say that she'll finally | [1] Yes.......... |
be able to rest, and that you | [2] Why? Why do you ask such a thing? |
should hurry and escape the city. o---------------------------------------o
As you leave city hall, Nanami
remembers that they must save Pilika at the Tavern before they leave!
(- NOTE -) The Highlands here have a chance of dropping the Great Hawk Rune.
This rune can be purchased later on in Radat if you don't want to waste time
here trying to obtain it.
If you feel like fighting around, do so, but to continue on, head to the
Tavern. Leona will tell you that Viktor and Flik went to gather the army to
try to buy some time, but in the mean time, they want everyone to rendezvous
in South Window by taking a boat from Coronet. Pilika will join your convoy,
then after that, leave Muse.
That night, the three will camp out under a large tree somewhere around Muse,
where Nanami wonders if Jowy really did that to Anabelle. She then wants to
know if they can go somewhere far away where they could live a quiet life.
Pick either option to watch her hopes be o---------------------------------o
dashed, then she'll go to sleep. The | [1] That would be nice.... |
next morning, they decide to head to | [2] That will never happen now. |
Coronet. Go down a bit to enter Coronet. o---------------------------------o
o--------o o-----------------------------------------------------o
| s1.413 | | -Coronet-, another escape from the Highland Army... |
o--------o-------------o-----------------------------------------------------o
| My | [25] Hero [25] Nanami |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Once you enter the town, Nanami suggests
| Save Points | taking a boat to get to Kuskus, then going to
| | South Window from there. Before going to the
| Inn | docks, head into the Inn on your right, then
o----------------------------o go downstairs to the Tavern. If you talk to
| Key Items | the man in the room to the north, he'll give
| | you [_RECIPE #5_]. Leave the Inn and head
| [ ] Recipe #5 | south to the next area of Coronet, then south
o----------------------------o to the area after that, then south and west.
| Recruits | If you talk to the Highland soldier at the
| | westernmost dock to the south, he'll tell you
| [ ] Eilie (L) [# 16] | that Luca ordered that no ships are to leave.
| [ ] Rina (L) [# 17] | So now we need to find another way...
| [ ] Bolgan (S) [# 18] |
o----------------------------o Make your way back to the start of town and
enter the actual Inn, not through the Tavern
downstairs. When you enter, you'll run into our old friends Eilie, Rina, and
Bolgan! Eilie will barrel through Nanami to get to you, trying to find out why
you're here, then she'll introduce herself as the person who saved your life!
Choose either option, and you will all head o----------------------------o
down to the Tavern. After some chatter, you | [1] It's been a long time. |
will tell them about trying to get to South | [2] Saved my life? |
Window, which is where they're trying to get o----------------------------o
to as well. After wondering what they should
do, you'll regain control. Before doing anything, go to the Inn and save your
game; you will be playing a game that will be risking your money in a moment,
and you need to win to continue the story. Also, you need 2,000 potch; if you
don't have that, sell something or go fight outside until you have it.
Once you've saved, head back to the area of town with the docks, then make
your way EAST to the next screen. You'll come up to an old shack, where you'll
find an old Suikoden pal, Sheena, yelling through the door at another old
friend, Tai Ho for not taking his boat out for him. After he leaves, go into
the shack and talk to Tai Ho; he won't want to take anyone across the lake.
Pick option 1, and he'll take a o--------------------------------------o
look at you; since you're | [1] But we've got to cross the lake! |
determined, he decides he'll roll | [2] I understand. |
the dice to decide if he'll take o--------------------------------------o
you or not! Choose option 1 to | [1] Okay. I'll do it. |
start a game of Chinchirorin! Play | [2] Forget about it. |
him until you win, which is o--------------------------------------o
hopefully soon; if you feel you're
losing too much money, reset and try again. It may take a few tries, but
eventually you will win. Once you have, Tai Ho decides to take you, but Nanami
will want to get the others before going. Head back to the Tavern to let them
know what's going on, then Eilie, Rina, and Bolgan will join your party!
Stop at the Item Shop if you need to, then sharpen everyone's weapons to 5 if
you can, and when you're ready, head back to Tai Ho's shack. He'll comment on
how many friends you have, then everyone will board the boat and take off,
with Sheena trailing behind and missing the boat! After a short trip across
the lake, you'll arrive in Kuskus.
o----------o
| -Kuskus- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------------o----------o
| My | [25] Hero [25] Nanami [19] Bolgan |
| Party | [19] Rina [19] Eilie |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Recipe #11 in the
| Save Points | Rare Finds here in Kuskus; before checking,
| | save your game at the Inn, then check. If it
| Inn | is not there, reload and try again until you
o----------------------------o get it. Or try again later when you want to.
| Key Items |
| | Tai Ho tells you that he's fulfilled his
| [ ] Recipe #9 | promise, then will head off. There's really
o----------------------------o not much here to do in Kuskus; there's one
item, so let's go get that. Head west from
the docks to the next area, then west some more to the main part of town. Go
into the first door you see to the north, then go to the western side of this
house and check the first bookshelf you come across on the northern wall; you
will find [_RECIPE #9_]. After that, you're pretty much done. I'd sharpen my
weapons, but that'd be about it; you can sharpen them to 6 here for the time
being. Check out the Item Shop too, then when you're done, head to the
southern end of town and out to the World Map.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | Kuskus / South Window / W. Radat / |
| | Cave of the Wind / North Window Area |
| DarkBunny o-----------------------------------------------o
| Flyer |
| TargetLady | (- NOTE -) The TargetLady can drop a whole
o----------------------------o mess of runes, either a Dryad Rune, a
Nymph Rune, or a Pixie Rune. The Pixie Rune
can be bought later in Greenhill, the Dryad Rune can be dropped by a couple
more enemies later in the game, and the Nymph Rune can be dropped by the
stronger version of her that you'll encounter later on late in the game in
Greenhill, the TargetGirl. Also, the Flyer can drop the Medicine Rune and a
? vase, which turns out to be the Celadon Urn. You may have already used the
Medicine Rune with Tuta; the user automatically uses a Medicine (if equipped)
on a critically injured ally. As for the Celadon Urn, they sell for a lot of
money, but in addition, you'll need it at some point to recruit a character.
Feel free to fight, but just a warning, these first fights can be tough. You
are better off heading to South Window to get prepared first, then afterward
you can try fighting around.
o--------o o----------------------------------------------------o
| s1.414 | | -South Window-, reuniting with friends once again! |
o--------o--------------o----------------------------------------------------o
| My | [25] Hero [25] Nanami [21] Bolgan |
| Party | [21] Rina [21] Eilie |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Old Book Vol. 3 in
| Save Points | the Rare Finds here. As with the Recipe in
| | Kuskus, save your game at the Inn before
| Inn | checking, and if it's not there, reload and
o----------------------------o try again, or just check back later.
| Runes |
| | When you enter South Window, you'll see a
| [ ] Friendship Rune | familiar figure in the shadows; it's Viktor!
o----------------------------o Eilie will wonder who that is.
| Recruits |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Viktor (S) [# 19] | | [1] Well sort of..... |
| [ ] Flik (S) [# 20] | | [2] That's Viktor. |
| [ ] Freed Y (S) [# 21] | | [3] That's Bear. |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
Hahaha, please choose 3, just for kicks! In any case, Viktor is glad to see
you, though he's having a hard time finding everyone that escaped from Muse.
He then checks out the new girls with you, then will ask where Jowy is.
Choose either one, but option 1 will let Viktor o-------------------------o
know that he assassinated Anabelle. Afterward, | [1] Well actually...... |
he decides to take you to the Inn, since Flik is | [2] .................. |
waiting there for us. Before going to the Inn, o-------------------------o
there's an item and a few points of interest
here in South Window. (You'll notice that Clive is here near the entrance; you
won't be able to do anything with him yet, though.)
>From the entrance, head south under the arch and make your way to the eastern
side of town. You'll see Gantetsu, a great priest, standing beside a rock
formation; you can't do anything with him, but there's a great item in the
plants to the east of him. Check the second to last one on the right to find
the [_FRIENDSHIP RUNE_]. This rune can be attached to a weapon to increase
your ATT, and the power of it increases when you recruit more Stars of
Destiny! Sweet! You should head back to Kuskus and put this on someone, since
there's no Blacksmith here. (I'm going to put in on Nanami, as I still have
the Magic Drain Rune on Hero, since it will always keep replenishing your
Great Blessing spell.)
Also before going to the Inn, go to the Rune Shop and take Rina's Fire Rune
off and put it on Eilie; Rina will be sitting out for the next area, so it
will give Eilie a rune to work with. Also, if you have any Double-Beat or Fury
Runes, go ahead and put one in Hero's Left Handed rune slot, I'd go for the
Fury and save the Double-Beat for Viktor, if you have one. After you've done
these things, make your way to the Inn on the western side of town.
In here, Viktor says he's got some bad news; he'll tell you the story of what
they went through before they arrived here. Afterward, he'll tell you that it
is time to meet the mayor of the town, Granmeyer, so he and Flik will join
your party! Leave the Inn and head to the eastern side of town where Gantetsu
is standing, then head north up to city hall. Once you're inside, Granmeyer
agrees to hiring Viktor, but he also mentions that Viktor is from North
Window, and will have his assistant Freed tell him what's been going on.
Apparently there have been some young girls being abducted near North Window,
and since Viktor is from that village, Granmeyer wants him to find out what's
been happening there. Freed Y will then join your party to help out!
Nanami wants to know why it's going to be hard for Viktor, but he'll tell her
that they'll find out when they get there. You'll then see a movie of a
vampire playing a massive organ... (no...not again....)
When you regain control, make your way back to the Inn. Viktor will brief
everyone on what's going on, then a party of Hero, Nanami, Viktor, Freed Y,
and Eilie will form, since Bolgan, Pilika, and Rina will stay behind, with
Rina asking for Flik's company. (The poor guy always gets stuck with some
random woman!) Once you regain control, make your rounds to the Rune Shop,
Item Shop, and Armory, getting your party ready. (I upgraded everyone's armor
and also put a Lightning Rune on Freed Y; you'll probably have to fight around
outside for money, as you'll need good equipment, since the monsters in the
following areas are pretty tough.) Also, you may want to head to Kuskus and
sharpen Freed Y's weapon to 6. Once you're ready, make your way out of South
Window and head northwest to North Window.
o----------------o
| -North Window- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [26] Hero [24] Viktor [22] Freed Y |
| Party | [26] Nanami [23] Eilie |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o When you enter North Window, you'll see
| Enemies | nothing but graves when you first walk in.
| | Nanami apologizes to Viktor for asking about
| Neclord | what happened, and he'll tell you that
| Zombie (A) | Neclord attacked this village many years ago
| Zombie (B) | while he was away, but he avenged everyone
o----------------------------o when he defeated Neclord a few years ago.
To Viktor's surprise, Neclord walks up to him! He'll summon the corpses of all
of the people that Viktor had buried! He also notices the women in your party,
saying that they would make lovely brides for him.
You'd be wise to choose 2 here, as you will wind up o----------------------o
fighting an unwinnable battle if you choose 1, then | [1] I won't let you. |
you'll have to run back to a town and rest up | [2] Let's run away. |
before continuing, so please choose 2. Viktor o----------------------o
tells you about the Star Dragon Sword, the only
sword that can hurt Neclord, so we're going to have to get it once again. He
then tells you to come with him to go get the sword.
Choose either option, and Viktor will o---------------------------------o
tell you that he left the Star Dragon | [1] Don't make decision for me. |
Sword in the deepest part of the Cave of | [2] Okay. |
the Wind to the south of here, so we o---------------------------------o
need to retrieve it. Head out of North
Window, and when you're ready, head south to the Cave of the Wind.
o--------o o-----------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.415 | | -Cave of the Wind-, where the Star Dragon Sword awaits... |
o--------o-------o-----------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [26] Hero [24] Viktor [22] Freed Y |
| Party | [26] Nanami [23] Eilie |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Griffins can drop both a Wind
| Save Points | Rune and a Wind Hat (the Wind Rune can be
| | bought at South Window right now, but the
| Entrance | Wind Hat only shows up much later in the game
o----------------------------o in the Rare Finds in Tinto, so you may want
| Potch | to try to get some), the Minos can drop a
| | Gozz Rune, which you can buy later at both
| [ ] 3000 | Rockaxe and Gregminster, and the SunKing can
o----------------------------o drop the Wall Rune, and this is the only
| Items | place to get that.
| |
| [ ] Medicine | After Viktor removes the rock pile blocking
| [ ] Stone of Defense | the entrance, save your game at the
o----------------------------o Journeyman's Crystal, then head inside.
| Equipment | Follow the path to the next screen, then
| | continue following along to the screen after
| [ ] Sun Badge | that as well. Head east here, again to
| [ ] Fish Badge | another area, then when the path curves and
| [ ] Half Helmet | you reach a fork, head north and west into
o----------------------------o the wall here; it's a hidden passage that'll
| Runes | take you to a chest with a [_SUN BADGE_].
| |
| [ ] Blue Gate Rune | Head back to the fork, then head south and
o----------------------------o west to the next area, then continue west to
| Scrolls | the next one after that. To your west here is
| | another fork; head west and all the way north
| [ ] Fire Wall | first to find a chest containing a
o----------------------------o [_FISH BADGE_], then head back and take the
| Recruits | northern eastern path to the next screen.
| | Still not much here; follow the path to the
| [ ] Kahn (M) | next area, then keep going until you reach an
o----------------------------o east/west split. Make your way west first, as
| Enemies * = BOSS | it'll take you to a chest containing a
| | [_FIRE WALL_] scroll, then head back east and
| Griffin | north to the next area.
| Minos |
| Sorcerer | Continue following the path north and west
| SunKing | until you reach a set of rocks. Move the
|*S.D.Sword | center left one out of the way to get around
o----------------------------o it, then in the next area to the west, move
this one in front of the wind to your north.
(The wind will knock you off the screen, making you try again if you miss.) On
the next screen, for the third set of rocks, move the northern rock to the
left first, blocking the first path, then move the southern rock up just a
little, then to the left to block the second path.
For the last set of four rocks, move the northernmost and westernmost rocks
all the way up to block the first two paths, then move the easternmost rock
left to block the third path, then the southernmost rock left to block the
fourth and final path. Once you've done that, note that you're at a fork.
Check the northern alcove to the west first to find an old man guarding a
chest with [_3000 POTCH_], some [_MEDICINE_], and finally a
[_BLUE GATE RUNE_]. You can talk to the old man here, but I wouldn't; he'll
offer to send you back to the entrance.
If you do talk to him, make sure to choose 2, or else o------------------o
you'll have to redo everything until now over again. | [1] Yes, please. |
Leave this alcove and take the southern western path to | [2] No thanks. |
go to the next area. Follow the path as it goes north o------------------o
to the next area, then keep following along to the next
area as well to a room with several forks. At the first one, take the southern
path to the lower level, then make your way west to the next fork. Head
southwest here to yet another fork; heading west from here will lead you to a
[_HALF HELMET_], while heading south and east will take you to a
[_STONE OF DEFENSE_]. I always use these types of Stones on Hero, as he's the
only one who's in your party 100 percent of the time.
Head back to the fork and head northwest, and at this fork, continue west and
to the next area. As you head north here, a figure will come out of the
shadows; his name is Kahn Marley, and he's been waiting for Viktor! He tells
you that the Marley family has been hunting vampires for generations, and he's
been waiting for Viktor to come along to get the Star Dragon Sword. Neclord is
using the Doppelganger Secret to make a double of himself, so the Neclord
Viktor defeated was not the true one. With the Sword this time, he hopes to
cast out his soul and defeat him from there. He then asks to travel with you.
Choose 2 to continue the storyline. Kahn will temporarily o-------------o
join your party! He has the ever-so-useful Resurrection Rune | [1] No way. |
equipped on him, which has a spell that can resurrect one of | [2] Sure. |
your party members should they die in battle. Handy! When o-------------o
you regain control, head north to the next area, the follow
the path through two more screens to come to the Star Dragon Sword. He's
apparently not happy that Viktor left him there, and after Viktor insults
him, he'll attack!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| S.D.Sword | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| Have Hero and Nanami use their Family Attack to start with, with Nanami |
| using Medicines if she needs to while unbalanced, have Viktor attack |
| normally, have Freed Y use his rune (if you equipped him with one), then |
| attack normally afterward, have Eilie use the Fire Rune you should have |
| taken from Rina to put on her, and have Kahn use the Charm Arrow spell, |
| followed by the Fire Wall he has equipped, then have him attack normally. |
| The Star Dragon Sword will attack columns of your party at a time, and |
| will also cast lightning all over your party for decent damage, so after |
| the first turn, have Hero use Battle Oath/Great Blessing at the beginning |
| of every turn to keep everyone healed while everyone else attacks. As long |
| as you keep everyone healed, you should vanquish the Sword after a few |
| rounds. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Viktor tries to calm him down and apologizes to him, telling
him that he needs his help since Neclord is still alive, and after some more
apologies, the Star Dragon Sword will agree to help once again. When you
regain control, you'll automatically head back to the entrance of the Cave of
the Wind. Before going to North Window, go to either Kuskus or South Window
and rest at the Inn, save, then make your way back to North Window.
o--------o o--------------------------------------o
| s1.416 | | -North Window-, hunting a vampire... |
o--------o----------------------------o--------------------------------------o
| My | [28] Hero [27] Viktor [26] Freed Y |
| Party | [28] Nanami [26] Eilie [26] Kahn |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o After some discussion between your party,
| Items | head all the way north and enter the castle.
| | In this first room, go through the door on
| [ ] Stone of Mag-Def | the right first and you'll find a
o----------------------------o [_FIRE RUNE_] in the western corner of the
| Equipment | room. Head back and go through the left door,
| | then north and west to the next screen, then
| [ ] Blue Ribbon | west to a somewhat large room with a few
| [ ] Chain Mail | different exits. First, go west and down the
| [ ] Necklace | stairs to find a chest with a
o----------------------------o [_STONE OF MAG-DEF_] inside; use it, then go
| Runes | back upstairs. In case you're wondering, the
| | door on the northern wall just takes you down
| [ ] Fire Rune | to the prison, and there's nothing
| [ ] Darkness Rune | interesting there (except a hint for a puzzle
o----------------------------o we will encounter momentarily), so just take
| Enemies * = BOSS | the western door to the next screen, and keep
| | following this path a few screens until you
| ShadowMan | reach a room with five statues.
| Sorceror |
| Zombie (A) | First, move the statue that is furthest left
| Zombie (B) | to the left some more, and it will open up a
|*Abomination | doorway in the middle, so go in there and get
o----------------------------o the [_DARKNESS RUNE_] out of the chest, then
go back. Move the statue that is out of place
into the blank spot on the ground to open up a new passageway, then go through
the new passageway, following this path through many screens as well, until
you reach a room with 10 torches.
Do you see the pattern the torches are lit right now (with the fourth one not
lit?) Copy the same pattern onto the bottom row by going up to 1, 2, 3, and 5,
and pressing X. The fourth one in each row shouldn't be lit, and the doorway
in the middle will open, allowing you to go in and get the [_BLUE RIBBON_] out
of the chest in here. Now, go back and the torches should be lit the way they
were when you first came in, so just light the fourth one in the first row to
open the next passageway.
Go through the newly opened door and follow the straightforward path until you
finish crossing a bridge. In the next room, go up the stairs, then open the
chests to your right; there are a [_CHAIN MAIL_] and a [_NECKLACE_] in them,
so grab them, then go up the stairs, following the path all the way to where
Neclord is still playing the organ.
Neclord was expecting Viktor and the Star Dragon Sword, but not Kahn, though
it doesn't really surprise him. Neclord will raise an old friend of Viktor's,
Daisy, to their presence, and Neclord will give him a choice; either give him
the Star Dragon Sword, or he won't let Viktor have Daisy.
Choose either option, and Viktor will o----------------------------------o
walk up to Daisy, then lop off her | [1] Don't give him the sword. |
head, saying that the dead are gone | [2] ............................ |
forever, then Nanami gets caught up in o----------------------------------o
the moment, wanting you to fight too! | [1] Yeah!!! |
Choose either option, then Neclord will | [2] Careful how you talk to me!! |
run away, leaving behind the boss! o----------------------------------o
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Abomination Potch: 10,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| As with the Star Dragon Sword, have Hero and Nanami use their Family |
| Attack, Kahn use the Charm Arrow spell on his Resurrection Rune, then the |
| Scolding spell or any scrolls he may have equipped, have Viktor attack |
| normally, and have Freed Y and Eilie use their runes (if they have them |
| equipped). When Nanami's unbalanced, have her heal, and you may want to |
| have someone else on healing duty as well; probably Hero and Battle Oath |
| spell first, then his Great Blessing spell. The Abomination has a some |
| dangerous attacks as well, since he can attack twice in one turn like the |
| Star Dragon Sword. His main one attacks everybody with a pink flare from |
| his mouth, but the other ones are just a hit with two of his arms, which |
| does some damage, and an attack where he jumps on everybody for minor |
| damage, not nearly as much as the pink flare. Just keep everyone healed |
| and use Kahn's Yell spell to keep everyone revived, if you need to. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Freed Y decides that they better go back to South Window and
give a report. Before MOVING, go to your menu and take anything off of Kahn
that you may want, even if it's just a scroll or two, then head south back
outside. Kahn will decide to keep following Neclord, so he'll leave your
party. Make your way back south to the entrance where you'll find Flik,
Apple, Leona, Tsai, Rina, Bolgan, and Pilika, and they bring news with them;
South Window has fallen to Highland, and Lord Granmeyer was killed by Solon
Jhee...
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o----------------------------o------------------------------o----------------o
| Recruits |
| | (- NOTE -) Since Neclord has been chased away
| [ ] Apple (NP) [# 22] | and the castle has been cleared, it is now
| [ ] Leona (NP) [# 23] | your Headquarters! When you regain control,
o----------------------------o run around and try to get familiar with it.
Inside the castle, Flik tells you that they were attacked just after we left,
and Granmeyer surrendered unconditionally, and the next morning, his head was
hanging from the castle gate. They were able to escape, and met with Apple,
Tsai and Leona along the way. Now they're sure Highland will be heading here
soon, and no one will be sure what to do.
Choose option 2, because if you choose 1, you o--------------------------o
will have to run to the surrounding towns just | [1] Let's run away. |
to confirm that you cannot escape. When you | [2] There must be a way. |
choose 2, everyone will doubt that there's a o--------------------------o
way, then Apple will tell you that they may be
able to fight the Highland Army with the right strategy. She doesn't have this
strategy, but she knows of a man named Shu from Radat who does. Flik and
Viktor will go round up some soldiers, so you'll be given the task of talking
to Shu, so Apple will go with you. After she joins your convoy, choose the
rest of your party. For the sake of recruiting our next character, take ONLY
Rina, Eilie, and Anita, leaving 1 spot open. (This is just my preference, you
only need to take a party of all women.)
(- NOTE -) Without you being told, Apple and Leona have officially joined your
army now! You can talk to Leona to change your party members as usual.
Leave the Great Hall and head down to the first floor, then head all the way
south to be outside, then head east and south to be back at the World Map.
Radat is all the way on the eastern side of this area, but we need to stop in
Kuskus first for a recruit.
o----------o
| -Kuskus- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------------o----------o
| My | [29] Hero [29] Nanami [18] Anita |
| Party | [21] Rina [28] Eilie |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Talk to the woman you see to your left, down
| Save Points | the stairs near the entrance. She'll tell you
| | that some scoundrels who only attack girls
| Inn | have been showing up lately. Leave Kuskus,
o----------------------------o then head back in and cross the bridge on the
| Recruits | left to have some guys start harassing you.
| |
| [ ] Oulan (S) [# 24] | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Stop!!! |
| [2] Do whatever you like. |
Choose either option to be o-------------------------------------------o
knocked out, then a woman | [1] Wha....what's this... |
named Oulan will help out and | [2] Thanks. |
fight them off. Pick either o-------------------------------------------o
one again, and she'll tell you | [1] Yes. |
that you must protect women, | [2] I, I'll do my best. |
even at your size. She'll o-------------------------------------------o
introduce herself as an out of | [1] I want you to join our group. |
work bodyguard, then she'll | NO! [2] No thanks. |
ask if she can take you o-------------------------------------------o
somewhere. CHOOSE 1, otherwise
you'll miss out on Oulan! Once you pick 1, she will ask to hear about your
situation, then she'll decide to join your party!
That's it for extras, so leave Kuskus and head over to Radat to continue.
o--------o o--------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.417 | | -Radat-, finding the disciple of Mathiu Silverberg.... |
o--------o----------o--------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [29] Hero [18] Anita [27] Oulan |
| Party | [29] Nanami [28] Eilie [21] Rina |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Rare Finds here in Radat have
| Save Points | both Recipe #18 and Sound Set #5. Save your
| | game at the Inn before going to check it out,
| Inn | then if they're not there, reload and try
o----------------------------o again until they are. They also have chances
| Key Items | of having Speed Rings and Magic Robes here,
| | so try to get some of those if you can.
| [ ] Recipe #14 |
o----------------------------o Before going to find Shu, there's an item to
| Recruits | be found. Head into the Tavern and talk to
| | the chef in the white hat at the top of the
| [ ] Shu (NP) [# 25] | screen to obtain [_RECIPE #14_]. Once you
o----------------------------o have that, leave the Tavern and make your way
east, but stop up at the last house before
the next area; it's Shu's house. After going inside, Shu's assistant will get
him for you. He'll come in and tell you that he already knows why you're here,
but Apple will ask for his help anyway. He'll flat out refuse, telling us that
war is actually good for his business, regardless of who wins. Afterward,
you'll be shown out and be back outside.
Choose either option, and Apple o--------------------------------------o
will suggest that we look for some | [1] There's nothing we can do. |
more information. Make your way | Let's forget it. |
back to the Tavern, talk to the | [2] There may be some way to get him |
people in the kitchen if you like, | to change his mind. |
then go to leave; you'll run into o--------------------------------------o
Shu again, where this time, Shu
wonders if she'll get on her knees and beg for Shu to help them.
Pick either option again, and she will o-----------------------------------o
drop down, begging for his help. This | [1] ............................. |
makes him lose his thirst, so he'll go | [2] Stop it, Apple. |
to leave, asking Apple if she's lost o-----------------------------------o
her pride as a disciple of Mathiu,
where she'll answer that HE should be ashamed, saying that she can throw away
her vainful pride for what she believes to be right. After he leaves, she asks
you to help her a little more.
Choose 2 to continue. Leave the Tavern, o---------------------------------o
then go to the southern part of town | [1] It's no use. Let's go back. |
outside of the Appraiser. You'll see a | [2] Okay. You're right. |
man in a black coat; he's Richmond, and o---------------------------------o
he'll know about all three of you! He
will even tell you what he knows about yourselves! Impressive!
Pick either option, and he'll tell you that he's o-----------------------o
the greatest private eye in Radat, and he'll ask | [1] No, you're wrong. |
you for 1,500 potch to try to get some information | [2] That's right. |
on Shu to get him to join you. o-----------------------o
If you choose 2, you'll have to talk to him o-----------------------------o
and choose 1 to continue, so go ahead and | [1] Please do it. |
pay him the 1,500 potch to have him help you | [2] That's a little pricey. |
out. He'll tell you to go rest at the Inn o-----------------------------o
while he works, so make your way back to the
Inn and talk to the Innkeeper to go to sleep. Richmond will show up in the
middle of the night, telling you that it was a success! He'll tell you that
Shu has important trade tomorrow night, and it will be at the port east of
here, so if you wait at the bridge, you'll be able to run into him.
The next morning, you'll decide to head over to the bridge to wait, which
apparently Apple doesn't remember from last night! Head east to the next area
of Radat, then east across there to the port. At the bridge, Nanami will
decide to wait here. It will take a while, but eventually Shu shows up, with
Apple telling him that she's not giving up. Shu goes on about the war, about
how he'll be the one who decides what people are going to do and how they'll
die. He'll then take a coin out and toss it into the river, telling her that
if they can find that coin, he'll join your army.
Choose either option, and he'll o---------------------------------------o
tell you that he'll keep his | [1] What! But it's freezing out here! |
promise if you do find it. After | [2] ............... |
he leaves, Apple recommends o---------------------------------------o
closing the sluice gate so they
have a better chance of finding the coin. Head to the left and talk to the guy
in the white headband above you; he'll ask what you want, telling you that you
shouldn't be hanging around this place.
Pick option 2 to ask to o---------------------------------------------o
close the gate, where he'll | [1] I know. |
flat out deny you. After | [2] Could you please close the sluice gate? |
trying to bargain with you, o---------------------------------------------o
a man called Amada will come
up, asking what the problem is. Apple will ask him once again to close the
gate, saying that it's critical for the war against Highland. He'll say he
doesn't see a connection.
Choose option 2, and he'll say that he's got a weak o----------------------o
spot for hard working kids like you! He says he'll | [1] Forget about it. |
fight you for it, and if you win, he'll close the | [2] Please. |
gate for you. o----------------------o
o----------------------o
Choose option 2 again, and you'll fight Amada, | [1] Forget about it. |
one-on-one! | [2] I'll do it. |
o----------------------o
o--------o o--------------------o
| s1.oo2 | | One-on-One - Amada |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| When Amada says "___", he will Attack. Choose to use a Wild Attack. |
| |
| - ARGH!!!!..... Nice shot..... But it ain't over yet!!!!! |
| - Ha ha ha ha! Too bad, boy!!! Now it's my turn!!! |
| - Hey, you're not gonna win that way y'know. |
| - Okay, first a little test... |
| - Ouch! I felt that one! |
| - Ouch! Pretty good! |
| - Ouch! That musta hurt! Sorry about that. |
| - Ouch!!! I definitely felt that one!!! |
| - Thinking the same thing, eh. C'mon let's go. |
| - YOWCH!!!!! Nice one! My hand's all numb! |
| |
| When Amada says "___", he will Defend. Choose to Attack. |
| |
| - C'mon. It's your turn now. |
| - Dammit!!! I might lose this one!!! |
| - Damn! Dammit!!! Gotta think!!!!! |
| - Got to keep your head cool when you're in a fight, y'know. |
| - Ha ha! Wanna try that again? |
| - He he, doesn't work so well the 2nd time, eh. |
| - He he, first show me what you've got, boy. |
| - He he, I guess I'd better hold back a little. |
| - I won't fall for that one again! |
| - Woa!!! That was scary!!!!! |
| |
| When Amada says "___", he will use a Wild Attack. Choose to Defend. |
| |
| - Argh! I'll get ya next time!!! |
| - Better get ready. Here I go again. |
| - He he, I'll show ya how to attack! |
| - I'm just about ready to take the kid gloves off. |
| - If ya liked that, I'll give ya some more. |
| - Okay, boy, here I go! |
| - Okay, it's my turn next! |
| - That was fun!!! Let's go again!!! |
| - That won't get us anywhere! Try this one on fer size!!!!! |
| - Way to go, kid!!! But I won't lose that easy! |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After taking Amada down, he'll see that you were serious, and will go ahead
and close the sluice gate, but only for one night. When you regain control, go
a little bit left and head down along the bank, where you'll start digging
through once the water level lowers. Later on, Apple will be looking through
it as she suggests that you go back to the Inn and rest.
Choose either option, as Nanami will o-----------------------------------o
get ticked and make you help if you | [1] I'll help too. |
pick 2. After everyone starts looking, | [2] Okay, we'll see you later.... |
Nanami swears that she saw Shu switch o-----------------------------------o
the coin with a rock, which is why
they'll never find it. Apple doesn't believe her and keeps looking. She'll ask
you once again to go back to the Inn, but just as they almost give up hope,
there's a glitter! You'll walk over and pick up the coin, and after the other
two look at it, Shu comes and tells you that he will keep his promise. He also
says that even though he inherited Mathiu's brain, Apple inherited his heart,
and that with him on your side, he's worth more than 100,000 soldiers!
Shu then looks at the coin, and by doing so, sees the Bright Shield Rune,
making the connection between you and Genkaku. He says they'll talk about it
after the war, since they need to worry about Solon Jhee first. He thanks you
for saving Apple, and thinks that with you and the Bright Shield Rune, they
have a chance to win this war. Shu joins your party! After looking at the coin
again, he wonders just how you found it... and you'll see Richmond flipping
his coin up on the bridge, saying another job well done...
The next morning, Apple tells us that Shu said to go on ahead, so leave Radat
and make your way back to North Window / Headquarters.
o--------o o---------------------------------------o
| s1.418 | | -Headquarters-, a new hero appears... |
o--------o---------------------------o---------------------------------------o
| My | [29] Hero [18] Anita [27] Oulan |
| Party | [29] Nanami [28] Eilie [21] Rina |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way up to the Great Hall on the
| Save Points | second floor, where Viktor will ask if your
| | mission was successful. He'll wonder if he
| Beside the Great Hall | can trust Shu, since he was banished and all,
o----------------------------o at which point Shu will come in, telling him
| Recruits | that if he does not trust him then he should
| | leave. After some more pep talk to the bear
| [ ] Huan (NP) [# 26] | and the blue-boy, he'll decide that their
| [ ] Luc (S) [# 27] | current soldiers won't be enough to take on
| [ ] Barbara (NP) [# 28] | Highland, but if they can get former South
o----------------------------o Window soldiers to help, it may be feasible.
He'll send Freed Y to infiltrate the Highland
Army to spread the word to try and get them to switch sides.
He'll then recommend another unit attack Solon Jhee from the rear while he's
trying to surround the castle, which will shake their troops and hopefully
make them switch sides. Shu wants YOU to be the leader of this unit.
You must choose option 2 to continue the o---------------------------------o
story, so do so. The next morning, | [1] I really don't think so.... |
Nanami will wake you up, wondering once | [2] Okay. |
again why they must fight, but she o---------------------------------o
says that she'll still protect you. When
you regain control, save your game, then make your way back to the Great Hall.
You'll be informed that the Highland Army has surrounded the castle, so Shu
will ask if you're ready.
Choose option 2, and you'll enter your o-----------------------------o
fourth Major Battle! This time with the | [1] Just a minute. |
excellent war music! GO!!! | [2] Don't worry. I'm ready. |
o-----------------------------o
o--------o o--------------------------------------------o
| s1.mb4 | | Major Battle - Headquarters / North Window |
o--------o----------------------o--------------------------------------------o
| |
| From here on out, Hero's unit will have your army's flag, meaning that if |
| his unit is defeated, the battle is over and you lose! Make sure to heal |
| Hero's Unit if he takes one sword's worth of damage, as the second will |
| defeat you. |
| |
| Culgan mentions at the start of the battle that their flanks are exposed, |
| but since the enemy is on a peninsula, there's nothing to worry about... |
| hehehe... |
| |
| The first turn will be just Viktor, Flik, and Gilbert defending at HQ |
| while the enemy approaches. On the second turn, you'll appear with a group |
| of State Army soldiers; have either Hero's group or the State Army group |
| attack Solon Jhee. Once he's been attacked, Shu's plan will come together |
| as Freed Y spreads the word that Hero is the one who can lead them to |
| victory! Three sets of the enemy's units will then switch to your side! |
| |
| After that happens, just have everyone fight normally, making sure that |
| Hero is healed. You'd probably be better off having him retreat from the |
| action to keep him from getting killed. After a few more turns of |
| fighting, the Highland Army will retreat! |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, you'll be greeted by hundreds of your soldiers back at HQ!
Once you're back in the Great Hall, and after being congratulated some more,
Shu recommends gathering more power here at this castle, and that YOU become
the leader of this new army! He wants you to, one because of Genkaku, and two
because of the Bright Shield Rune on your right hand.
Choose either option on all three sets o-----------------------------------o
of questions, and Viktor will say that | [1] Me....a leader? |
you need time to think about it, but | [2] I don't think that... |
in the mean time, he wants to talk to o-----------------------------------o
you about Genkaku at the Tavern later | [1] But Luca Blight..... |
tonight. Later that night, Nanami will | [2] You say 'my power', but.... |
join you and you'll need to head down o-----------------------------------o
to the Tavern to meet with Viktor, or | [1] But....if I can help out..... |
rest for the night. I recommend going | [2] That 'power'..... |
to the Tavern. o-----------------------------------o
If you choose to walk over to your o------------------------------------o
bed and choose option 2, you will go | [1] No, I'm not sleepy yet. |
to sleep and skip the whole Tavern | [2] Yeah, it's been a long day.... |
event. However, I'm going to the o------------------------------------o
Tavern. Head down to the first floor
and make your way to the Tavern, where you'll find Viktor drinking. He'll be
glad to see you, and will tell you that Genkaku's story is a really long one,
and not a happy one either. Still wanna listen?
Choose option 1 to have Viktor start the o------------------------------o
story. Anabelle's father, Darell, led the | [1] I still want to hear it. |
City-State and Han Cunningham led Highland. | [2] Forget about it. |
Highland looked as though they would win, o------------------------------o
but that's when Genkaku appeared and helped
fight for the City-State. Genkaku and Han were friends, so over time, they
helped bring peace, but when negotiations broke down over who gets to take
Kyaro, the war started again, which led to a duel between Han and Genkaku to
see who would take it.
Genkaku refused to fight, leading Kyaro to become a Highland territory, and he
was banished from the State for refusing to fight. Years later, it was
discovered that Mayor Darell coated Genkaku's sword in poison, which is why he
didn't fight. By then, he did not want to return to the State, and was happy
raising both Hero and Nanami in Kyaro. After the story, you'll see that Nanami
fell asleep during it, so Viktor will give you some advice, and you'll carry
her to bed. The next morning, go into the Great Hall and talk to Shu. He'll
want to know if you've made up your mind.
Choose option 1 to continue the story. o-----------------------------------o
Everyone pledges their strength to | [1] If you think I can do it..... |
you, and just as Viktor gets ready to | [2] There's no way I can do it. |
party, Dr. Huan comes in! He survived o-----------------------------------o
the attack at Muse, and offers to help
you! Huan joins! You'll then get to name your castle; I'll always refer to it
as Headquarters, so choose whichever name you like; I don't believe there's a
correct name for it, even in the history books of Suikoden III.
After you name your castle, Viktor will want to party again, but this time,
Leknaat appears, telling you that the Stars of Destiny are poised to gather
once again, and will give you the Stone Tablet of Promise, which will show you
the names of the Stars you have recruited so far. She also lends you the
services of her pupil, our old friend Luc! Luc will join your party as well,
then Leknaat will tell you that both you and Jowy have hard roads ahead, but
they must proceed. After she leaves, Luc's surprised to see Viktor and Flik
still alive after what happened in the last war! You'd think they would've let
SOMEONE know what happened to them!
(- NOTE -) Without you being told, Barbara has officially joined your army as
well! If you're like me, you REALLY need to unload a bunch of stuff into her
Storehouse! She's near the main entrance of the castle on the left side if you
need to see her. She's my first stop!
The next morning, make your way all the way outside to the exit; you'll see a
suspicious looking man called Fitcher hanging around. He'll ask you if this is
North Window.
Choose option 2 to continue, then he'll o---------------------------------o
ask if you if you ever met the hero that | [1] Nope. You're way off. |
defeated the Highland Army. Choose any | [2] That's right. |
option, and he'll run off to get an o---------------------------------o
audience with the leader. Make your way | [1] He is so unbelievably cool. |
back up to the Great Hall, where Shu | [2] Eh, he's nothing special. |
will introduce Fitcher to you. Fitcher | [3] The hero is me. |
tells you that he's working for the o---------------------------------o
Mayor of Two River City, and that he's
here to ask you to forge an alliance with Two River to defeat the Highland
Army. He says that it's not a formal request, as he is asking for just
himself. Flik asks what we should do.
Choose option 2, and Fitcher will tell you o----------------------------o
that he has no way of getting BACK to Two | [1] Forget about it. |
River, so now we need to find a captain that | [2] Let's go to Two River. |
can use our boat to take us all to Two River. o----------------------------o
If you talk to everyone, Flik recommends
Tai Ho, and Apple suggests Amada from before. When you're done, make your way
to the Tavern and make a full party, making sure that Freed Y is in it, as
you'll need him for recruiting. After that, leave Headquarters. Our first stop
for recruiting is going to be Kuskus for our boat captain.
o----------o
| -Kuskus- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------------o----------o
| My | [29] Hero [28] Freed Y [22] Shiro |
| Party | [29] Nanami [29] Luc [22] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Stop at the Inn and SAVE YOUR GAME. We'll be
| Recruits | playing Chinchirorin again, so you'll want to
| | keep your money. Make your way back to where
| [ ] Tai Ho (M) [# 29] | you originally docked here in Kuskus to find
| [ ] Yam Koo (NP) [# 30] | Tai Ho and Yam Koo hanging out again; talk to
o----------------------------o him once again.
Choose 1 and he'll tell you that he has to o----------------------------o
test your luck before he joins, so pick 1 | [1] Please join our group. |
again to play another game of Chinchirorin! | [2] Oh nothing. |
You'll probably have to play several times o----------------------------o
this time, as you can only bet 3,000 potch at | [1] Of course! |
a time. If you are having a hard time, reset | [2] F...forget about it. |
and try again; it may take quite a while. o----------------------------o
Once you have finally won 5,000 from him,
both Tai Ho and Yam Koo will join your party! That's it for Kuskus, so leave
here and head to Radat next.
o---------o
| -Radat- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [29] Hero [28] Freed Y [22] Shiro |
| Party | [29] Nanami [29] Luc [22] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o First, let's recruit Freed Y's wife. Head to
| Recruits | the southern end of town, but before exiting
| | to the south, go to the right, and go as far
| [ ] Yoshino (M) [# 31] | down as you can without exiting Radat; you
| [ ] Richmond (NP) [# 32] | should be able to go into someone's yard.
| [ ] Amada (M) [# 33] | Here you will meet Yoshino, Freed Y's wife.
o----------------------------o She's been worried about him since no one
told her about what happened. He tells her
that the fighting is more important now, so she decides to go with Freed so
she won't have to be away from him any longer! She asks you if she can join
the army too.
Choose 1 to have her join! If you o----------------------------------o
choose 2 three times, you'll have to | [1] Let's fight together. |
talk to her again and choose 1 then to | [2] No way. |
have her join. After you have Yoshino, o----------------------------------o
go over to the Appraiser and talk to | [1] I still want you to join us. |
Richmond outside. He knows that you've | [2] I guess so.... |
become the new leader of the army! o----------------------------------o
Choose 1 to ask Richmond join your o---------------------------------o
group; he'll decide to join if you guess | [1] Richmond, join our group. |
how his coin will land. Choose 1 again | [2] Yeah, I'm working hard. |
and he'll flip; pick either option, as | [3] No, I'm hardly working. |
it won't matter, it will be the opposite o---------------------------------o
of what you guess. After that, choose to | [1] Okay. |
give up, then make your way up to the | [2] I don't know about that.... |
Tavern. Talk to the guy sitting at the o---------------------------------o
bottom table to have him tell you | [1] Heads! |
Richmond's a cheat, and will give you a | [2] Tails! |
real coin to bet with. Go back and talk o---------------------------------o
to him now, offering your coin. He'll | [1] One more time. |
tell you that a leader needs to learn to | [2] I give up...... |
see through cheap tricks like that, then o---------------------------------o
Richmond will join your party! Now, make | [1] Here, use this coin. |
your way to the eastern dock area of | [2] Okay, it's a match. |
Radat and talk to Amada again. o---------------------------------o
Pick 1, and after hearing your story, he'll o------------------------------o
tell you that he'll join you if you can | [1] Please join my group. |
beat him one-on-one again! Choose 1 to take | [2] Yeah, how have you been? |
him on one more time! (He has the same o------------------------------o
quotes as he did the last time, so it | [1] Okay! |
should be easy. I have it listed below as | [2] W, wait a minute. |
well, just in case.) o------------------------------o
o--------o o--------------------o
| s1.oo3 | | One-on-One - Amada |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| When Amada says "___", he will Attack. Choose to use a Wild Attack. |
| |
| - ARGH!!!!..... Nice shot..... But it ain't over yet!!!!! |
| - Ha ha ha ha! Too bad, boy!!! Now it's my turn!!! |
| - Hey, you're not gonna win that way y'know. |
| - Okay, first a little test... |
| - Ouch! I felt that one! |
| - Ouch! Pretty good! |
| - Ouch! That musta hurt! Sorry about that. |
| - Ouch!!! I definitely felt that one!!! |
| - Thinking the same thing, eh. C'mon let's go. |
| - YOWCH!!!!! Nice one! My hand's all numb! |
| |
| When Amada says "___", he will Defend. Choose to Attack. |
| |
| - C'mon. It's your turn now. |
| - Dammit!!! I might lose this one!!! |
| - Damn! Dammit!!! Gotta think!!!!! |
| - Got to keep your head cool when you're in a fight, y'know. |
| - Ha ha! Wanna try that again? |
| - He he, doesn't work so well the 2nd time, eh. |
| - He he, first show me what you've got, boy. |
| - He he, I guess I'd better hold back a little. |
| - I won't fall for that one again! |
| - Woa!!! That was scary!!!!! |
| |
| When Amada says "___", he will use a Wild Attack. Choose to Defend. |
| |
| - Argh! I'll get ya next time!!! |
| - Better get ready. Here I go again. |
| - He he, I'll show ya how to attack! |
| - I'm just about ready to take the kid gloves off. |
| - If ya liked that, I'll give ya some more. |
| - Okay, boy, here I go! |
| - Okay, it's my turn next! |
| - That was fun!!! Let's go again!!! |
| - That won't get us anywhere! Try this one on fer size!!!!! |
| - Way to go, kid!!! But I won't lose that easy! |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After you've handed it to him, Amada will join your party! That's it for
Radat, so leave here.
We can recruit more people in South Window, but let's go back to Headquarters
first so we can progress the story enough to where we won't have to make a
second trip to South Window just to recruit one more person. Trust me.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [29] Hero [28] Freed Y [22] Shiro |
| Party | [29] Nanami [29] Luc [27] Amada |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
If you'd like to see Tai Ho's reunion with Viktor, head to the Tavern first
and switch Amada out with Tai Ho. After you've done that, make your way up to
the Great Hall, and after some chatting, Tai Ho/Amada will switch to your
convoy, and Fitcher will join your convoy as well. After you select your new
party, head down to the first floor, then go through the northern door to the
right of the stairs to the first floor; follow this path straight up as it
takes you to the port. After Tai Ho/Amada sees the boat, go over to the boat
and choose to board to be on the World Map.
Take your boat over to Kuskus, then exit Kuskus and head to South Window.
o----------------o
| -South Window- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [29] Hero [28] Freed Y [22] Shiro |
| Party | [29] Nanami [29] Luc [22] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o First off, talk to Clive; he'll want to know
| Recruits | what you want.
| |
| [ ] Clive (L) [# 34] | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Alex (NP) [# 35] | | [1] Would you please join our group? |
| [ ] Hilda (NP) [# 36] | | [2] We don't want anything. |
| [ ] Adlai (NP) [# 37] | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] I can get you to Lakewest. |
| [2] Sorry to have bothered you. |
Choose 1, and he'll tell you o-------------------------------------------o
that he's still chasing Elza,
and that he thinks she fled to Lakewest. Pick 1 again to tell him your story,
and after hearing about it, he'll join your party! He will ONLY join if you
took your boat out on to the World Map.
(- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY *
I hate to state the obvious, but you must recruit Clive to continue his story.
Next, make your way to the Inn and go to the second floor. If you go into the
eastern room, you'll see Alex, Hilda, and Pete from the White Deer Inn! Talk
to Alex and he'll tell you that he and his wife have a bet going on, wondering
if you're the same person that's leading the new army. He'll be shocked to
find out the truth, then Hilda will ask if they can somehow help.
Choose 1; if you choose 2 or 3, o--------------------------------------o
you'll have to talk to him again | [1] Join up with us. |
and choose 1 anyway to be able to | [2] No thanks... |
recruit them. Once you do, Alex and | [3] I don't want to get you two |
Hilda will both join your party! | mixed up in this war... |
Your castle now has both an Item o--------------------------------------o
Shop and an Inn! Your Item Shop's | [1] Join our group. |
items will depend on the Item Shops | [2] Yes. |
that you have visited so far; if | [3] No. |
you've been to them all thus far, o--------------------------------------o
you'll have all their goods!
Now, for the next recruit, we need a Sacrificial Jizo, a Wooden Shield, and a
Wind Rune. If you don't have a Sacrificial Jizo, take the one off of Clive or
Bolgan, or go back to Headquarters and buy one at your Item Shop (one of the
previously visited stores should've had one. You can also wait until you visit
Lakewest, they have them at that Item Shop as well.) If you don't have a
Wooden Shield, go to the Armory here and buy one. If you don't have the
Wind Rune, go to the Rune Shop and buy one. Once you have all three of these
items, go inside the building to the north-northwest of the Armory; this is
the home of Adlai the inventor. He asks what you want.
Choose either option, and he'll say he o-------------------------------o
needs a Sacrificial Jizo. With it in hand, | [1] Would you join our group? |
talk to him again, and he'll tell you that | [2] I'm not worthy enough to |
he needed a Wooden Shield, not a | introduce myself. |
Sacrificial Jizo. With that in hand, talk o-------------------------------o
to him once again, and this time, he says
that he needs a Wind Crystal. You have a choice this time.
CHOOSE 2 to throw it at him, o-----------------------------------o
otherwise, you'll have to do this all | [1] Hand over the Wind Crystal |
over again. By throwing it, Adlai says | [2] Throw the Wind Crystal at him |
that it's good to stand up for o-----------------------------------o
yourself, and will see you at your
castle! Adlai joins! You'll automatically be back at your castle, where Adlai
has installed his greatest work... the elevator! You can now travel up and
down rather than hiking up stairs!
That's it for side jobs, but before heading to Two River, you may want to
prepare your party. I put the Blue Gate and Darkness Runes we acquired on Luc,
so he'll be our magic powerhouse for a while. Everyone else can be your own
preference; I have either Double-Beat or Fury Runes on the other three members
of my party. You may also want to head over to South Window if you think your
party needs some better armor, or to Kuskus if they need better weapons. Once
you are ready, head to your docks and take the boat, making your way north and
west to Lakewest.
o------------o
| -Lakewest- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------------o------------o
| My | [29] Hero [29] Nanami [24] Shiro |
| Party | [29] Luc [24] Clive [24] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Once you land in Lakewest, Fitcher will head
| Save Points | off to Two River to make arrangements, but
| | before he leaves he'll give you his
| Inn | [_REFERENCE_], a letter of recommendation
o----------------------------o that will allow you to meet with the Mayor of
| Runes | Two River. Tai Ho/Amada will decide to stay
| | with the boat. Once you regain control, check
| [ ] Kindness Rune | the basket full of vegetables that is on the
o----------------------------o dock to your right; inside you will find the
| Key Items | [_KINDNESS RUNE_], an excellent weapon rune
| | that greatly increases your attack, and seems
| [ ] Recipe #16 | to increase in power over time! I strongly
| [ ] Cabbage Seed | recommend keeping this on Hero for the
o----------------------------o remainder of the game, so you should probably
| Special Items | head over to Kuskus to put it on him. Back in
| | Lakewest, if Clive's with you, make your way
| [ ] Reference | to the Inn.
o----------------------------o
| Recruits | -------
| |
| [ ] Taki (NP) [# 38] | (- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY *
o----------------------------o (TIME MUST BE AT OR BEFORE _11:00:59_)
If Clive is with you, you can talk to the man beside the counter; he'll tell
you that Elza left a message for him. (If you're too late, the man will tell
you that you're so many days late and the trail will end there.) The note says
that she went to Forest Village west of Greenhill, so Clive's story will pick
back up there. We must reach there by _13:00:59_.
If you wish to view this event, and are past the time, but have a Gameshark,
Codebreaker, or PEC, use this code to bring your time to 10:58:00.
"Time Is 10:58:00 (Clive/Lakewest)
8006AA52 000A
8006AA54 003A
8006AA56 0000
-------
Now, check in between the top-right and top-middle houses here in Lakewest.
You'll see a jar, a box, and a barrel here; check the barrel to find your
first garden item, a [_CABBAGE SEED_]. Next, head to the northwesternmost
house here in Lakewest; BEFORE talking to Taki in here, check her spice rack
at the top of the room to obtain [_RECIPE #16_]. Once she leaves, you won't be
able to get it. Now, talk to Taki several times until she asks if it was hard
to come all the way here.
Choose either option, and she'll decide o---------------------------------o
to pack up her things and meet you at | [1] Yeah...it's a little rough. |
your castle! Taki joins your party! | [2] It's no problem. |
That's it for Lakewest, so make your way o---------------------------------o
to the southwestern part of the village
to go out to the World Map.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | Lakewest / E. Two River / Kobold Village / |
| | E. Drakemouth Area |
| Rockadillo o-----------------------------------------------o
| Sandillo |
| Spikebeak | (- NOTE -) The Rockadillo can drop
o----------------------------o Turtle Plans #1, so try and get that if you
can. The Spikebeak can also drop the
Balance Rune; this rune prevents the wearer from ever being unbalanced. This
could be very useful for Nanami and Hero's unite, but I prefer to keep more
useful runes on her since she only has two slots.
(- NOTE -) You may want to head back to Headquarters and put the Key Items you
acquired into the Storehouse. Also, if you need to stock up on anything do it
now; someone's gonna steal your money the second you walk into Two River...
Feel free to explore if you want, but we'll need to go to Two River next. It's
west of Lakewest.
o--------o o----------------------------------------------o
| s1.419 | | -Two River-, where several cultures clash... |
o--------o--------------------o----------------------------------------------o
| My | [30] Hero [30] Nanami [28] Shiro |
| Party | [30] Luc [28] Clive [28] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Recipe #23 in the
| Save Points | Rare Finds at the Item Shop in the Human
| | District of Two River... you'll have to wait
| Inn | until you have money to buy it though. You
o----------------------------o can always fight on the World Map for some.
| Recruits | Also, you can buy both the Warrior Rune and
| | the Wizard Rune in the Rare Finds of the Rune
| [ ] Hans (NP) [# 39] | Shop here; this is the only place in the game
o----------------------------o to get them. Lastly, the Winger District's
Item Shop will have Wing Ornaments in their
Rare Finds; these will be great accessories for when you do have two Wingers
in your party, and the Kobold District has Silver Hats in their Rare Finds,
and even though you can buy these later in Tinto, they are great hats now!
A kid will bump into you the second you walk into Two River, leaving you
confused. Before doing anything else, head north into the Inn, then make your
way to the second floor. Talk to the man in the first room; he's Hans, and he
came all the way from Zexen just to open an Armory! However, Two River already
has one, so now he doesn't know what to do. Talk to him again.
Choose 1, and after telling him your o-------------------------------o
story, he'll ask how much he has to pay to | [1] Come to our castle. |
open a shop. I STRONGLY recommend choosing | [2] That's too bad..... |
1; if you choose the other two, he WILL o-------------------------------o
gather the money and pay you, but it won't | [1] You don't have to pay me. |
be until later in the game when he can get | [2] 30,000 potch. |
it. Once you choose 1, Hans will join your | [3] 300,000 potch. |
party and open an Armory at your HQ! Cool! o-------------------------------o
Head back outside the Inn, then head west and north up to assembly hall.
They'll ask you if you are allowed in.
If you choose 1, you'll go to get your o-------------------------------o
letter to find that you don't have it! | [1] I've got this letter.... |
Choose any option, and you'll be out of | [2] I don't have anything. |
luck for now. To make matters worse, if o-------------------------------o
you check your menu, you're broke too. | [1] It's right here....huh??? |
Head south to see the boy who took your | [2] Oh no....that kid..... |
stuff run off, so head south, west, then o-------------------------------o
north and follow him to the next section
of Two River. Chase the kid until you have him cornered; here, he'll tell you
he won't give your money back.
Choose either option, and he'll fly o--------------------------------------o
up and away, leaving you standing | [1] Could you at least give me back |
still. If you like, check out the | my letter of introduction? |
Item Shop in the Winger District, | [2] You little punk, I'll kill you!! |
then head north to the next area o--------------------------------------o
and check out the Item Shop and
Armory in the Kobold District, then make your way all the way back to assembly
hall. When you get there, you'll see one of Two River's generals, Ridley,
getting ready to hand out punishment to Fitcher for deserting while on a recon
mission!
Choose 1 to intervene, or 2 to let him have it! o------------------------o
It's up to you; I'll choose 1. Ridley will ask | [1] Wait! Stop! |
you to show proof of who you are. Choose either | [2] ............... |
option, and you'll show him the Bright Shield o------------------------o
Rune. You'll then be taken in to meet Lord Makai, | [1] Of course I'm me! |
the plenipotentiary of Two River, with Fitcher | [2] Well you see...... |
in your convoy. Once inside, you'll meet him. o------------------------o
Choose either option, then Makai will o---------------------------------o
tell you that he'd like to forge an | [1] Glad to meet you. |
alliance with your army, and will also | [2] What's a 'plenipotentiary'? |
ask about your earlier incident. o---------------------------------o
Pick either option again to have Makai o--------------------------------o
tell you about how the Wingers came to | [1] Umm... My wallet... |
Two River, then he'll tell you to head | [2] There's no need for worry. |
over to the New Leaf Inn to get some o--------------------------------o
rest. Make your way to the Inn talk to
the Innkeeper, then head up to the second floor. In your room, you'll find the
boy, Chaco; he had his granny read your letter to him, and will ask if you're
the leader of your army.
Choose either option, and he'll tell you o---------------------------------o
that he ate your dinner and will fly | [1] Yeah, that's right. |
off! The next morning, head downstairs | [2] I don't have to answer you. |
to have Fitcher tell you that Ridley and o---------------------------------o
Makai are fighting. Save your game, then
leave here and head to the assembly hall. Ridley will be accusing Makai of
plotting against them, so he chooses not to fight alongside the humans.
Pick either option, and Ridley will head off back to o--------------------o
the Kobold District, saying he needs to prepare for | [1] .............. |
the impending attack. Makai apologizes, then asks you | [2] What happened? |
to go find Ridley to find out what happened, as the o--------------------o
Highland Army is on their way here already, and Two
River needs Ridley's his help to defeat them.
Choose option 2 to continue. We need to head to the o----------------------o
Kobold District, so make your way to the Winger | [1] I can't do that. |
District first, then through it and to the Kobold | [2] I understand. |
District. Kobold soldiers are on guard here, and o----------------------o
won't let you through, so go back to the Winger
District to run into Chaco once again. This time, he'll steal Fitcher's
wallet! Chase him through the town once again, until he finally goes down into
the sewers below Two River; follow him.
o--------o o-----------------------------------------------o
| s1.420 | | -Two River Sewers-, chasing a winged thief... |
o--------o-------------------o-----------------------------------------------o
| My | [30] Hero [30] Nanami [28] Shiro |
| Party | [30] Luc [28] Clive [28] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The LandSharks here can drop
| Save Points | Recipe #21, as well as Guard Rings. Try to
| | get the Recipe if you have the time. Also,
| Before the boss | the Siren can drop the Banshee Rune and
o----------------------------o Water Amulets (this is the only place to get
| Items | one of either), the Shadow can drop the
| | Mangosh (which is found in Rare Finds later
| [ ] Stone of Defense | in Gregminster), and the DevilEye can drop
o----------------------------o the Kite Rune (which can be bought later at
| Equipment | Greenhill.) Once you do get Recipe #21, I
| | recommend putting it in your Storehouse and
| [ ] Head Gear | leaving it there; there's a glitch in the
| [ ] Fire Emblem | game that has to do with the Recipes that are
o----------------------------o dropped by enemies, so we shouldn't give any
| Runes | to our army chef (we will get him later)
| | until we have all 5 that are dropped.
| [ ] Resurrection Rune |
o----------------------------o Head east to the next area, then follow the
| Scrolls | path to the next. You'll see a chest to your
| | east, so make your way over there and open it
| [ ] Healing Wind | for some [_HEAD GEAR_]. Stay on this side and
o----------------------------o head south, east, then north to another
| Enemies * = BOSS | chest; this one has a [_RESURRECTION RUNE_].
| | Cross the bridge to your south, then head
| DevilEye | west and south to the next area.
| LandShark |
| Shadow | Follow the path and head down the ladder. It
| Siren | may not look like it, but you're at a fork;
|*Pest Rat | to the west leads to a very creepy Winger
o----------------------------o named Sid, but there's nothing to do there
just yet, so just head south to the next
area. Follow along some more, crossing a bridge along the way, until you reach
a bridge and a chest containing a [_HEALING WIND_] scroll. Cross the bridge
and head north and west to the next area.
Move west to a fork; cross the bridge to the north first, following the path
two chests containing a [_FIRE EMBLEM_] and a [_STONE OF DEFENSE_].
Fire Emblems are one of my personal favorites of all of the accessories in
this game, due to +15 ATT; you'll be able to buy them regularly later on. Go
back to the fork and head south now, crossing the bridge and continuing to the
next screen, then following along some more, up and down a set of ladders, to
a Journeyman's Crystal.
SAVE YOUR GAME! Also, you may want to make sure your party has a combination
of Medicines/Antitoxins, as you'll need both in the following battle. Go into
the doorway to your west... where you'll find a massive, red-eyed rodent!!!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Pest Rat Potch: 20,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| Items: Poison Rune | |
o--------------------------------o This boss is REALLY tough. Make sure |
| that you are able to heal every round |
| if possible/needed. All three of his attacks are very strong, one of them |
| can poison multiple allies WHILE damaging everyone, one damages everyone, |
| and the other really hurts one ally. Have Hero on healing duty with his |
| Battle Oath to try to get your allies to Berserk status, followed by Great |
| Blessing, have Luc use his level 3 and 4 spells on his Darkness Rune (if |
| you put it on him like I asked), followed by Healing Wind if it's needed, |
| have Nanami heal if needed, otherwise attack normally, and have everyone |
| else attack/use Medicines and/or Antitoxins as needed. Like I said, very |
| tough, but make sure to keep everyone healed to make it easier. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Head north and follow the path, and you'll eventually come back out inside the
Kobold District.
o-------------o
| -Two River- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [33] Hero [33] Nanami [32] Shiro |
| Party | [33] Luc [32] Clive [32] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Fitcher will wonder where you are, then
| Key Items | Ridley will spot you, wondering what you're
| | doing.
| [ ] Spinach Seedling |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| Recruits | | [1] We're chasing a thief..... |
| | | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
| [ ] Fitcher (NP) [# 40] | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Ridley (NP) [# 41] |
| [ ] Chaco (M) [# 42] | Choose either option, and Ridley will tell
o----------------------------o you that they obtained a secret communique
| Enemies | between Makai and General Kiba of Highland,
| | talking of a secret treaty between Highland
| Commander | and Two River. He says that he cannot trust
| Highlands (A) | humans, and will then ask you to leave.
| Highlands (B) |
| Highlands (C) | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] I understand. |
| [2] That's what the enemy wants!!! |
Pick either option again, and o-------------------------------------------o
you'll return to the entrance
of the Kobold District. Fitcher thinks that something's going on, so let's
head back to the Human District. Once there, you'll see Makai meeting with
General Kiba! After they finish talking, Kiba's son, Klaus will approach you,
asking you if you're the new leader, as he looks forward to meeting you in
battle. After they leave, Makai confirms that they're offering a peace treaty,
but Chaco drops in and tells them it's just an enemy plot. Makai will then
invite you back to the assembly hall to discuss your meeting with Ridley, so
go there.
After telling him what happened, Makai still believes that they're going to
have a treaty with Highland, so he dismisses Fitcher and apologizes to you for
not being able to assist your army. You'll have to stay at the Inn again for
the night since Highland is outside, but once you leave, Chaco approaches you
and tells you that his granny wants to meet you. He'll take off again, then
Fitcher mentions something about reinforcements.
Choose option 2 to have him tell you o-----------------------------------o
that he sent a letter to Shu | [1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
requesting reinforcements, so at least | [2] Reinforcements? |
we'll have that going for us. Let's go o-----------------------------------o
visit Chaco's granny, so head over to
the Winger District, then follow Chaco to her house. Susu will introduce
herself, then will tell you that Chaco will return your money and will be
punished. She then asks to see your right palm.
Choose either option, and she'll tell you that she o-------------------o
once saw your rune shining from Genkaku's hand from | [1] Okay. |
afar; it was actually Genkaku who invited them to live | [2] No way, lady. |
in this new land, but shortly afterward he was o-------------------o
banished, so they became mistreated. After asking for
your help to save their land, she'll send you on your way. You'll run into
Chaco on your way out, who still refuses to give you your wallet and will run
off. There's nothing left to do, so head back to the New Leaf Inn and talk to
the Innkeeper to rest.
The next morning, head back outside and you'll automatically run to the exit,
where you'll find Kiba here, not to sign a treaty, but to attack Two River!
The fighting will begin, and Fitcher worries since our army hasn't arrived
yet. You will have to take on a group of Highland soldiers, then afterward,
Fitcher recommends going to talk to Ridley again.
I recommend that you keep o------------------------------------------------o
choosing 1, as you'll | [1] We can't give up!!! |
fight two more sets of | [2] Okay, let's go!!! |
Highland Soldiers, and o------------------------------------------------o
they give decent | [1] Are you saying you won't defend Two River? |
experience. If you choose | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2, you'll just run back o------------------------------------------------o
to see Ridley, where you | [1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
can choose either option | [2] Are you saying you won't defend this town? |
there before you'll be o------------------------------------------------o
back here. In either | [1] We haven't lost yet, Lord Makai. |
case, Two River looks as | [2] There's always a chance. Always. |
though it's about to o------------------------------------------------o
fall, but then the
Wingers will come and attack! And after that, the Kobolds will join in! After
fighting once more group of Highland soldiers, Klaus reports that your army,
as well as volunteers from the Kobold Village to the south, have appeared!
They'll then order the retreat, leaving us victorious!
You'll then see a scene with Solon Jhee and Luca Blight; Solon Jhee has failed
him once again, so Luca will give the order to have his head cut off! Jowy
will then volunteer to take his place, telling Luca that he can take Greenhill
with only 5,000 men, not even an entire company, and that he won't fail. The
next morning, Fitcher will wake you up in bed.
Pick either one to have Fitcher tell you o-------------------------------o
that you just passed out after the last | [1] Huh? |
battle. In any case, leave the Inn and | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
make your way to the assembly hall. After o-------------------------------o
meeting with Makai, Ridley, Viktor, and
Shu, Fitcher will be fired, but only because he will be working with us!
Fitcher joins! Also, Ridley has joined without us being told. Viktor and Shu
will head back, so start to make your way out of town to run into Chaco once
again. He'll ask you if you're leaving.
Choose either option, and o--------------------------------------------o
he'll ask you if he can come | [1] That's right. |
with you. Choose 1, or 3, | [2] I guess so. |
then 1 to have Chaco join o--------------------------------------------o
your party! He'll return your | [1] Sure. Okay. |
money, but sadly, | [2] Absolutely not!! |
he spent all of Fitcher's, so | [3] You're not going to stay in this town? |
Fitcher will go chasing after o--------------------------------------------o
him! You'll then | [1] Yeah, you're right. |
automatically be back on the | [2] Hmm, I wonder. |
World Map. o--------------------------------------------o
There's even more to do now than there was before, so first, let's head back
into Two River; we need to get an item, as well as buy an item we can use to
recruit someone. Go to the Winger District first and make your way back into
Chaco's granny Susu's house; she'll give you a [_SPINACH SEEDLING_] for your
garden. Next, head to the Kobold District's Item Shop and buy some Fried Tacos
that you'll need to recruit a fellow named Tetsu later on. Leave Two River to
the east, then head over to Lakewest.
o------------o
| -Lakewest- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------------o------------o
| My | [34] Hero [34] Nanami [33] Shiro |
| Party | [34] Luc [33] Clive [33] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| Recruits | | [1] But of course!!!!! |
| | | [2] Well, I......... |
| [ ] Tetsu (NP) [# 43] | | [3] I hate 'em........ |
o----------------------------o o----------------o--------------------------o
| [1] Yes, please!! |
Head over to the middle house at the top of | [2] Well, not really... |
the area and go inside. Use the Fried Tacos o--------------------------o
on Hero; he should become 'toasty'. Talk to | [1] Yeah, I want a bath. |
Tetsu now, and since you look like you came | [2] Not yet....... |
out of a bath, he asks if you like them! o--------------------------o
Choose option 1, then he'll ask if he can make
some for your place! Choose 1 again (if you choose 2, you'll have to talk to
him again and choose 1), and Tetsu will join your party! Now that you have
him, go ahead and get on your boat and head back to Headquarters.
o--------o o---------------------------------------------------o
| s1.421 | | -Headquarters-, (our level 2 recruiting drive...) |
o--------o---------------o---------------------------------------------------o
| My | [34] Hero [34] Nanami [33] Shiro |
| Party | [34] Luc [33] Clive [33] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o If you take a look around, you should notice
| Recruits | that your castle has expanded! Your castle is
| | now level 2, meaning that is has a 4th floor,
| [ ] Hai Yo (S) [# 44] | as well as several new rooms! You'll
o----------------------------o definitely want to take a tour around to see
where everything is. It also means that we
can recruit several more characters! First, let's get one right here in the
castle. From the dock, head out to the main room where the Stone Tablet is,
then head east from the top of the screen, and through the hall here to the
next screen. Go down here, then right past Tetsu's bath and up the stairs,
then go down into one of the two entrances to the room below you, followed by
going all the way south out to the patio. Out here, you'll meet Hai Yo, who
will ask you to hire him as the army chef.
CHOOSE 1; if you choose 2, he says that he'll o---------------------------o
be back, but I didn't run right back into him, | [1] Really? |
so just choose 1. Hai Yo will join your party, | NO! [2] I don't need you. |
and your castle will now have a kitchen! o---------------------------o
-------
(- NOTE -) With Hai Yo in your party, you'll be able to participate in
Cook-offs! This is a fun little mini-game that you should definitely take part
in, as you'll be able to acquire more Recipes. Make sure to SAVE each time
before doing so, as you won't be able to continue on with them if you lose!
Just to be safe, hold off on doing these contests for a little while,
1) because by doing some of these cook-offs, there's a chance that you won't
be able to get one of the recipes dropped by enemies in the game, 2) so you
can get more recipes, and 3) if you take on and beat Lester before completing
the McDohl side quest, he won't mention Gremio's Special Stew, and you won't
be able to get Recipe #39 from him (assuming that you loaded Suikoden data at
the beginning of the game, AND assuming that you did so with Gremio still
alive.) As for being able to make recipes to take with you, you will need to
gather Farm Animals, Seedlings, Fish (from fishing at your docks with
Yam Koo), as well as 5 different ingredients that you can buy at
Trading Posts.
When it comes to giving Hai Yo Recipes, I would keep all Recipes that you get
via an enemy drop in the Storehouse until you get all five of them; there is a
funny glitch in the game that may keep you from acquiring the other Recipes
that are dropped. These Recipes include Recipe #12, Recipe #21, Recipe #29,
Recipe #34, and Recipe #36. If you want to know more about his Recipes or the
Cook-offs, search for "Cook-offs" to find the section near the end of the
guide relating to Hai Yo.
-------
As I said before, there are plenty of people to recruit, so go over to the
Tavern and put Gengen, Chaco, and Clive in your party. First stop; Radat.
o---------o
| -Radat- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [34] Hero [34] Nanami [18] Gengen |
| Party | [33] Clive [29] Chaco [34] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head east to the intersection in town; you
| Recruits | should see our old friend Stallion running
| | around circles in the area above you. Talk to
| [ ] Stallion (L) [# 45] | him, and he'll tell you about how he's the
o----------------------------o fastest elf. He'll ask you what you want.
Choose option 1, and you'll have a race with o----------------------------o
Stallion! If you have Run Away / Let Go | [1] Please join our group. |
enough enemies, you will beat him, and | [2] Well see you later. |
Stallion will join your party! If he beats o----------------------------o
you (which he really shouldn't), just head
back out to the World Map and Run Away / Let Go the enemies you run into for a
while. When you think you have enough, try again, if not, keep doing this
until you do.
Now that you have Stallion, head back to either Kuskus or Headquarters, hop on
a boat, then go back to Lakewest.
o------------o
| -Lakewest- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------------o------------o
| My | [34] Hero [34] Nanami [18] Gengen |
| Party | [33] Clive [29] Chaco [34] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way to the Inn and SAVE. Talk to
| Recruits | guy on your left; he's Shilo, and he doesn't
| | normally talk to brats like you, but you seem
| [ ] Shilo (L) [# 46] | to be different. He will then asks what you
o----------------------------o want.
Pick 1, and he'll tell you that he'll o-----------------------------------o
join your group if you win 5,000 potch | [1] Join our group. |
from him! Again, it may take a while, | [2] I challenge you. |
but keep on playing until you win that | [3] Well, nothing special, but... |
money! Once you do, Shilo joins you! o-----------------------------------o
Next, talk to the couple on the right; it's our old friends from Suikoden,
Hix and Tengaar! After some bickering between them, talk to them again; if
someone from Suikoden is with you, they'll come out and talk to them too. In
any case, Hix is on his ritual journey of manhood, so they'll have to go to
the Kobold Village next to continue it. We'll catch up with them in a bit,
but we have some more recruiting to do. Leave Lakewest, then head over to Two
River.
o-------------o
| -Two River- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [34] Hero [34] Nanami [18] Gengen |
| Party | [33] Clive [29] Chaco [34] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way to the Kobold District first,
| Recruits | then go in the tent to the right of the Item
| | Shop. In here you'll meet Gengen's friend,
| [ ] Gabocha (L) [# 47] | Gabocha. Gengen tells him that he's too small
o----------------------------o to go to battle right now, even though he
really wants to fight alongside Gengen. He's
okay with it right now, but as soon as you leave, Gabocha will 'sneak' into
your army! After this, make your way to the Winger District and head down into
the Two River Sewers.
o--------------------o
| -Two River Sewers- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| My | [34] Hero [34] Nanami [18] Gengen |
| Party | [33] Clive [29] Chaco [34] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Follow the path east to the next screen, then
| Recruits | more to the next, then continue following
| | along across bridges to go south to the next
| [ ] Sid (M) [# 48] | area. Keep going here, then once you go down
o----------------------------o the ladder, go west under the waterfall, then
north into an empty room... or is it really
empty? A creepy Winger called Sid will call Chaco's name, then surprise him!
Choose either option, then Sid will introduce o-------------------------o
himself, as well as ask what Chaco's been doing | [1] Chaco, who is this? |
with himself. Afterward, Sid will decide to join | [2] Wh, what?????? |
your army along with Chaco, much to Chaco's o-------------------------o
dismay. Sid joins! That's it for Two River, so
let's make our way to the Kobold District, then exit to the World Map on that
side to be out in the Greenhill area.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | W. Two River / W. Muse-Greenhill Border / |
| | Greenhill / S. Path to Matilda / |
| HollyBoy | Forest Village Area |
| RaggedOne o-----------------------------------------------o
| Sauroid |
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The RaggedOne here can drop both
Turtle Plans #2, as well as a Chick (the bath
item, not the farm animal as I first thought.) Make sure that you get these as
soon as you can; a little later on, the enemies here will change, and you
won't be able to get either one of these items, and this is the only place to
get either. Don't forget!
After getting the items listed above, head north, then east to the
Muse-Greenhill Border.
o-------------------------o
| -Muse-Greenhill Border- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------o-------------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [35] Nanami [30] Gengen |
| Party | [34] Clive [31] Chaco [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll see another old friend from Suikoden,
| Recruits | Meg, trying to get through to the Muse area.
| | She also seems to have a 'barrel' with her,
| [ ] Meg (L) [# 49] | which she'll end up explaining that she's a
| [ ] Gadget (M) [# 50] | trickster, who makes up machines to beat up
o----------------------------o people like the Highland soldiers! Also, her
uncle Juppo made Gadget (her barrel) for her,
and when she asks Gadget to beat them up, he just ignores her. After she has
failed, Gadget explains to her that he isn't a tool for fighting. She then
runs into you and tells you that you cannot go any further.
Choose either option to have her tell you o----------------------------o
that's she's adventuring, then Gadget will | [1] Uh, who're you? |
analyze you, telling Meg who you are. She | [2] This is unfortunate... |
then decides that they'll join your army! o----------------------------o
Pick either option once again, and both o---------------------------------o
Meg and Gadget will join your party! | [1] So you'll join us? |
Next, we have two more people to | [2] But I haven't even asked... |
recruit; leave here, then head to the o---------------------------------o
far northwestern corner of the area.
Before going inside, make sure Hero is at or higher than level 30, then when
you're ready, enter Forest Village.
o------------------o
| -Forest Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [35] Nanami [30] Gengen |
| Party | [34] Clive [31] Chaco [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o -------
| Save Points |
| | (- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY *
| Inn | (TIME MUST BE AT OR BEFORE _13:00:59_)
o----------------------------o
| Key Items | If Clive is with you, and you witnessed the
| | event in Lakewest leading you here, he'll
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 6 | tell you to come with him to find her for a
| [ ] Spinach Seedling | moment. (If you're too late, he'll say that
o----------------------------o it took to long to get here, and the trail
| Recruits | will end.) Head all the way north, then go
| | north between the Trading Post and the house,
| [ ] Tony (NP) [# 51] | and you will find Elza... or so it seems.
| [ ] Wakaba (S) [# 52] | It's actually a look-alike, one who was hired
o----------------------------o by Elza to stand there waiting for him. She
then tells him that Elza is to be heading to
Matilda next, so Clive's story will pick back up there. We must reach there by
_14:00:59_.
If you wish to view this event, and are past the time, but have a Gameshark,
Codebreaker, or PEC, use this code to bring your time to 12:58:00.
"Time Is 12:58:00 (Clive/Forest Village)
8006AA52 000C
8006AA54 003A
8006AA56 0000
-------
Next, stop in at the Trading Post; talk to the old man in here on the right
and he will give you [_OLD BOOK VOL. 6_]. Also, check the Post for Sugar and
Salt for Hai Yo's kitchen; you'll be able to make better dishes with them once
you've given them to him. Go into the house beside the Trading Post now, then
go to the bottom right room and talk to the man here; he's Tony, and he works
for the mayor here. Talk to him again and he'll say that he'd like another
field to work in someday.
Choose option 1 to tell him your o------------------------------------o
story, then the mayor will come in | [1] Then come to (_____) Castle. |
and tell him to go with you to help | [2] Don't worry, someday you will. |
end the war quicker. Tony joins your o------------------------------------o
party, and with that, your castle
will have a garden! After Tony heads off, talk to the mayor here once again,
and he'll give you a [_SPINACH SEEDLING_] to give to Tony.
Head over to the outside of the Armory near the entrance of the village and
talk to the girl here; she's Wakaba, and she's looking for strong people.
Choose 1 (if you choose 3, you'll have to go o---------------------------o
in a house, then come back out and talk to her | [1] What about me? |
again) and you'll show her just how strong you | [2] I dunno... |
are! If you are level 30 or higher, she'll | [3] How 'bout that guy... |
recognize your strength, and will join your o---------------------------o
party! Now all we have to do is find her
master, whom she says is in Matilda right now, though we won't find him until
we reach Crom. That's it for Forest Village, so let's leave here.
Now that everyone else has been recruited, let's get the last set of
characters before continuing with the story. Head to the Kobold Village south
of Two River.
o--------o o--------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.422 | | -Kobold Village-, an old friend's quest for manhood... |
o--------o----------o--------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [35] Nanami [31] Wakaba |
| Party | [34] Clive [31] Chaco [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Recipe #31 in the
| Save Points | Rare Finds here.
| |
| Inn | You'll see Tengaar and Hix bickering once
o----------------------------o again, then they'll head off to the Chief's
| Recruits | house. Before meeting up with them, head to
| | the Trading Post and check for either Sugar
| [ ] Hix (S) | or Mayonnaise for Hai Yo, if you don't have
o----------------------------o them yet. Head up to the top of the village
now, and you'll see them head into the
Chief's tent so follow them inside.
They'll have explained their journey to the Chief, and he'll tell them that
they don't really do that custom anymore, and that it's very dangerous in the
forest here. He'll then invite all of you to stay the night, thinking that you
are with them. Tengaar will then mention the Warriors' Village, sparking the
Chief's interest! Later that night, Hix apologizes to you for dragging you
into his fun mess.
Choose either option, and he'll tell o------------------------------------o
you about how his village, the | [1] She seems really angry... |
Warriors' Village, requires them to | [2] What's the point of this trip? |
pass a test that allows him to become o------------------------------------o
a man, which is why Tengaar is so
excited. He has doubts about whether he can do it or not, but he doesn't want
to disappoint her. The next day, Hix will be freaking out because Tengaar
can't wake up!
Pick either option, and you'll find out o--------------------------------o
that she has the 'Curse of the Unicorn', | [1] What happened? |
since she spoke too freely about the | [2] It's too early for this... |
Unicorn Test. After 'checking' on o--------------------------------o
Tengaar, the Chief tells Hix that they
need to find the Blue Stone, the Red Flower, and the Green Bell and take them
to the Unicorn's tree in the forest. First, he'll tell you to get the
Blue Stone, which is at the Item Shop in South Window, and Hix will ask you to
come with you.
Choose either option, and Hix will join your o-----------------------------o
party! Head out of Kobold Village and make | [1] Uh... Okay... |
your way through Lakewest and Kuskus by | [2] Why in a Item store...? |
boat, then go to South Window. o-----------------------------o
o----------------o
| -South Window- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [35] Hero [29] Hix [31] Wakaba |
| Party | [35] Nanami [34] Clive [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
When you get to the Item Shop, you'll see a Kobold run past you... Anyway,
head inside and talk to the Shopkeeper; she'll give Hix the Blue Stone that
you're looking for. That's it, so leave South Window and head back to the
Kobold Village.
o------------------o
| -Kobold Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [29] Hix [31] Wakaba |
| Party | [35] Nanami [34] Clive [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Head back and talk to the Chief, and after Tengaar 'sneezes', he'll tell you
that the Red Flower is in the Cave of the Wind, so that's our next target.
Choose either option, then leave the Kobold o-----------------------------o
Village and head back to Headquarters, then | [1] Let's go, Hix. |
make your way south and enter the Cave of | [2] But she just sneezed... |
the Wind. o-----------------------------o
o--------------------o
| -Cave of the Wind- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [29] Hix [31] Wakaba |
| Party | [35] Nanami [34] Clive [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Again, as you arrive, you'll see a Kobold leaving just as you go to enter.
Head inside anyway, and you'll find the Red Flower.
Pick either option, and all that will be o------------------------------o
left will be the Green Bell. Leave the Cave | [1] It looks like it...... |
of the Wind, then make your way back to the | [2] I wasn't here before.... |
Kobold Village. o------------------------------o
o------------------o
| -Kobold Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [29] Hix [31] Wakaba |
| Party | [35] Nanami [34] Clive [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
When you enter the Chief's house this time, you'll see Tengaar sitting at the
table! She'll quickly run back to bed before Hix sees her. The Chief will
comment on how quickly you retrieved the Red Flower, then will tell you that
the Green Bell is in the Two River Sewers.
Choose either option, then leave the o-------------------------------------o
village once again and head to the | [1] Okay, I'll help too! |
Winger District of Two River, then | [2] Was she just out of her bed...? |
head down into the Sewers. o-------------------------------------o
o--------------------o
| -Two River Sewers- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [29] Hix [31] Wakaba |
| Party | [35] Nanami [34] Clive [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Follow the path down here for a while, past where you just recruited Sid. You
will eventually come to a corner, where you'll see a Kobold drop a bell, which
Hix hears and gets really excited!
Pick either one, then Hix will pick up o-----------------------------------o
the Green Bell. Make your way back | [1] Uh... Yeah... |
out of the Sewers, then head back to | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
the Kobold Village for the last time. o-----------------------------------o
o------------------o
| -Kobold Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [29] Hix [31] Wakaba |
| Party | [35] Nanami [34] Clive [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o When you go in the Chief's House this time,
| Equipment * = IGNORE | he'll tell you that Tengaar is gone, and that
| | you'll have to take all three items deep into
| [ ] Necklace* | the Unicorn Woods and fight the Unicorn to
| [ ] Necklace | save her. Before leaving his house, talk to
| [ ] Necklace | the Kobold on the far right of the screen;
| [ ] Necklace | he'll give you his Meat Pie recipe,
| [ ] Mangosh | [_RECIPE #13_]. Head just outside of his
| [ ] Guard Ring | house; check the large mortar to the left of
o----------------------------o the entrance to find an [_EXERTION RUNE_].
| Runes | When you're ready, enter the Unicorn Woods.
| |
| [ ] Exertion Rune | (- NOTE -) There's something that I'm going
o----------------------------o to ask you NOT TO DO while in the Unicorn
| Key Items | Woods. For the first chest that you will run
| | into, I'm going to advise to you NOT to open
| [ ] Recipe #13 | it. All it contains is a Necklace, but if you
o----------------------------o choose not to open it, you'll be able to
| Recruits | obtain another farm animal in its place later
| | on in the game.
| [ ] Hix (S) [# 53] |
| [ ] Tengaar (L) [# 54] | (- NOTE -) The Mirage in here can drop the
o----------------------------o Fire Emblem, and the EagleMan can drop both
| Enemies | Recipe #12 and the Double-Strike Rune. The
| | Fire Emblems are great, try to get some if
| EagleMan | you like! You'll be able to buy them a little
| Mirage | later in the Highway Village. The
o----------------------------o Double-Strike Rune will only be found one
more time in a chest later on, so you'll want
to get some of them here. As for Recipe #12, I mentioned before that there's a
funny glitch involving Recipes dropped by enemies; sometimes when you give a
Recipe to Hai Yo, you may not get one of the others to drop. These Recipes are
Recipe #12, Recipe #21, Recipe #29, Recipe #34, and Recipe #36. Tips that I
have read around the internet included just Recipe #12 and Recipe #34, but I
have had problems with Recipe #21 as well as the other two. When you get this,
make sure to just keep it in your Storehouse until you get all 5.
Head north again to the next screen, then you'll reach a fork. Do NOT go east
and north; this leads to the chest that I want you to ignore. (again, it only
contains a [_NECKLACE_]; it will be worth it if you wait until later to get
your extra farm animal.) Go west instead, following the path to the next fork.
Head west, then south to find another [_NECKLACE_], then head all the way
north past the fork we came from, then head east to another. There's another
[_NECKLACE_] at a dead-end to the north, so grab that, then go back and head
east to the next area.
Follow the path for a while to the next area, then you'll be at a fork. Take
the northern east path first to find yet another [_NECKLACE_], then take the
southern east path to the next area. Follow along to the next area, then
continue a bit more to arrive at the aforementioned tree. The Chief, Tengaar,
and some of the villagers will be waiting for you here, making Hix wonder if
this was all a ruse.
Choose either option, and Tengaar o------------------------------------o
will apologize. The Chief tells you | [1] This was all a ruse!? |
that the Holy Warrior Klift who | [2] How could you be so selfish... |
founded the Warriors' Village is a o------------------------------------o
legend here, so he decided to help
Tengaar. He'll also say that the Test of the Unicorn is a very old fairy tale,
but that's when the Unicorn will come out and prove him wrong! Hix will then
stand up to the Unicorn, wondering if he has a chance to win, but he doesn't
care, as long as he protects Tengaar. Because he does this, the Unicorn
disappears and recognizes him as a warrior!
Back at the Chief's house, Hix says that he can finally go back to the
village, but Tengaar thinks they should join our army since we helped them.
Choose either option, and Hix and Tengaar will both join o---------------o
your party! They'll head to your castle ahead of you, but | [1] Of course |
before we head back there ourselves, there's one more item | [2] Well. . . |
we can get in the Unicorn Woods, so head back in. Make o---------------o
your way all the way to the tree where the Unicorn came
out; if you check behind the tree, you should find two chests; one contains a
[_MANGOSH_], and the other has a [_GUARD RING_]. You can BARELY see one of
them on the lower right part of the branches, but if you can't, just wander
around up there looking for them.
Once you have this, you're finished here for now, so leave the village and
make your way back to Headquarters.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [35] Hero [35] Nanami [32] Wakaba |
| Party | [34] Clive [35] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Make your way to the Great Hall to meet with Shu; he has something to tell
you, but will wait until tomorrow to do so. The next morning, make your way
back to the Great Hall and talk to Shu; he'll inform you that Highland has
taken Greenhill. He also tells you that Solon's replacement took it with only
5,000 soldiers, and that they must have had brilliant tactics. We can't try to
re-take Greenhill now, but we do need to rescue its Mayor, Teresa Wisemail.
Since Greenhill is a college town, Shu wants a group of college-age kids to go
there to try to rescue her, with Flik as their guardian. Choose your party,
and once you have done that, make sure they're prepare by taking them to the
Item Shop and Armory, as well as suiting them with Runes. (I'm taking Hix,
Tengaar, and Luc. Flik has Lightning and Double-Beat, Hix has Double-Beat,
Tengaar has Resurrection, and as before, Luc has Blue Gate, Wind, and
Darkness.) When you're completely ready, make your way back to your boat, then
take it to Lakewest. Head to Two River from there, then go through it to be
out on the World Map near Greenhill.
(- NOTE -) Again, don't forget about the Chick and Turtle Plans #2 dropped by
the RaggedOne if you haven't gotten it yet. The RaggedOnes won't be here
forever.
Before going to Greenhill, head to the far northwest to go back to the Forest
Village.
o------------------o
| -Forest Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [30] Flik [30] Hix |
| Party | [35] Nanami [35] Luc [30] Tengaar |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o The Armory here is finally open, so check it
| Key Items | out! There's not much here, but you'll want
| | to add it to your inventory back at HQ, and
| [ ] Iron Hammer | there's a chance you could get some good
o----------------------------o armor in the Rare Finds. While you are in the
Armory, go behind the counter and talk to the
guy on the right; he will give you the Iron Hammer if you pay him 2,000 potch.
It will come in handy once we have a o-------------------------------o
Blacksmith, so go ahead and choose option | [1] Buy the Iron Hammer |
1 to obtain the [_IRON HAMMER_]. Once you | [2] Don't buy the Iron Hammer |
have the Iron Hammer, head back out to the o-------------------------------o
World Map, then head southeast and enter
the city from the south to finally arrive at Greenhill.
o--------o o---------------------------------------------------o
| s1.423 | | -Greenhill-, rescuing the city's beloved mayor... |
o--------o---------------o---------------------------------------------------o
| My | [35] Hero [30] Flik [30] Hix |
| Party | [35] Nanami [35] Luc [30] Tengaar |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Recipe #25 in the
| Save Points | Rare Finds of the Item Shop here; save at the
| | Inn, then try and get it, reloading if
| Inn | needed. Also, in the Academy's Rune Class,
o----------------------------o you can talk to a student there to shop, and
| Equipment | he has a chance of having the Draining Rune
| | in his Rare Finds.
| [ ] Toe Shoes |
| [ ] Silver Hat | As you arrive, Fitcher will approach you and
o----------------------------o give you all of the papers you'll need to
| Runes | enroll in school here. He'll try to get word
| | to us as soon as he can about the whereabouts
| [ ] Chimera Rune | to Teresa, so we'll just have to wait until
o----------------------------o then. He also recommends coming up with fake
| Scrolls | names; choose whichever name you like for
| | yourself, then for Nanami (who likes Beth),
| [ ] Protect Mist | then after everyone chooses theirs, you can
o----------------------------o recommend one for Flik.
| Key Items |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Recipe # 20 | | [1] Bluto |
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 5 | | [2] Blue Thunder |
o----------------------------o | [3] Sturtheim Reinbach III |
| Recruits | o-------------------------------------------o
| |
| [ ] Emilia (NP) [# 55] | Haha! Choose whatever you like (choose 3 for
o----------------------------o old times' sake), then you can go up and talk
| Enemies | to the guard. Flik will give him the papers
| | for your enrollment, and after finally being
| Highlands (A) | granted permission, you'll be inside the
| Highlands (B) | city. Make your way to the Inn first, then
| Highlands (C) | talk to the cook in the kitchen on the left;
| HollyBoy | she'll give you [_RECIPE #20_]. As I
| HollyElf | mentioned above, make sure to stop by the
| Melonzoo | Item Shop, then leave and make your way
| Monwer | north. You'll see a Highland soldier picking
o----------------------------o on a student. Flik wonders what to do.
Choose either option, and either way, the o--------------------------o
soldier will end up in a scuffle with Flik, in | [1] Let's save her! |
which the soldier will end up backing down. | [2] I didn't see a thing |
Once you regain control, head north to the next o--------------------------o
area, then continue north to the Academy. The
lady at the front desk, Emilia, will take your papers and introduce you to the
academy, and will tell you about the dorms and orientation, and that you need
to be good, since students who aren't are expelled!
Pick any option, then Emilia will show you around. o-------------------o
Before following her, stop in at the Rune Class on | [1] I understand. |
your right and talk to one of the students to see his | [2] Yes, ma'am!! |
runes; you may want some Resurrection Runes (and | [3] Eh... |
possibly Draining Runes) while you're here. Next, go o-------------------o
into the study room on the top-left side on the first
floor, then check the right side of the bookcase on the left side to find
[_OLD BOOK VOL. 5_]. Now, head to the top of the area and talk to Emilia
again; she'll tell you more about the school, then ask if you understand.
Choose any option again, then you'll see a man called o------------------o
Shin; Emilia said that he used to be the mayor's | [1] Yes, ma'am. |
assistant, but Teresa has been missing since Highland | [2] Yes, ma'am!! |
invaded. She'll ask you to go to the dorms when you're | [3] Yeah. |
finished. Go back to Emilia's desk to talk to her. o------------------o
Pick option 1, then she'll wonder o--------------------------------------o
why you're asking; choose either | [1] Uh, about that guy named Shin... |
option, and she'll tell you that | [2] Um, is school really difficult? |
she noticed Flik nosing around a | [3] You sure are beautiful. |
lot. Choose to tell her who you o--------------------------------------o
actually are, and she'll tell you | [1] We're searching for Teresa... |
that she'll help you if you can. | [2] Uh, uh, no reason... |
Even though you're not physically o--------------------------------------o
told, Emilia has joined your army! | [1] Well... actually, we're... |
Leave the Academy to find Nina | [2] No!! We're just regular... |
talking to her friend about Flik o--------------------------------------o
fighting for her, then she'll run
up to Flik, asking for his name; he doesn't say anything, but Nanami will let
his name slip, so she'll grab him and give him HER tour of the Academy! Since
he's gone, let's just head to the dorms and rest; they're just to the west of
where you are now.
Talk to the clerk to have her tell you that your rooms are ready, so head up
to the second floor to your rooms, where Nanami will ask if you want to rest.
Choose option 2 to rest up. After dinner, o--------------------------------o
Nina will approach you, checking Nanami | [1] Let's walk around a while. |
out to see what her competition is! The | [2] Yeah, I'm tired. |
next morning, leave the dorms to find o--------------------------------o
Flik cautiously waiting for you. He tells
you that he's going to try to find Shin since he thinks Shin knows where
Teresa is, and he wants you to try to find clues as well. He'll run off, then
Nina will pop up, looking for him.
Once you regain control, head east, then start to go south toward the first
part of town to run into Emilia. She'll tell you that the soldiers have been
more active this morning, so be careful. Head south to the first area, then
make your way to the Inn. The Highland soldiers have information that Teresa
is holed up in the Inn, and will fight the citizens if needed.
Choose either option, then Rowd will show o--------------------------------o
up, threatening to burn the Inn to the | [1] Let's help them. |
ground. Shin will show up as well, asking | [2] We'd be too conspicuous... |
why Rowd plans on doing such a thing, but o--------------------------------o
since the Lord Commander promised them
that no more violence will take place, they won't go as far to do such a
thing. After they search the Inn, Shin apologizes to the citizens, then runs
off again. Follow him to the northern part of town, but you'll lose him as
soon as you get there. Let's go back to the dorms and our rooms for now, where
Nanami suggests resting.
Choose 2 to rest up until dinner. o--------------------------------------o
After dinner, Nina will run into | [1] Let's keep looking a bit longer. |
you again, asking what Flik likes, | [2] G'night!! |
since she wants to make him dinner. o--------------------------------------o
After Nanami gives her some advice,
Nina will then warn you about the wandering ghost that comes out at night!
Nanami starts freaking out, asking you if there are such things as ghosts.
Hehe, pick either option, then after a o----------------------------------o
rough night's sleep, you'll regain | [1] Of course not. |
control. Head outside to see that Flik | [2] At the stroke of midnight... |
is nowhere to be found, so head east, o----------------------------------o
then north into the Academy. Check the
far left once you're inside to find Nina; she'll be surprised to see you.
Choose any option, then Nanami will ask her o------------------------------o
if the wandering ghost is real; of course | [1] Uh, where is... Flik? |
she'll tell her that it's not, but then | [2] I dunno. |
she'll go off on her, thinking that Nanami | [3] I was looking for you... |
is his lover, since she said she heard Flik o------------------------------o
saying that he has someone he loves always
with him (referring to Odessa). After she leaves, Nanami is royally confused.
Pick either option again, then o------------------------------------------o
leave the Academy to find Flik | [1] Uh... is this... a misunderstanding? |
waiting for you. Nanami will | [2] . . . . . |
tell Flik about what Nina said, o------------------------------------------o
then Flik tells you that he got
instructions yesterday to wait for Fitcher, so once Flik rejoins your party,
head to the southern part of Greenhill. You'll see a mob surrounding Fitcher,
calling him a traitor since he's from Muse; Flik will head down there to help
him out. After finding out that Muse and Greenhill really aren't allies any
more, Flik offers his sword to punish Fitcher, then will decide to punish him
himself! The mob will flee, allowing you to finally talk to Fitcher privately.
Fitcher tells you that Teresa cannot be found, so we'll have to find more
information. After what just happened though, Fitcher decides he won't be able
to help any further. He does tell you that the general who took Greenhill will
be back in a few days, and knows 'what time it is', so we'll need to be even
more careful. For now, let's head back to the dorms where Nina will find Flik,
and he'll just run off! Head up to your rooms now, where Nanami wonders what
they'll get to eat tonight.
Choose 2 or 3 to rest up, and once o--------------------------------------o
again after dinner, Nina and Nanami | [1] Let's look around a bit more. |
will clash once again. Choose | [2] Should be fun. |
either option for Nina, and she'll | [3] Yeah, maybe you're right. |
decide to reminisce while we all go o--------------------------------------o
to bed. This time, Nanami will wake | [1] Why are you after Flik, anyway? |
up during the night, hearing the | [2] Um, is there a misunderstanding? |
ghost. Go to look for it, then she o--------------------------------------o
will run up to you and rejoin you.
You'll see it run up to the third floor, so head up there, then go far east or
far south to see the ghost run back downstairs behind you. Head down to the
first floor to see the ghost run into the basement, so follow it down there.
It looks like a dead-end down here, but if you check the lamp on the wall that
is not lit, lighting it will open a secret passage. Follow this passage all
the way to the other side, where you'll be inside the Academy. You'll see the
ghost run off again once you leave the basement room here, so head west to see
a shadow; Nanami will go all gung-ho to attack it, so you'll get the jump on
him, only to find out that it's Flik! He's been following Shin, but just lost
him. He'll rejoin, so rearrange your party for battle, then go left. Flik says
there's got to be a mechanism, so check the statue there to open another
secret passage. Head north into the Greenhill Forest.
(- NOTE -) The HollyElf can drop the Dryad Rune, if you didn't get it earlier
from the TargetGirl.
Head north to the next area, then to a fork; to the northeast is a chest with
a [_PROTECT MIST_] scroll, so grab that, then head back and go northwest to
the next area. Continue following along here to the next area, then north to
an open area. You'll find a cabin here, and Shin will come out to meet you; he
says that Teresa needs more time here, and says he'll fight you to make sure
she does.
Choose option 1, then just as o-----------------------------------o
everything's about to break loose, | [1] We are your allies! |
Pilika will start crying and Teresa | [2] We cannot forgive you, ghost! |
will come out. She asks Shin to stop, o-----------------------------------o
then Flik will introduce themselves.
After going into her cabin, she believes that you are indeed who you say you
are, and asks why you've come to see her.
Pick option 1 (if you choose 2, you'll have o-----------------------------o
to eventually choose 1), and Flik will tell | [1] We've come to save you. |
her that they need her strength, but she'll | [2] Uh... |
say that she won't be of any help, and will o-----------------------------o
ask you to leave. Choose either option, then | [2] Well... |
Teresa will tell you the story of how o-----------------------------o
Greenhill was defeated. Highland had | [2] Actually... |
released all of the Muse prisoners into o-----------------------------o
Greenhill, which they thought was great at | [1] Why is that? |
first, but once the Highland Army arrived, | [2] . . . . . |
they did not attack. Instead, inside the o-----------------------------o
city, they eventually began running low on
supplies and food, and eventually fought with each other, leading Highland to
take Greenhill without them even having to fight.
She tells us once again that she cannot help us, and will ask us to leave, so
after leaving her cabin, Flik says that we'll leave Greenhill tomorrow. The
next morning, leave the dorms, BUT BEFORE MEETING WITH FLIK, head north of him
and head into the Academy, then visit the Blacksmith. There's FINALLY someone
in here who can sharpen your weapons, so make sure to do so; you can sharpen
them to 8 here. After you're done in here, head back out and meet up with Flik
near the entry of the Academy, where he'll ask if you're ready.
Choose 1 (if you choose 2, you'll have o----------------------------------o
to come back and choose 1 to continue), | [1] I'm ready. |
then head south to the first area of | [2] Wait a minute... |
Greenhill. Here, you'll see a gathering o----------------------------------o
of citizens, where you'll see Rowd | [1] Okay. |
telling them that if Teresa is | [2] Wait just a little longer... |
captured, the person who turns her in o----------------------------------o
will receive 20,000 potch. You'll then
see the general who took Greenhill, Jowy! He says that the parties responsible
for the unlawful investigation from yesterday are already being punished, and
that he swears on his own life that the promise will be kept, as long as
Teresa is delivered alive. Pilika will then run over to Jowy, giving us a
choice.
Choose either option, and Rowd will recognize o----------------------------o
your party! You/Nanami can ask Jowy why he's | [1] We have to follow her! |
doing this, but before something happens, | [2] We can't be found out! |
Fitcher causes a frenzy within the crowd, o----------------------------o
which allows you to escape. You'll have to | [1] Jowy... Why are you... |
fight several groups of Highland soldiers | [2] . . . . . |
during your escape, and Flik mentions the o----------------------------o
front gate is going to be well guarded, so
you'll need to escape through the woods by Teresa's shack. Make your way into
the Academy, then head to the northwestern corner and examine the statue again
to go into the woods.
After Flik realizes that the commander that 'knows what time it is' was Jowy,
you'll regain control. Make your way north and northwest through the woods,
following the path all the way to Teresa's cabin. Inside, you'll find Nina
trying to persuade Teresa to escape! Flik informs Teresa of what's happening,
saying that she needs to escape now. She'll refuse, and tell you that if you
try to take her, she'll take her own life. She'll leave, then Nina says that
she can't let her go, since she cares so much about her people, and didn't
even wish ill on the Muse soldiers.
Make your way back to the northern part of Greenhill. Just as the soldiers go
to grab her, Shin will step up, not allowing them to take her, even though it
is her wish. Nanami then says we need to go help.
Choose option 1 to save her, then you'll have o--------------------------o
to take on some Highland soldiers. After taking | [1] We have to save her! |
on a second set, Teresa keeps begging for | [2] But... |
everyone to stop, but that's when Nina and the o--------------------------o
townspeople come, saying that they believe in
her, and want her to escape so she can come back someday and re-take her city!
Once you escape to the forest, head north and follow the path, battling
Highland soldiers along the way. Once you reach Shin again, Rowd will catch up
with you. Shin will step up once again to fight Rowd, since his loyalties lie
with Teresa, not just the house of Wisemail, allowing you to escape with her
safely.
Once you regain control in this new part of the forest, head north to the next
area, then continue to a fork. Open the chest to your southeast for some
[_TOE SHOES_], then go back and head east to another fork. Head north here,
where you'll find a [_SILVER HAT_], then head back and go southeast and east
to the next area. Head east, then south, and after the path turns southeast,
you'll be at a fork. To the northeast is the last treasure here, a
[_CHIMERA RUNE_]. Head south to the next area, where you'll take a moment to
find your bearings, then Pilika will find Jowy waiting for you.
Choose either option, then Jowy will advise you o--------------------------o
to relinquish leadership of your army and run | [1] Jowy, why are you... |
away, since the victor in this war is already | [2] . . . . . |
decided. He also tells you that he won't allow o--------------------------o
Luca to have is way with Highland and the
City-State, telling you that you do not have a reason to fight.
Pick either option again, then Pilika will o----------------------------o
start crying, and Jowy will tell you to start | [1] I can't just run away. |
running, since pursuers are starting to come. | [2] . . . . . |
Nanami can't believe what all is happening, o----------------------------o
and that Jowy can't be following orders from
Luca Blight.
You can either choose 2 three times, or choose 1 o-----------------------o
once to move on. (I'd choose 2 three times; it | [1] Let's go, Nanami. |
seems more dramatic with Flik dragging Nanami away | [2] . . . . . |
while you and Jowy stand there alone, before he o-----------------------o
tells you to go on.) Once you regain control, head
south, following the path all the way to the exit. Back with Jowy, Rowd
catches up to him, saying that you came this way. When Jowy denies it, Rowd
says that one of his men saw him come this way, and that Luca asked him to
keep an eye on Jowy. Luckily, Seed and Culgan come in, telling Rowd that they
were here too and didn't see anything, then will send Rowd back to Greenhill
to attend to the riots there. Seed and Culgan then pledge their loyalty to
Jowy, saying that they love Highland, and that Luca Blight only wants nothing
but ruin.
Out here on the World Map, if you haven't gotten Turtle Plans #2 or the Chick
yet from the RaggedOnes, do so now. When you're ready, head to Two River for
our next recruit.
o-------------o
| -Two River- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [36] Hero [34] Flik [34] Hix |
| Party | [36] Nanami [36] Luc [34] Tengaar |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Stop in the Rune Shop in the Human District
| Recruits | and talk to Jeane.
| |
| [ ] Jeane (NP) [# 56] | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Umm, err, join our group.....? |
| [2] Umm, err, about the runes.... |
Choose option 1, and she will o-------------------------------------------o
join your group! Our castle
now has a Rune Shop! That's actually it for Two River, so leave via the Human
District, then head south to the Kobold Village for our next recruit.
o------------------o
| -Kobold Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [36] Hero [34] Flik [34] Hix |
| Party | [36] Nanami [36] Luc [34] Tengaar |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll see a little girl walking around the
| Key Items | Trading Post; talk to her.
| |
| [ ] Lamb | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] What happened? |
| Recruits | | [2] I don't care. |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Yuzu (NP) [# 57] |
o----------------------------o Choose option 1 to learn she lost some sheep.
Choose option 1 to help her look for o------------------------------------o
her sheep. You'll automatically be at | [1] Shall I look for them for you? |
the tree in the deepest part of the | [2] I see. |
Unicorn Woods. There are three sheep o------------------------------------o
here, so grab them one by one, and
after you have all three, Yuzu will thank you, but will say that she has
nowhere to take care of her sheep.
Choose option 1, and Yuzu will join your o----------------------------o
army! You can now take care of farm animals | [1] Take them to my place. |
at your castle, as well as find them | [2] Good luck! |
elsewhere! Now, before going anywhere else, o----------------------------o
head back into the Unicorn Woods. Make your
way to the second screen, and in the clearing
here, you should find a [_LAMB_] wandering around, but ONLY if you did not
open the very first chest to the northeast when you first entered the woods.
If you go back and check it now, it should be open, but only because you got
the Lamb. Better than a useless Necklace, huh?
That's it for Kobold Village, so let's leave it and head back to Headquarters.
o--------o o-----------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.424 | | -Headquarters-, forging an alliance with the Knightdom... |
o--------o-------o-----------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [36] Hero [34] Flik [34] Hix |
| Party | [36] Nanami [36] Luc [34] Tengaar |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way to the Great Hall to meet with
| Recruits | Shu; he'll welcome Teresa, then just as she
| | leaves to have some time to herself, Shin
| [ ] Teresa (NP) [# 58] | will enter! She's glad to see that he's safe,
| [ ] Shin (S) [# 59] | but he's not the only one who came back...
| [ ] Nina (M) [# 60] | Nina will run in as well! She says that she
o----------------------------o needs to be with Flik, then will drag him off
to eat the soup she made! In any case, Shu
recommends getting some rest. Also, without you being told, Teresa, Shin, and
Nina have all joined your army!
That night, if you attempt to leave the room, Nanami will shove you back in
and tell you to go to sleep, so head to bed. In Highland, Luca will be
impressed with how Jowy took Greenhill, so he'll keep his word and grant Jowy
whatever he wants. He asks Luca for Jillia's hand in marriage, making Luca
want to remove his head from his shoulders with his blade, but Jowy also tells
him that he has another idea, so he'll talk to Luca about it later.
Nanami wakes you up the next morning, so make your way to the Great Hall when
you regain control. After Flik runs in, complaining that Nina took his bandana
and washed it so he couldn't find it, Shu will tell you that you need to forge
another alliance, and since South Window, Muse, Greenhill, and Tinto are
unavailable to help us, we must go to the Knightdom of Matilda to try to get
their help. He'll ask you if you agree.
Choose either option, then Shu will ask you to o---------------------------o
form a party to go to Matilda. Clive's next | [1] Yeah... |
event is in Matilda, so if that's still | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . |
available to you, bring him with you. (I'm o---------------------------o
taking Flik, Viktor, Clive, Nanami, and Luc.)
If you choose not to take Nanami, she'll stop you as you leave, saying she's
going.
If you choose 2 three times, she'll join your o-------------------------o
convoy, otherwise, she'll just join your party. | [1] Of course. |
Once she's in your convoy, you won't be able to | [2] It's too dangerous. |
use her until later on, so I'd put her in. o-------------------------o
(- NOTE -) If your Storehouse is getting full, you should pass on any Farm
Animals, Seedlings, and Old Books to Yuzu, Tony, and Emilia, respectively, and
if you have a lot of rare runes you're holding onto, you may want to put them
on random party members you won't use to make room. Remember to leave the
Recipes dropped by enemies in the Storehouse until you have all five.
(Recipe #12, Recipe #21, Recipe #29, Recipe #34, and Recipe #36.)
(- NOTE -) The Blacksmith in Kuskus can now sharpen your weapons to level 11,
so you may want to make a trip over there.
There's actually no one extra to recruit right now, so prepare your party at
the Armory, Item Shop, and Rune Shop, then leave Headquarters and make your
way to the Greenhill area through Lakewest and Two River. Once you're there,
head north of Greenhill to the Path to Matilda.
o-------------------o
| -Path to Matilda- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------o-------------------o
| My | [36] Hero [34] Flik [29] Viktor |
| Party | [36] Nanami [35] Clive [36] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The DoremiElf (any color) can drop
| Items | Sound Set #2, the PapaHolly can drop a
| | Seed Potato, and the ZombieSlug can drop
| [ ] Mega Medicine | Recipe #29; make sure to get all three items.
o----------------------------o
| Equipment | When you arrive, Nanami wonders if they'll
| | meet the cool guys they ran into at Muse.
| [ ] Guard Ring |
| [ ] Dragon Armor | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Probably. |
| Recruits | | [2] 'Cool?'... |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Viki (S) [# 61] |
o----------------------------o Choose either option, then head up to have
| Enemies | the guards let you pass into the forest. Once
| | you enter, head north to find a man called
| DoremiElf (A) | Badeaux; you can't recruit him yet, so ignore
| DoremiElf (B) | him, but head east and north of him all the
| DoremiElf (C) | way to a chest containing a [_GUARD RING_].
| DoremiElf (D) | Head west from there, then north to the next
| DoremiElf (E) | area. Continue heading north along the path
| DoremiElf (F) | to the next area as well, then take a few
| HollyBoy | steps north; you should see a chest to the
| PapaHolly | northwest, so navigate through the trees to
| ZombieSlug | your west until you can open it; it contains
o----------------------------o a [_MEGA MEDICINE_].
Just to the east is a fork; head north, then east on the raised area here
until you reach a chest containing a [_DRAGON ARMOR_]. Go back down to the
fork and head east now, and you'll run into our old friend Viki! She seems to
have teleported herself off somewhere once again, and she asks if she could
stay with you for a while.
Choose 1 or 2 to recruit her (if o--------------------------------------o
you choose 3, you'll have to come | [1] Uh... sure, okay. |
back through this forest after you | [2] A cute girl like you? Of course. |
leave Rockaxe to have her pop back | [3] Absolutely not!! |
up.) Viki joins your party! She o--------------------------------------o
then asks if she should go ahead
or go with us.
If you choose 2, she'll go on ahead of you, o---------------------------o
but if you choose 1, she'll join your party, | [1] Okay, come with us... |
then teleport you BACK to Headquarters! If you | [2] Go on ahead. |
need to do anything at HQ, you may want to do o---------------------------o
so, as you can talk to her and she can
teleport you back to this forest once you're done. In any case, head east to
the next area, and you'll be welcomed by Miklotov, the captain of the Blue
Knights of Matilda! He'll escort you to Rockaxe Castle.
o-----------o
| -Rockaxe- |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------o-----------o
| My | [36] Hero [34] Flik [29] Viktor |
| Party | [36] Nanami [35] Clive [36] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find the Thunder God Garb
| Save Points | in the Rare Finds in the Armory here in
| | Rockaxe; try to get one or more, if you can.
| Inn |
o----------------------------o Once you enter the actual castle, head north
| Runes | into his room to meet with Gorudo, leader of
| | Matilda; he sees you, commenting that you're
| [ ] Violence Rune | just a little boy, and that you beating the
o----------------------------o Highland Army must be exaggerations!
Choose either option, then he'll say o-------------------------------------o
that the Muse Army were pathetic | [1] What!? |
cowards since it fell before | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
Matilda's reinforcements even o-------------------------------------o
arrived! Choose either one again, | [1] How dare you! |
and he'll tell you that you're just | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
futilely battling Highland, and will o-------------------------------------o
probably meet the same fate. He'll
have you escorted out, since he is finished with you. No alliance, I guess.
Once you're in your room, Nanami suggests going to sleep.
There's nothing to do, so just choose o-----------------------------------o
1. During the night, Leknaat will come | [1] Let's get some sleep. |
and visit once again, telling you that | [2] Let's look around a bit more. |
you mustn't turn your back on the o-----------------------------------o
fight, as so many hopes and dreams
rest within you, and that your rune will guide you to the final battle. The
next morning, head north out of the room and down the stairs, then go to the
main room, where you'll see Miklotov run in. Go in to find out that Muse
refugees are trying to get to Matilda, and the Highland Army is pursuing them.
They'll mobilize their troops, then Camus will ask what you intend to do.
If I were you, I'd choose option 3; that way, you o-----------------------o
won't have to partake in the upcoming major | [1] I'll go too. |
battle. There's nothing you can do in the next | [2] Hold on a minute! |
battle anyway. After you choose, the next battle | [3] I'll be watching. |
will start. o-----------------------o
o--------o o------------------------------------o
| s1.mb5 | | Major Battle - Muse-Matilda Border |
o--------o------------------------------o------------------------------------o
| |
| There's really nothing to do here; if you joined in the battle, just keep |
| choosing to wait. Otherwise, just watch as the battle goes on and Highland |
| slaughters the refugees. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Back in Rockaxe, Camus, Miklotov, and Gorudo will leave, and you'll regain
control. Head south to find Miklotov livid, saying that he has to see what
they're doing in Muse, and will take off. Camus can't go because of Gorudo,
but he will ask you to protect Miklotov. Leave the castle, then head down the
stairs to the second part of Rockaxe. Check out the Appraiser's shop first;
go into its back room and check the cabinet in the northeastern corner to find
a [_VIOLENCE RUNE_]. Once you have that, leave the Appraiser, then head out
the southwestern corner of the area to be back in the first part of Rockaxe.
You'll see Miklotov telling his troops that they can't go with him, then he'll
take off.
-------
(- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY * (TIME MUST BE AT OR BEFORE _14:00:59_)
Go to the Inn, and Clive will ask about Elza. (If you're too late, the guy
will tell you that you're so many days late, and the trail will end there.) He
will tell you that she was going to Radat next, so Clive's story will pick
back up there. We must reach there by _15:00:59_.
If you wish to view this event, and are past the time, but have a Gameshark,
Codebreaker, or PEC, use this code to bring your time to 13:58:00.
"Time Is 13:58:00 (Clive/Rockaxe)
8006AA52 000D
8006AA54 003A
8006AA56 0000
-------
You'll see Wakaba's master, L.C.Chan here at the Inn, but if you actually
bring Wakaba with you, he won't be here (go figure). Make sure to stop in at
the Rune Shop, the Item Shop, and the Armory here in Rockaxe (try to get some
Thunder God Garbs at the Armory if you can), then once you're ready, head out
to the World Map.
(- NOTE -) The Down Rune found here in Rockaxe is about one of the best Weapon
Runes you can have on a normal fighter; scoring a Knockdown on an enemy
prevents them from attacking for a short period of time, and that short period
can sometimes make or break battles!
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | Rockaxe / N. Path to Matilda / |
| | N. Muse-Matilda Border / Highway Village / |
| Phantom | Rakutei Mountain Area |
| PinkBird o-----------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o
(- NOTE -) The PinkBird can drop both the
Sylph Rune and Skunk Rune. As far as I can tell, this is the only place to get
either of these runes.
Instead of following Miklotov to Muse, let's undertake a side quest that will
allow us to recruit two more people. We won't be able to return to the Matilda
area for some time, so make sure to do this now before it's too late. Make
your way to the Highway Village, southeast of Rockaxe.
o--------o o-------------------------------------------------o
| s1.425 | | -Highway Village-, in search of a new dragon... |
o--------o-----------------o-------------------------------------------------o
| My | [38] Hero [37] Flik [36] Viktor |
| Party | [38] Nanami [37] Clive [38] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can buy both Recipe #26 and
| Save Points | Rabbit Plans #2 in the Rare Finds of the Item
| | Shop here in Highway Village; make sure to
| Inn | get them both.
o----------------------------o
| Key Items | First, stop in the Item Shop and check it
| | out; they have my favorite accessory here,
| [ ] Calf | the Fire Emblem! You'll want this on pretty
o----------------------------o much ALL of your male fighters. Also, as I
| Recruits | noted above, check out the Rare Finds. Check
| | out the Trading Post if you like also, then
| [ ] Humphrey (S) | afterward, talk to the boy between the Inn
| [ ] Futch (M) | and the house beside the Item Shop; he'll
o----------------------------o sell it to you for 7,000 potch. Want it?
Choose option 1 to obtain a [_CALF_]. Don't o------------------------o
worry, it's worth 7,000 potch! Once you have | [1] Sure, I'll buy it. |
that, make your way to the Inn. You'll bump into | [2] I don't need it. |
our old friend Futch on the way in, who's in a o------------------------o
hurry to leave. After that, head in further to
find another former friend, Humphrey! He's heading to Harmonia, but the roads
are closed because of the war. Head over and talk to Humphrey, and the scene
will switch to Futch and his new friend, Kent.
Kent asks him about his life as a Dragon Knight, which he's not allowed to
return to unless he finds a new dragon. He'll let Kent show the dragon scale
to him mom, the same scale that once belonged to his dragon, Black, who died
protecting him. But now, he and Humphrey are looking for a new dragon so he
can go back, and Kent asks him if Futch will let him fly once he becomes a
Dragon Knight again, to which Futch will agree. Back at the Inn, it's a lively
conversation with Humphrey.
Over the next three sets of o--------------------------------------o
questions, choose any option you | [1] So, uh... Where are you from? |
like, and after the last set, | [2] Weather sure is nice today, huh? |
Humphrey will leave, and the | [3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
Innkeeper will tell you that he had o--------------------------------------o
a nice chat with you, and paid for | [1] Where are you going? |
you to stay here tonight! The next | [2] My, what a big sword! |
morning, talk to Humphrey, and | [3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
choose either option, then leave o--------------------------------------o
the Inn. Head south just a bit, and | [1] Why Harmonia? |
you'll see a villager telling Kent | [2] Think it'll be nice tomorrow? |
that he heard there was a dragon on | [3] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
Rakutei Mountain! Kent will then o--------------------------------------o
run off to go find it. Go back into | [1] Thank you for last night. |
the Inn and talk to Humphrey again | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
he wonders if Kent left. o--------------------------------------o
Choose either option again, and Futch will o-----------------------------o
come in, wondering where he is, then will go | [1] I'm a little worried... |
to bed and see if he can find him tomorrow. | [2] Yeah... Let's go. |
Talk to the Innkeeper again, and you'll rest o-----------------------------o
until the next day. Head downstairs to find
the townspeople up in arms since he didn't come home last night.
Choose either option to learn from o-------------------------------------o
the guy that told Kent about the | [1] Um... That kid... |
dragon that he went to Rakutei | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
Mountain. Futch blames himself, o-------------------------------------o
since he told Kent that he'd give
him a ride if he got a new dragon, so Humphrey says they should go save him.
Choose 1, because if you choose 2, o-------------------------------------o
you'll have to head up to Rakutei | [1] To return the favor, I'll come. |
Mountain and meet up with them again | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
to be able to continue. Futch and o-------------------------------------o
Humphrey will then join your party,
so make room for them. (sorry Flik and Viktor...) I'd head to the Item Shop
and equip them with Fire Emblems, since that's all you can change on them.
Once you're ready, save your game, then leave Highway Village and head all the
way north to Rakutei Mountain.
o--------------------o
| -Rakutei Mountain- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| My | [38] Hero [38] Nanami [37] Humphrey |
| Party | [37] Futch [37] Clive [38] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The HawkMan here can drop
| Save Points | Turtle Plans #3, so make sure to get that
| | before you leave. Also, the Spiker can drop
| Before the boss | ? vases, one of which is the Black Urn; I
o----------------------------o don't think you can get this one anywhere
| Potch | else, so you'll want to get some ? vases,
| | then go back to Highway Village and appraise
| [ ] 2000 | them until you get one. If you're trying to
o----------------------------o get all items, then you'll need this one.
| Items |
| | Head north a bit to have the mist be cleared
| [ ] Stone of Power | up by the Bright Shield Rune, then head north
o----------------------------o two screens, where you'll end up at a fork.
| Equipment | Go northwest first to find a [_FUR CAPE_],
| | then go back and head northeast to another
| [ ] Fur Cape | fork. Just to your east is a
| [ ] Thunder Amulet | [_THUNDER RUNNER_] scroll, go grab that, then
| [ ] Skill Ring | go back and head north to the next area.
o----------------------------o
| Runes | You'll be at another fork, so head northeast
| | first, following it to the next area, which
| [ ] Medicine Rune | is a dead-end with a [_THUNDER AMULET_]. Go
o----------------------------o back to the previous fork on the last screen,
| Scrolls | then head northwest and north to the next
| | area. Again, you'll be at a fork, so head
| [ ] Thunder Runner | northwest this time, following the winding
o----------------------------o path to a dead-end with a [_STONE OF POWER_].
| Key Items | Head back to the fork and go northeast to the
| | next area, where you'll be at yet another
| [ ] Unicorn Plans #2 | fork. Head east/southeast as far as you can,
| [ ] Dragon Plans #2 | and you should end up finding a chest
o----------------------------o containing [_UNICORN PLANS #2_].
| Enemies * = BOSS |
| | Go back from that chest just a bit to be at a
| Assassin | somewhat open area/fork. Head north, then all
| HawkMan | the way east from here to go to a new area,
| Pixie | which is a dead-end with a [_SKILL RING_]. Go
| Spiker | back to the last area, then turn north at
|*Harpy | your first opportunity to be at yet another
o----------------------------o fork. First, grab the [_MEDICINE RUNE_] to
your northeast, then head northwest,
continuing all the way west/northwest to find another chest; this one has
[_DRAGON PLANS #2_] inside. Head just a bit east, turning south when you can,
and at the fork you'll find [_2000 POTCH_] on the right.
All that's left to do is to find Kent, so you may want to level up a bit
before attempting this next boss; it's tough! When you're ready, go to the
northernmost part of this area, then head all the way east to the next area,
then continue northeast to the next area, then north to the next, where you'll
find a Journeyman's Crystal to your west. Use it, then head north to find Kent
lying on the ground. You'll then be attacked by the Harpy.
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Harpy Potch: 40,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| As I said before, this boss is TOUGH! It's single attacks hit for a decent |
| amount of damage, but it does have an attack that hits everyone, HARD; to |
| make matters worse, it will also attack twice per round! Make sure you |
| have Hero heal every round, starting with Battle Oath (hopefully |
| Berserking your party), followed by Great Blessing. You should have Luc |
| cast the strongest spells on his Darkness and/or Blue Gate Rune (if he |
| still has them equipped), and everyone else should just attack. Since we |
| have Futch and Humphrey in our party, they aren't really customized to our |
| liking, so this battle will probably easily drag on for a while. Just try |
| to stay healed. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Futch tells Kent that the dragon rumor is bull, but Kent
says that he actually heard the dragon! He says he's okay now though.
Choose either one, but if you choose 1, Kent o---------------------------o
will tell you that he prayed on Black's scale | [1] How did you get here? |
and the mist lifted for him! He's positive | [2] Let's hurry back. |
there's a dragon here, so Humphrey will decide o---------------------------o
that they should look. Head north when you
regain control, and you'll find a big dragon egg! Dragons are only supposed to
lay eggs in Dragon Caves, but every once in a while, a wild dragon can appear
and lay one. Futch says that he really doesn't even want a new dragon, that
Black was the only dragon for him. Humphrey then approaches the egg with his
sword, saying that Futch doesn't need the egg or the dragon.
Choose either option, and Humphrey will o-----------------------------o
explain why it has to be done. Before he | [1] What!? WHY? |
does anything, Futch will stop him; just as | [2] ...Maybe that's best... |
he does, the egg hatches! It's a tiny white o-----------------------------o
dragon, and Humphrey has never seen a white
one before. Futch then says he'll have fond memories of Black, but he has to
keep his door to the future open, so he'll take this dragon and christen him
'Bright'! At the entrance, Humphrey asks if there's anything they can do for
you.
If you choose 1, you'll have to go o-------------------------------------o
back to Highway Village and talk to | [1] Will you fight with us? |
Humphrey there to recruit them, so | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
just choose 1 to ask them to help. o-------------------------------------o
o-------------------o
| -Highway Village- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------o-------------------o
| My | [41] Hero [41] Nanami [40] Humphrey |
| Party | [40] Futch [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Everyone will say their goodbyes back at
| Key Items | Highway Village, where Futch gives Black's
| | scale to Kent as a promise that he'll one day
| [ ] Recipe #32 | return as a Dragon Knight! Now both Humphrey
o----------------------------o and Futch will officially join your army!
| Recruits | Before you leave though, go into Kent's
| | house, the one between the Inn and Item Shop.
| [ ] Humphrey (S) [# 62] | If you talk to his mom, she'll now give you
| [ ] Futch (M) [# 63] | [_RECIPE #32_] That's it for this here, so
o----------------------------o leave Highway Village.
We need to head to the Muse-Matilda Border next, but if you don't like having
Futch and Humphrey in your party, you may want to go back to HQ. There are no
bosses or anything in the next section, so I'm just going to continue on. You
can now put armor on them so you may want to go to Rockaxe to do that. In any
case, once you're ready, head to the Muse-Matilda Border.
o-----------------------o
| -Muse-Matilda Border- |
o--------o-------------------------------------------o-----------------------o
| My | [41] Hero [41] Nanami [40] Humphrey |
| Party | [40] Futch [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
You'll run into Miklotov here, who thinks that he needs to travel with you,
since they know his face here.
Choose option 2 to continue, and he'll join you; I'd choose o--------------o
to have him join your convoy. Head south through the gate, | [1] I can't. |
to have the guards warn you about what's going on, then | [2] Okay. |
Miklotov will be discovered. o--------------o
Choose either option, as Camus let them know already o-------------------o
that Miklotov would be coming through, so they won't | [1] Pass by force |
interfere! Thanks Camus! Head south to be out on the | [2] Do not resist |
World Map. o-------------------o
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | W. Toto / Muse / S. Muse-Highland Border / |
| | White Deer Inn / S. Muse-Matilda Border / |
| TimeKnight | E. Muse-Greenhill Border / Coronet Area |
| WhiteTiger o-----------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o
(- NOTE -) This is the first of two times
ONLY that you'll be able to fight this set of enemies on the World Map here,
so make the most of it now. The WhiteTiger can drop the Double-Beat Rune, so
if you need more of them, take the time now to do so. You can rest at Coronet
if you start to get low on HP/MP.
Once you're ready, head to the entrance of Muse. Just as you're about to
enter, you'll see a movie of some bizarre ritual going on, with a huge silver
wolf appearing above Muse! You'll see Luca and Jowy in Muse, with Luca
watching everyone's souls being sucked into oblivion with pleasure. Back with
you, you'll regain control on the World Map, so enter Muse.
o--------o
| -Muse- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [41] Hero [41] Nanami [41] Humphrey |
| Party | [41] Futch [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o When you enter the city, Miklotov says that
| Enemies | there's no signs of life. Head to the
| | northwestern corner, as if you're going to
| Highlands (A) | Jowston Hill, and a man will run in followed
| Highlands (B) | by a Highland soldier. After fighting that
| Highlands (C) | group off, the man will tell you that his
o----------------------------o whole family was eaten alive by a sliver
monster. After he passes, Miklotov says that
he wants to go back to Rockaxe and get reinforcements to fight Luca. After you
regain control, fight around in the city a bit to level up a bit, then when
you're done, leave Muse and head back to the Muse-Matilda Border. After some
discussion there, head back to Rockaxe.
o-----------o
| -Rockaxe- |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------o-----------o
| My | [41] Hero [41] Nanami [41] Humphrey |
| Party | [41] Futch [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Back in Rockaxe, Miklotov says that Gorudo
| Recruits | should understand when we inform him of what
| | happened, so head to the northwestern part
| [ ] Miklotov (S) [# 64] | of this area to get to the northern part of
| [ ] Camus (S) [# 65] | Rockaxe, then enter Rockaxe Castle to the
o----------------------------o north beside the Appraiser.
You'll run into Camus when you first enter, then Miklotov will run in to talk
to Gorudo. Head inside, and he will inform Gorudo of what Luca is doing, and
to let him take some knights to Muse. Gorudo refuses, asking if Miklotov saw
the massacre he's talking about with his own eyes, and since he didn't, Gorudo
has no reason to act. Miklotov will then tear off his emblem, saying that he
is a human first and a knight second, resigning from the knights. Gorudo
orders Camus to arrest him, but he too will tear off his emblem, since he can
not obey. Both Miklotov and Camus will then officially join your army!
Afterward, all of the Blue and Red Knights in the room will break their oaths
as well so they can join you!
Gorudo will then leave, and Miklotov says that it's not safe to stay in
Rockaxe any longer, so once they start to leave, Camus says he'll stay behind
for a bit to try to rally some more troops to go with them. Miklotov will
join again; throw him in your convoy for now. You'll then escape to the Path
to Matilda on the way to Greenhill. Here, you'll run into Shu, who has come to
escort you back, and Camus will soon follow along with about half of the Red
and Blue Knights! Afterward, you'll automatically be back at Headquarters.
o--------o o---------------------------------------------------o
| s1.426 | | -Headquarters-, another town falls to Highland... |
o--------o---------------o---------------------------------------------------o
| My | [41] Hero [41] Nanami [41] Humphrey |
| Party | [41] Futch [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Head to the Great Hall to have Shu tell you that the Highland Army is going to
come at them again, so we'll need to rest tonight. That night, head to the
third floor and enter your room to find Pilika, who missed us while we were
gone. The scene will switch to Highland, where Luca says that some of their
army is more loyal to King Agares than to Luca himself, but Jowy has a plan
to solve that as well, and introduces Leon Silverberg to Luca.
The next morning, make your way to the Great Hall again to find Nanami
waiting. Enter the Great Hall to have Shu tell you that Highland is in Radat
now, so he'll send you and Viktor to go check out the situation. Before
leaving, head to the Tavern and form a party if you like, then talk to Viki
and have her teleport you to Radat.
o---------o
| -Radat- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [41] Hero [37] Flik [36] Viktor |
| Party | [41] Nanami [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
As soon as you enter, you can see that Highland has now occupied the town.
Choose option 2 to take a look at who you'll be o----------------------o
facing, since you won't be able to continue unless | [1] Let's go back. |
you do so. Head south, and you'll see General Kiba | [2] Let's go inside. |
telling the Radat citizens that the rumors of a o----------------------o
monster in Muse are false, and he promises in the
name of the King that nothing like that happened. Afterward, Klaus will spot
you again.
Choose either option, but if you choose 2, Klaus o---------------------o
will approach you and tell you that Jowy is getting | [1] Let's run away. |
married to Jillia Blight at L'Renouille, and that | [2] What? |
even though Klaus lost to you at Two River, he's o---------------------o
ready this time. After he leaves, it's time to head
back to Headquarters.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [41] Hero [37] Flik [36] Viktor |
| Party | [41] Nanami [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Start to make your way up to the Great Hall to have Pilika and Eilie run into
you, telling you that they're waiting for you in the Great Hall, then head up
there and inform Shu of the situation. He says that
they can equally match up to Kiba's company, so no o---------------------o
strategy is needed. He'll ask you if you're ready to | [1] Wait a minute. |
deploy. If you're ready to take on Kiba, choose | [2] Troops! Deploy! |
option 2 to head into battle once again! o---------------------o
o--------o o----------------------o
| s1.mb6 | | Major Battle - Radat |
o--------o--------------------------------------------o----------------------o
| |
| In this battle, do whatever you like. On your second turn, Ridley |
| questions Shu's decision of putting the Kobold Units on the front lines. |
| After a couple more turns, Ridley decides that he and the Kobold Units |
| are going to retreat, since he can't trust the humans with their lives. |
| After that, Rowd's group will start to attack as well, so try to avoid |
| battles and keep healed until Shu orders the retreat. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Shu will ask everyone to get some rest while he determines a
strategy to weaken Kiba. There's nothing else to do right now, so head to the
third floor and go to your room; Eilie will be there waiting for you, telling
you that she heard about the battle, but to not worry about it, since the last
one standing wins.
In Highland, you'll see the wedding between Jillia and Jowy going on. After
Agares gives his blessing, Jillia will leave, and Jowy will give his blood
oath to Agares... except his blood is laced with poison, so when Agares drinks
it, he will collapse! Luca tells him that he was hard to get to, but he's
finally rid of the last obstacle in his plan. Jowy will collapse as well,
while Luca congratulates him on his brilliant idea of drinking antitoxin
daily, then poisoning his own blood! Agares will die, but Jowy will live to
see another day.
Back at Headquarters, someone will wake you up. When you regain control, head
over to the Great Hall; Shu will describe his plan to you, and will ask you
to deploy.
Choose 1 to have him wait a minute, then talk to o-----------------------o
Apple to rearrange your units. Send everyone to | [1] Wait a minute. |
the reserve, then move your cursor down past the | [2] Okay, let's go!!! |
setup to set your units up as follows: o-----------------------o
Having the Heavy Armor ability o----------o----------o----------o----------o
on a unit allows you to take a | Hero | Viktor | Gilbert | Flik |
third sword of damage in a | Shu | Apple | Hanna | Tsai |
Major Battle before you fall, | Humphrey | Miklotov | Chaco | Tai Ho |
so if you have Humphrey with o----------o----------o----------o----------o
Hero, and you get barraged, | Teresa | Luc |
you should have better chances | Nanami | Jeane |
of surviving. | Yam Koo | Camus |
o----------o----------o
Once you've done that,
talk to Shu and choose option 2 to head into your next Major Battle!
o--------o o--------------------------------o
| s1.mb7 | | Major Battle - Battle vs. Kiba |
o--------o----------------------------------o--------------------------------o
| |
| This is the first battle where you can actually control EVERYONE! At the |
| start of the battle, Klaus notices Shu's strategy and tells Kiba to just |
| head straight in and attack your unit. Until all of your reinforcements |
| arrive, keep choosing to wait. Once they have arrived, have Teresa's and |
| Luc's units use the Bombard ability and Wind/Lightning Runes from afar on |
| the other units, NOT Kiba's unit, have Flik use Tsai's Fire Spear on the |
| other units as well (as many as he can target), then have everyone else |
| just attack. If the options are still available, keep repeating them. |
| After a couple more turns, it will look like Kiba's about to prevail, |
| then Ridley and the Two River will appear on their flanks! From here, |
| it's just a matter of taking out enough Highland groups to have Kiba and |
| Klaus notice that they're getting slaughtered. At this point, he asks for |
| help from the 4th company, but Leon Silverberg comes in and tells them |
| that King Luca has ordered them to retreat, leaving Kiba and Klaus no |
| choice but to surrender. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o----------------------------o------------------------------o----------------o
| Recruits |
| | After the battle, Flik and Viktor will bring
| [ ] Kiba (NP) [# 66] | you Kiba and Klaus. Shu suggests freeing them
| [ ] Klaus (NP) [# 67] | and accepting them as allies, but Kiba would
| [ ] Sheena (S) | rather die than to join the enemy and
o----------------------------o disgrace himself.
Even if you wanted them dead, you o------------------------------------o
can't, so choose option 2 until a | [1] Cut off their heads. |
messenger brings a letter from Leon | [2] General Kiba, join forces with |
Silverberg. Klaus tells his father | us. We need your strength. |
that Luca killed Agares and became o------------------------------------o
King, and because of what's happened,
both Kiba and Klaus will decide to join your party!
(- NOTE -) Now that Kiba has joined your army, you need to go talk to Richmond
and have him do investigations on Ridley (3), Kiba (4), and Nanami (4). You
won't have a chance to do this later in the game, so try to get them out of
the way as soon as you can, Ridley first, Kiba second, and Nanami last.
The next morning, make your way to the ground entrance of the castle, where
you'll find a girl looking for some 'jerk', and after she leaves, you'll see
Sheena appear, then run off to see Viktor. Make your way back up to the Great
Hall to have Shu chide you for not letting them know where you went, then will
proceed to tell you that you still need more allies. Greenhill is still
occupied, Matilda won't help, and Tinto is ignoring us, so our old friend
Sheena will come in, suggesting that we contact his old man for help!
Ridley will try to drag him off, but Apple will tell him to wait, and Sheena
will tell him that his dad, Lepant, is the president of the Toran Republic!
You'll get a quick history run-down of the Toran Republic, and Shu thinks that
they should ally with them. Freed Y gets all bent out of shape, saying that
they're still an enemy of the State, but Sheena tries to convince him that
that's the reason why the Scarlet Moon Empire was destroyed and the Toran
Republic was established. Shu will ask what you think.
Choose option 2 to continue, then o-----------------------------------o
Freed Y will recommend taking a boat | [1] Let's consider other options. |
from Radat to get there, but doesn't | [2] Let's form an alliance. |
want to go along with it. Shu yells at o-----------------------------------o
him for being so stubborn, saying that
South Window might be destroyed if they don't ally with them. Freed will then
change his mind, and will accompany you as a guide. Sheena will also join you;
once again, I'm going to put him in my convoy, but the choice is up to you, as
he is a really good fighter as well. Afterward, choose the remainder of your
party, then leave the Great Hall. (Clive's next event is in Radat, so be sure
to take him with you if you can.) As you leave, Freed asks you to stop in
South Window before going, so let's do that. Once your party is prepared, have
Viki teleport you to South Window. (If you need to sharpen your weapons, go to
Kuskus and do that first, THEN go to South Window.)
(- NOTE -) After leaving your castle and returning, you should notice that it
is now level 3, as long as you have recruited everyone I've mentioned so far;
you can now have the 3rd level of bath here, and there are also five floors to
your castle now, with your bedroom on the fifth floor. There are also several
new/different areas, so make sure to check them out. Also, it is CRUCIAL that
you leave and come right back to see this change; we'll be recruiting people
in Gregminster and on the way back from there, and we must have witnessed the
change to a level 3 castle to be able to recruit them. There are also more
characters we can recruit right now, but we'll get a very handy tool in
Gregminster that will allow us to do so much quicker and much easier, so we'll
do that later!
(- NOTE -) Also, along the same lines as above, there's a character that we're
going to try to recruit in Gregminster, but only if our castle is level 3.
This guy is easily the most annoying character in Suikoden history to recruit,
as you need to get 50,000 potch worth of profit by way of the Trading Post
before he will join you. I, for one, hate trading. So I always go a second
route; Celadon Urns. They are one of the highest selling items in Gregminster,
so we need to get at least 3, possibly 4 of them. (2, possibly 3 for actual
trading, 1 to recruit a character BEFORE going to Gregminster.) You can get
them one of two ways; 1) I find it extremely easy to win them at the
Rope Climbing game just north of Hai Yo's kitchen. Just talk to the soldier
here, and wait for the Celadon Urn to show up at a prize for the (Army) League
(the most expensive league.) I find this game fairly easy to win, and within a
few minutes, you should have a few Celadon Urns. 2) The Flyers around South
Window can drop them; if you seem to have better luck that way, try it.
(Sometimes it only takes 2 Celadon Urns in Gregminster, sometimes it can take
3 or 4, depending on the price at Gregminster. You can save at the Inn there,
then check the Trading Post, and if it's not to your liking, reload to have it
change.) All in all, try to get at least 2 of the Celadon Urns to take with
you to Gregminster.
o----------------o
| -South Window- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [37] Flik [36] Viktor [28] Freed Y |
| Party | [41] Hero [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
The only thing you need to do here in South Window is to head toward the city
hall. Once you're there, Freed Y will reminisce for a few moments, then you'll
regain control. Make sure to check out the Armory here now; they have much
better equipment than what they used to since you've returned from Matilda!
You can buy both Magic Robes and Dragon Armor here now!!! (For some reason,
even once you visit here, it doesn't show up at your HQ Armory just yet...)
Also, at the Rune Shop, you can buy Fire, Earth, and Darkness Runes that were
not here before. Once you're done here, leave South Window, then head east to
Radat.
(- NOTE -) If you haven't seen your castle change to level 3, go back and do
so now! We need to do that so we can recruit people in Gregminster.
o---------o
| -Radat- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [37] Flik [36] Viktor [28] Freed Y |
| Party | [41] Hero [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o -------
| Key Items |
| | (- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY *
| [ ] Piglet | (TIME MUST BE AT OR BEFORE _15:00:59_)
o----------------------------o
Go to the Pub and Clive will ask about Elza.
(If you're too late, the guy will tell you that she was here so many days ago,
and the trail will end there.) He says that she's sitting right over there;
Elza will finally meet Clive once again, and Clive is ready to execute her.
They'll talk back and forth a few times, but in the end, both draw their guns,
with Clive getting shot twice. Elza then leaves him there.
You'll then be at Headquarters, when Dr. Huan is working on Clive, and he's
lucky to be alive! You're not told where the next event is going to take
place, but luckily there's no time limit for this one... although the last
event must be reached by _20:00:59_. Clive's story will pick back up in Muse,
after we liberate Rockaxe, so it'll be a while.
If you wish to view this event, and are past the time, but have a Gameshark,
Codebreaker, or PEC, use this code to bring your time to 14:58:00.
"Time Is 14:58:00 (Clive/Radat)
8006AA52 000E
8006AA54 003A
8006AA56 0000
-------
Here in Radat, head east, but just as you come to Shu's house, talk to the
little boy here; he'll want to sell you a Piglet for 5,000 potch.
Choose option 1 to obtain a [_PIGLET_], well worth o----------------------o
five grand! After that, head east twice to the dock | [1] I'll buy it. |
area of Radat, then cross the bridge and head | [2] I don't want it. |
south. Talk to the guy here, and he will let o----------------------o
Freed Y use his boat to get to the next village,
Banner Village. Just head south along the river to reach there.
o------------------o
| -Banner Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [37] Flik [36] Viktor [28] Freed Y |
| Party | [41] Hero [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Rabbit Plans #3, a
| Save Points | Tomato Seedling, and a Rose Brooch here in
| | the Rare Finds of the Item Shop. Make sure
| Inn | to get all three; the Rose Brooch will be
o----------------------------o used to recruit someone once we return. You
| Runes | can also find a Full Plate here, but only a
| | few characters can equip it; Miklotov is the
| [ ] Alert Rune | only one right now.
o----------------------------o
| Key Items | When you arrive, check the set of three
| | barrels next to the Item Shop; the lowest one
| [ ] Seed Potato | has an [_ALERT RUNE_] inside. Next, go into
o----------------------------o the house to the right of the Inn; the lady
in here will give you a [_SEED POTATO_]. Now,
BEFORE continuing into the forest, make sure that you have both one
Celadon Urn and one Rose Brooch in your inventory. (The Rose Brooch is in the
Rare Finds here as I mentioned above; the Celadon Urn can be dropped by the
Flyer outside of Radat OR by winning 1st Prize at the highest level of the
Rope Climbing game at your castle above Hai Yo's kitchen.) Once you have both
of these, take the boat back to Radat.
o---------o
| -Radat- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [37] Flik [36] Viktor [28] Freed Y |
| Party | [41] Hero [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Here at the docks, make your way to the
| Recruits | western side of the river on this same
| | screen, below where you found Amada. You'll
| [ ] Simone (L) [# 68] | see Simone here; he lost his Rose Brooch that
| [ ] Lebrante (NP) [# 69] | a dear friend gave him. If you have the
o----------------------------o Rose Brooch in your possession...
Choose option 2 to show him the o-----------------------------------------o
Rose Brooch. He'll then ask you | [1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
if he could have it, and he'll | [2] You mean this? |
give you anything you want for o-----------------------------------------o
it. DON'T CHOOSE 1 or 2, or he | NO! [1] Run around and bark like a dog! |
will end up with the Rose Brooch | NO! [2] I want gold. |
and will take off with it! | [3] Join my group. |
Choose 3, and Simone will join o-----------------------------------------o
your party! Next, head to the
main part of Radat and head south to the Appraiser. Talk to Lebrante in here;
he'll ask what he can do for you.
Choose option 1, and you'll tell him your o----------------------------o
story. After hearing it, he decides that he | [1] Lend us your strength. |
will join you if you can bring him a | [2] We want an appraisal. |
Celadon Urn. You should have already brought o----------------------------o
it with you, so talk to him again to have him
be surprised to see it! He'll then keep his promise and will join your party!
Your castle now has an Appraiser!
That's it for Radat, so go back to Headquarters, replace Simone with who you
wanted in your party to begin with, then head back to Banner Village. From
Banner Village, once you're ready, head north into the forest.
o--------o o-----------------------------------------------------o
| s1.427 | | -Banner Pass-, the gateway to the Toran Republic... |
o--------o-------------o-----------------------------------------------------o
| My | [37] Flik [36] Viktor [28] Freed Y |
| Party | [41] Hero [41] Clive [41] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Tiger in the forest here can
| Save Points | drop Window Set #1, RinRin can drop the
| | Barrier Rune, and TenTen can drop
| Before the boss | Ninja Suits. This is the only place to get
o----------------------------o the Barrier Rune, and the only other place to
| Items | get Ninja Suits is in the Rope-Climbing Game
| | in your castle. Regarding Window Set #1,
| [ ] Mega Medicine | there sometimes is a glitch between Window
| [ ] Stone of Luck | Sets #1 and #2, so get this one immediately.
o----------------------------o Make sure to get Window Set #2 immediately
| Equipment | when you get to it as well, since you can get
| | both before recruiting the window maker.
| [ ] Full Helmet |
| [ ] Magic Ring | Head north and northeast to a fork; go north
| [ ] Wing Ornament | first, following the path to a
| [ ] Silver Shield | [_MEGA MEDICINE_], then go back and head east
| [ ] Silverlet | to the next area. Continue along the path to
o----------------------------o another fork; you'll want to go northeast
| Runes | first, as it'll take you to a
| | [_FULL HELMET_]. Head south now, then east to
| [ ] Poison Rune | an area that has several ladders. Go up the
o----------------------------o westernmost one first so you can get to a
| Enemies * = BOSS | chest containing a [_STONE OF LUCK_], then
| | head back down and take the eastern one up.
| RanRan | For the first ladder fork, take the western
| RinRin | ladder to the second ladder fork. Go up the
| Samurai | eastern one first to find a
| TenTen | [_WING ORNAMENT_], then go back down and take
| Tiger | the western one up to a plateau. Go down the
|*Worm | ladder to your west to find another chest;
o----------------------------o this one contains a [_MAGIC RING_].
Make your way back to the first ladder fork now and take the eastern ladder
up. Get the [_POISON RUNE_] out of the chest here, then go up this ladder and
continue along the path to the next area. Go north, and just as you start
heading east, look to your south for a hidden area under the trees; once you
pass through, it will lead you to the hidden ninja town of Rokkaku, but once
you enter, you'll be immediately kicked out. We'll come back here in a bit.
Back at the fork with the hidden path, continue east to the next area, then
follow this winding path to the next area.
You'll be standing at a fork; you can see a Journeyman's Crystal to your east,
but before using it, take the northeastern path to a [_SILVER SHIELD_], then
take the southeastern path to the [_SILVERLET_]. Use the Journeyman's Crystal
now, the head east to the next area, where you will encounter the boss here.
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Worm Potch: 35,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| This boss should be pretty easy; have Flik and Luc use the most powerful |
| magic on their runes, while having Hero casting Battle Oath to heal / |
| possibly Berserk everyone, and having everyone else attack. There's just |
| not really much special about this boss. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the boss, all that's left to do is head north to the next area, then
continue following the path to the next screen where you will encounter an old
friend, Varkas, chief of the Border Patrol.
Sheena will tell him that they're going to see o---------------------------o
Lepant, so he'll go ahead and escort you | [1] Sounds good to me. |
straight there. Choose 1 to be taken to | [2] I wouldn't like that. |
Gregminster. o---------------------------o
o---------------o
| -Gregminster- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------o---------------o
| My | [40] Flik [40] Viktor [40] Freed Y |
| Party | [43] Hero [42] Clive [43] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll be in the palace in Gregminster,
| Save Points | waiting to see Lepant. After a few moments,
| | you'll then be taken in to see him, where he
| Inn | asks what you would like to discuss.
o----------------------------o
| Runes | o-------------------------------------------o
| | | [1] Forging an State with you. |
| [ ] Cyclone Rune | | [2] Um... |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| Key Items |
| | (Whoever was in charge of changing names
| [ ] Copper Hammer | obviously used the Find/Replace function to
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 7 | change all/most instances of the word
| [ ] Tomato Seedling | 'alliance' with the word 'state'....) Choose
o----------------------------o option 1, and Freed Y will explain the
| Special Items | situation. He will then ask why you continue
| | to fight.
| [ ] Blinking Mirror |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| Recruits * = Choose 1 | | [1] To defeat Luca Blight... |
| | | [2] To put an end to this war... |
| [ ] Valeria* (S) [# 70] | | [3] I don't know... |
| [ ] Kasumi* (S) [# 70] | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Sheena (S) [# 71] |
| [ ] Lorelai (M) [# 72] | Choose any option, and Lepant tells you that
| [ ] Gordon (NP) [# 73] | you remind him of the Hero of the Gate Rune
o----------------------------o War, Young Master McDohl. He then asks Tesla
how many soldiers are ready to be deployed,
to which he'll reply 5,000. After some discussion between them, Lepant offers
one of two generals to lead these soldiers, so he will have both Valeria and
Kasumi enter. You'll will get to choose.
Choose option 3 to have Sheena offer to o-------------------------------o
see his notes, then choose whichever | [1] Valeria, please... |
options you like to see both Valeria's and | [2] Kasumi, please... |
Kasumi's notes. For recruiting purposes, I | [3] Uh... Give me a minute... |
strongly recommend recruiting Kasumi, as o-------------------------------o
it will allow you to visit Rokkaku on the | [1] See Valeria's notes. |
way back from Gregminster (given that your | [2] See Kasumi's notes. |
castle is level 3, and you witnessed the | [3] Never mind. |
change to level 3 by going back after you o-------------------------------o
last left it), and you'll be able to
recruit more people sooner than later. That, and I like ninjas; they're fast!
After you've chosen, Lepant will then give you the [_BLINKING MIRROR_], which
will allow you to teleport back to your Headquarters on the World Map! Sweet!
Sheena says that he'll stay here, but Lepant will grab him and ask you to take
his idiot son with you, making Sheena join your party as well! Put them in
your convoy (or your party, whatever you like. You'll still be able to get
those recruits with Kasumi in your convoy), then you'll be back at the border.
Before going anywhere, talk to Varkas again to go back to Gregminster.
(- NOTE -) You can buy Recipe #28 and Winged Boots in the Rare Finds of the
Item Shop here, you can also get the Mangosh in the Rare Finds of the Armory,
and lastly, you can find both the Mother Earth Rune and the Flowing Rune in
the Rare Finds of the Rune Shop here. All of these items are must haves!
Head north into the palace first, then go into the room on the right and talk
to the soldier to obtain the [_COPPER HAMMER_]. Next, head just a bit north,
then check the room on the left; [_OLD BOOK VOL. 7_] will be on the bookshelf
in here.
Head back to the city of Gregminster, then head down to the golden statue,
then left from there. You'll run into our old friend, Lorelai! She'll ask if
you if you're the boy who met with Lepant.
Choose option 1 and she'll examine o-----------------------------------o
you. If your castle is level 3 (which | [1] Yes... Will you come with us? |
it should be, had you visited it again | [2] Um, I guess so... |
before you left after recruiting o-----------------------------------o
Kiba), then she will join your party,
since she knows of some Sindar ruins near Muse. She'll then ask you if you
want her to join you right now.
I'd choose 2 to send her to your o--------------------------------------o
castle. Afterward, head down from | [1] Yes, please. |
where you are standing; above the | [2] If you could go to the castle... |
Trading Post should be a o--------------------------------------o
brown-haired guy in a green jacket
who'll offer to sell you some Tomato Seeds for 700 potch.
C'mon, it's only 700 potch; fork it over to obtain the o----------------o
[_TOMATO SEEDLING_]. Next, make your way to the Inn, | [1] Sure. |
which is the southernmost building just off to the left | [2] No thanks. |
of the central path. Go up to the second floor and talk o----------------o
to Sarah in the top room; after a bit of talking, she'll
give you a [_CYCLONE RUNE_]! Make sure to put this on Luc's RH slot! Also,
before you leave, SAVE.
Our last stop is the Trading Post to the left of Marie's Inn; talk to Gordon
in here.
Choose option 2. After telling him your o-------------------------o
situation, he'll decide that if you can make | [1] I've come to trade. |
50,000 potch worth of profit from just buying / | [2] Please join us. |
selling at the Trading Posts around the world, o-------------------------o
he will join your party! If you followed my note
from earlier, you should have brought 2-3 Celadon Urns with you. (If you did
not, you can get them by winning the Rope Climbing game in your castle above
Hai Yo's kitchen, or by having them dropped by the Flyers outside of South
Window.) Since you didn't pay for them to begin with, it is all profit! Check
the price here; if by selling them you don't reach 50,000 potch, reload your
save and try again, as the price will fluctuate if you haven't looked at the
prices yet. In any case, once you have the 50,000 potch profit, Gordon will
join your party! Before leaving, make sure to buy both the Soy Sauce and
Red Pepper from here so Hai Yo can complete his ingredient collection!
That's it for Gregminster for now, so go talk to Varkas beside the entrance to
the palace to have him take you back to the Banner Pass. From here, head to
Rokkaku; if you don't remember how to get there, there's a hidden path on the
screen before you reach the ladders (or if you're going from Banner to
Gregminster, it's on the screen AFTER the ladders.)
(- NOTE -) If your castle is level 3 AND Kasumi is with you, you'll be able
to enter. If Kasumi is not with you, you'll be escorted out after arriving.
You won't be able to enter on your own until your castle is level 4.
o-----------o
| -Rokkaku- |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------o-----------o
| My | [40] Flik [40] Viktor [40] Freed Y |
| Party | [43] Hero [42] Clive [43] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You'll automatically be taken straight to the
| Runes | leader of the ninjas, Hanzo. If Kasumi is
| | with you, and ONLY IF your castle is level 3,
| [ ] Blinking Rune | she will come out and greet Hanzo. After
o----------------------------o telling him about being ordered to join your
| Key Items | army, Hanzo decides that he will lend you two
| | more soldiers to help you fight, Mondo and
| [ ] Piglet | Sasuke! Mondo immediately joins you, but
| [ ] Sound Set #6 | Sasuke will vanish after being picked on.
o----------------------------o Mondo will ask if he should come with you.
| Recruits |
| | I'd choose 2 to send Mondo back o---------o
| [ ] Mondo (S) [# 74] | to HQ ahead of you. Afterward, | [1] Yes |
| [ ] Sasuke (L) [# 75] | leave this building and head out | [2] No. |
o----------------------------o to the village, then talk to the o---------o
person out here to receive the
[_BLINKING RUNE_]. Head left and talk to Sasuke in front of the Trading Post;
after some discussion between Sasuke and Kasumi, he will then join your party
as well! He'll then head off to HQ ahead of you. Go inside the Trading Post,
then head downstairs and talk to the person in the chair; they are selling a
Piglet for 3,000 potch. Do you want it?
Choose option 1 to use 3,000 potch on a new [_PIGLET_]. o----------------o
After you get that, talk to the other person nearby and | [1] Please! |
he'll give you [_SOUND SET #6_]. That's it for Rokkaku, | [2] No thanks. |
so leave the village. Once you've left, make your way all o----------------o
the way back to Banner Village, where Ridley and Apple
will be waiting; they say that the Highland Army is approaching, so you'll
automatically head back to Headquarters.
o--------o o---------------------------------------------------o
| s1.428 | | -Headquarters-, preparing for Luca's assault... |
o--------o---------------o---------------------------------------------------o
Apple says that she knows you're exhausted, but before you do anything else,
you need to go to the Great Hall. Before doing anything, we have several
things to do, now that our castle is level 3, and since we have both Viki and
the Blinking Mirror! First, go to the Tavern and pick out a party you like,
but make sure that either Shiro or Mukumuku is in it, as well as a maiden
(someone who is 'pure', like Nanami or Tengaar). Also, make sure that you have
one Sound Set with you (it doesn't matter which one.) Once you've done that,
teleport to the Forest Path to Matilda.
o-------------------o
| -Path to Matilda- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------o-------------------o
| My | [43] Hero [41] Flik [41] Viktor |
| Party | [43] Clive [41] Nanami [33] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head north to the next screen, then north
| Special Items | some more to meet with Badeaux. If you have
| | either Shiro or Mukumuku with you, he will
| [ ] Mindfulness Crystal | talk to your companion, and after some
| [ ] Mindfulness Crystal | discussion, he will decide to fight with you!
o----------------------------o
| Recruits | o-------------------------------------------o
| | | [1] Thank you. |
| [ ] Badeaux (S) [# 76] | | [2] Uh, you don't need to do that... |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
Choose option 1, and Badeaux will join your party! He will also give you
two Hearing-Ear/Listening Crystals ([_MINDFULNESS CRYSTAL_] x2) that you will
be able to use to recruit two animals into your party. After he heads off to
your castle, go back out to the World Map, use the Blinking Mirror in your
Special Items to teleport back to your castle, then have Viki teleport you to
the Forest Village.
o------------------o
| -Forest Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [43] Hero [41] Flik [41] Viktor |
| Party | [43] Clive [41] Nanami [33] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o First, go into the house on the left above
| Key Items | the Inn and talk to the boy in the upper left
| | part; he's Connell, a phonologist. If you
| [ ] Lamb | brought a Sound Set with you like I told you
o----------------------------o to, he'll tell you he can make sounds with
| Recruits | them. Talk to him a second time.
| |
| [ ] Connell (NP) [# 77] | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Feather (M) [# 78] | | [1] Please join us. |
| [ ] Ayda (L) [# 79] | | [2] Of course... |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| Enemies |
| | Choose option 1, and he'll decide to join you
| Griffin | as well! You can now change your menu sounds!
o----------------------------o Next, make your way north to the Trading Post
area to find a girl and a Griffin, with some
of the townspeople telling her to stop protecting it since her parents were
killed by those beasts. The girl, Ayda, tells them that she can't allow a
weak, injured creature to be killed. The townspeople will then move in to kill
it.
Choose either option, then three more Griffins o-------------------------o
will arrive, but these three aren't friendly | [1] Wait!! |
ones! CHOOSE 1! Otherwise, you won't be able to | [2] . . . . . |
recruit either of them. You'll then take on o-------------------------o
three Griffins, which shouldn't be any trouble. | [1] Save them |
After the battle, one of your Listening Crystals | NO! [2] Don't save them |
will start to shine. o-------------------------o
AGAIN, CHOOSE 1, or you'll miss o---------------------------------------o
out! Once you do, the Griffin, | [1] Use a Listening Crystal |
Feather, will thank you both for | NO! [2] Don't use a Listening Crystal |
saving it, and will offer you its o---------------------------------------o
power! After telling your story to
Ayda, she too decides that she will fight with you! Enter the Trading Post,
then come right back out to find that they left, but also that a guy and a
Lamb are where they just were; talk to him, since he's selling his little lamb
for 4,000 potch.
Choose one to get yet another o--------------------------------------o
[_LAMB_]! That's it for Forest | [1] Sure, I'll take her. |
Village, so leave here, use the | [2] I'm a bit loaded down right now. |
Blinking Mirror, then warp over to o--------------------------------------o
the Kobold Village, making sure
that you still have a maiden (Nanami, Tengaar, or someone else who is 'pure')
with you.
o------------------o
| -Kobold Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [43] Hero [41] Flik [41] Viktor |
| Party | [43] Clive [41] Nanami [33] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) Just so you know, there are
| Recruits | actually two more animals that you can choose
| | from to recruit; Sigfried the Unicorn, or
| [ ] Sigfried (M) [# 80) | Abizboah the Kraken. You can recruit
o----------------------------o Sigfried now, or wait until later to get
Abizboah. Getting Sigfried now will allow you
to recruit Bob in Two River just after this, otherwise you will have to wait
until after you recruit Tomo later on before you can do so. I did not tell you
this before recruiting Feather because if you do not recruit Feather, you
could not recruit Ayda, and therefore you would be unable to recruit all 108
Stars of Destiny. (Also, by recruiting Abizboah, you can recruit two more of
his Kraken friends, but to do so, you'd have to use your other Listening
Crystal, and therefore, once again, forfeit getting all 108 Stars of Destiny,
so I will not recommend doing that.)
Make your way all the way to the tree in the deepest part of the Unicorn
Woods. Walk up to the tree to have the other Listening Crystal start to shine.
Choose to hold it up, and Sigfried will o---------------------------o
appear! If you have a maiden with you (Nanami | [1] Hold up crystal |
in my case), Sigfried will want to betroth | [2] Don't hold up crystal |
himself to her! o---------------------------o
Choose 1, and Sigfried will join your party! Now that o------------------o
we have 80 recruits, let's go to Two River and get the | [1] Say yes. |
guy that's been denying us for hours now! | [2] Just say no. |
o------------------o
o-------------o
| -Two River- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [43] Hero [41] Flik [41] Viktor |
| Party | [43] Clive [41] Nanami [33] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head over to the Kobold District and talk to
| Recruits | Bob once again; he'll ask what your business
| | with him is.
| [ ] Bob (M) [# 81) |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| [1] Hey, join our group. |
Choose 1, and since you've | [2] Okay, see you later. |
captured the trust of so many o-------------------------------------------o
(80 to be exact), he will
finally join your party! He'll then ask you if he should show you his true
form and power... meaning if he should go with you or not.
Choose 2 to send him back to the castle, or 1 to o---------------------o
have him join you, whichever you like. Once you have | [1] Yes! |
him, leave Two River, then head over to Lakewest for | [2] Your true form? |
one last little errand. o---------------------o
o------------o
| -Lakewest- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------------o------------o
| My | [43] Hero [41] Flik [41] Viktor |
| Party | [43] Clive [41] Nanami [33] Mukumuku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o You should see a tiny little [_CHICK_]
| Key Items | wandering above the boats on the dock, so
| | make sure to grab it. Once you have it, make
| [ ] Chick | your way back to Headquarters by boat or by
o----------------------------o Blinking Mirror.
(- NOTE -) If you like, now could be a good time to recruit all of Mukumuku's
friends; there are four of them. Go to s1.sq1 for the recruiting details; if
you are short on time, this can be done at any point here on out in the game.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [43] Hero [35] Mukumuku [35] Mokumoku |
| Party | [34] Mikumiku [33] Mekumeku [33] Makumaku |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Make your way up to the Great Hall, where Shu will be glad to see that allying
with the Toran Republic was a success. Apple says that Highland is making
their way here now, along with reinforcements from Harmonia, numbering a total
of 50,000 troops, compared to our 20,000. Shu will tell you to go ahead and
rest for the night. At night, you can talk to one of many sets of people to
continue on; Nanami and Pilika in your room, Shu in his room, or Rina, Eilie,
and Bolgan on the first floor; all of them relate to you fighting against
Jowy. There's even a scene between Flik and Nina on the roof if you care to
see. After you're done talking, head back up to your room and go to bed.
In Highland, Leon recommends taking the surrounding cities in our area, but
Luca just wants to go straight at our hearts at HQ. You'll also see Sasarai
from Harmonia (who looks a LOT like Luc...); he's leading the soldiers from
Harmonia. The next morning after you wake up, make your way to the Great Hall
again, where you'll learn that the Highland Army has appeared in Radat, so Shu
sent Ridley to check out the enemy's numbers. You'll then be notified that he
has been ambushed, so Shu asks you to send reinforcements right away.
o--------------------------------o
Choose option 2 to head into your eighth | [1] Wait a minute. |
Major Battle! | [2] I understand. Let's hurry. |
o--------------------------------o
o--------o o-----------------------------------o
| s1.mb8 | | Major Battle - Saving Lord Ridley |
o--------o-------------------------------o-----------------------------------o
| |
| The battle starts with just Ridley surrounded by several Highland troops. |
| I actually recommend doing as little as possible to end the battle as |
| quickly as you can. If Ridley's unit falls, the battle is over, and there |
| is no penalty for losing this battle. It also keeps your other troops |
| from getting damaged and having some of your allies possibly killed for |
| good. However, if you like a challenge, try to get Huan in someone's unit |
| and see if you can get Ridley healed before he falls, then see if you can |
| defeat Highland from there! I'm just going to let him fall though, it's |
| really easy to do so. It actually only took Highland two attacks to take |
| him down for me. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Luc will appear, telling you that he knows Sasarai of
Harmonia very well, and that he'll take care of him during the next battle.
Shu will then tell you that he has a strategy, so head to bed and we'll go
over it tomorrow. Go up to your room, and Tsai will come in, wanting to talk.
Choose option 1, and he'll tell you that he left his tools o---------------o
at his house in Ryube, and would like to go get them. If | [1] Yes. |
you told him you were busy, you can still take him to his | [2] I'm busy. |
house, so form a party with him in it, then go to Ryube. o---------------o
o---------o
| -Ryube- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [43] Hero [19] Tsai |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Once you're in Ryube, head into the Ryube
| Recruits | Forest, then take the western path at the
| | fork and follow it all the way to Tsai's
| [ ] Tomo (M) [# 82) | house. In here, you'll find his daughter,
o----------------------------o Tomo! After some talking between them and
hearing what her dad is now doing, Tomo will
decide to join your army as well! That's actually it, so head back to HQ.
(- NOTE -) If you chose not to recruit Sigfried in the Kobold Village, you
should now be able to recruit Bob in Two River since you should now have 80
Stars of Destiny, but only if you recruited Kasumi, Mondo, and Sasuke.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [43] Hero [19] Tsai |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Head up to your room and go to sleep. In Highland, you'll see Luca and Ridley,
with Ridley defending your honor. Afterward, Leon mentions a new bright, young
general, so there won't be need for worry. The next morning, you'll be woke
up (I actually had Sigfried wake me up... that would scare the hell out of me
if I woke up staring a Unicorn in the face, but that's just me...), then you
need to head down to the Great Hall. Shu will tell you that they can't beat a
force of 50,000, so he wants to surround Luca himself with all that we have,
and to take him down like that. Once he's down, the Highland Army should be
finished. You'll use Kiba as bait, since Luca should chase him down after
defecting to our side. He'll then ask you to give the signal to deploy.
Choose option 1 first, then talk to o---------------------------------o
Apple to rearrange your units. I'm going | [1] ....I'm not quite ready.... |
to set them up as follows: | [2] Okay......let's deploy. |
o---------------------------------o
Luc's unit won't actually be o----------o----------o----------o----------o
available in this battle, as | Hero | Viktor | Kasumi | Kiba |
he'll show up only momentarily | Shu | Apple | Jeane | Hanna |
to attack Sasarai, then will | Humphrey | Miklotov | Klaus | Huan |
disappear once again, so we o----------o----------o----------o----------o
will have everyone else except | Gilbert | Flik | Teresa | Ayda |
him set up accordingly. With | Shin | Tsai | Nanami | Yam Koo |
this setup, everyone except | Chaco | Tai Ho | Camus | Lorelai |
for Hero, Ayda, and Luc should o----------o----------o----------o----------o
be able to move two squares, | Luc |
and since Jeane is with | Freed Y |
Kasumi, there's a chance that | Templton |
you could use her Lightning o----------o
Rune on Luca's unit and
possibly end the battle very early on. Also with this setup, everyone should
have at least 8 DEF, so I find it pretty well rounded. Once you have your army
set up, talk to Shu again and choose option 2 to go into battle. He will also
ask Apple to call for Mondo and Sasuke... (or Chaco, if you did not recruit
them yet.)
o--------o o---------------------------------------------------o
| s1.mb9 | | Major Battle - Our last stand against Luca Blight |
o--------o---------------o---------------------------------------------------o
| |
| This battle will end if you do one sword's worth of damage to Luca's |
| unit, or just after SEVERAL turns of not being able to do anything. In |
| either case, make sure that you do not get a report that says that |
| someone was KILLED, otherwise you'll have to reset and try again, because |
| once they're dead, you won't be able to get all 108 Stars and the good |
| ending. |
| |
| The battle will start with Luca chasing Kiba, and after he gets far |
| enough in, the rest of your army will appear. Start with having Kasumi's |
| unit use Jeane's Lightning Rune on Luca, then continue on using Tsai's |
| Fire Spear, then Teresa's bombard ability, then by having all of your |
| Archers attack, and if Luca still hasn't taken damage, move your Infantry |
| units in to attack. After a while, Yuber and Sasarai will show up with |
| their armies, and after that, Luc will appear, using his True Wind Rune |
| to take out Sasarai and the Harmonian troops, but will then disappear |
| again. |
| |
| After you've done some damage to Luca, he'll teleport off, damaging ALL |
| of your troops along the way, hopefully not killing any! That should be |
| the end of that battle. Or if you drag it on long enough, you'll just |
| retreat. In my experience, Tsai's Fire Spear is usually what gives the |
| damage to Luca. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [43] Hero |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o After the battle, you'll regain control. Head
| Enemies * = BOSS | down to the first floor, and make your way
| | toward Viki, and you'll see Ridley with Mondo
| WhiteWolves (A) | and Sasuke (or Chaco)! They were able to
| WhiteWolves (B) | rescue him, and Ridley says that it was
|*Luca | pretty foolish of him to fall into the
o----------------------------o enemy's trap.
Choose either option, then Ridley says that he o---------------------------o
has a message for Shu, so you will | [1] I'm glad you're okay. |
automatically go back to the Great Hall, where | [2] Yeah. |
everyone is overjoyed to see Ridley back safe. o---------------------------o
He then gives Shu his message from Leon
Silverberg; Luca Blight is planning on a night raid, so this is our last
chance. We'll lay an ambush for him and kill him. He'll then ask you what you
want to do.
CHOOSE 1 FIRST. The upcoming battle o--------------------------------o
against Luca Blight is easily the hardest | [1] ....Let me think about it. |
set of battles in the entire game, and we | [2] Okay, let's deploy. |
need to prepare for it. I'll tell you now o--------------------------------o
what it will be; there will be three
battles, the first led by Flik, the second led by Viktor, and the last battle
led by you. So in addition to those three, we need to get fifteen others
prepared for the upcoming battle. I recommend using these teams.
Make sure that each person in these teams o----------o----------o----------o
are at least level 35, preferably 37 or | Flik | Viktor | Hero |
38, which can easily be done at the | Miklotov | Shin | Humphrey |
Banner Pass after a few minutes. Make | Camus | Sheena | Oulan |
sure to also make trips back and forth to | Eilie | Lorelai | Tengaar |
Kuskus, trying to get everyone's weapons | Yoshino | Nanami | Rina |
sharpened to level 11. Once you've done | Nina | Viki | Luc |
both of those, try to suit everyone up o----------o----------o----------o
with the best armor you can buy, and give
everyone runes that you will find useful for the battles ahead.
For my setup, I am trying to have my parties be mainly magic oriented for two
reasons; 1) You need to whittle away his HP in as big of chunks as you can, as
every minute longer you have to fight him, the better chances of him winning,
and 2) He will counterattack most of your physical attacks, making someone
like Viktor very vulnerable. For the first two groups, you will only be able
to inflict so much damage before the battle is over and Luca will move on to
the next group, that is, if he doesn't kill everyone first. For the first two
groups, I strongly recommend suiting everyone with Lightning Runes, with Water
Runes in their second slots if they have them; your only target is Luca, so
you should either ignore the WhiteWolves, or use a Fire Rune to start out with
to wipe them out. The Lightning Rune is best for single targets, so those are
the ones you'll want on everyone. As for the Hero's group, here's my setup:
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| Hero (LV 45) (M) | Humphrey (LV 42) (S) | Oulan (LV 39) (S) |
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| Fire Sealing Rune | (no H rune) | (no H rune) |
| Bright Shield Rune | (no RH rune) | Fury Rune |
| Mother Earth Rune | Double-Beat Rune | Angry Dragon Rune |
| Wind Hat | Full Helmet | Half Helmet |
| Dragon Armor | Windspun Armor | Dragon Armor |
| (no shield) | (no shield) | (no shield) |
| Winged Boots | Gold Emblem | Power Gloves |
| Speed Ring | Guard Ring | Guard Ring |
| Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo |
| Kindness Rune (WPN) | Exertion Rune (WPN) | Friendship Rune (WPN) |
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| Rina (LV 39) (L) | Tengaar (LV 39) (L) | Luc (LV 43) (S) |
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| Resurrection Rune | (no H rune) | Blue Gate Rune |
| Lightning Rune | Lightning Rune | Cyclone Rune |
| Flowing Rune | Water Rune | Lightning Rune |
| Wind Hat | Wind Hat | Wind Hat |
| Taikyoku Wear | Master Robe | Magic Robe |
| (no shield) | (no shield) | (no shield) |
| Guard Ring | Wind Amulet | Speed Ring |
| Magic Ring | Magic Ring | Winged Boots |
| Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo |
| Earth Rune (WPN) | Earth Rune (WPN) | Earth Rune (WPN) |
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
With the Fire Sealing Rune on Hero, he won't take any damage from Luca's fire
sword attacks. I also recommend keeping a Mother Earth Rune on him, casting
Guardian Earth to start with, then Revenge Earth on himself, making him
temporarily invincible, as long as he isn't counterattacked by Luca. Humphrey
and Oulan are mainly there to take as much of the damage as they can, while
Luc does the majority of the magic damage, with Rina and Tengaar healing and
casting the strongest Lightning spells they have. However, with the Fury Rune
on Oulan, she'll be able to use her Angry Dragon Rune every turn without worry
of being countered while doing decent damage!
Once you're prepared, go back to Shu once more and choose to deploy to have
him ask you to set up your parties (as I've broken down above). After you've
chosen them, he asks if you're okay with the groups.
Once you're ready, choose 2 to start the chain o-------------------------o
of events leading to the battle with Luca. That | [1] I'll choose again. |
night, as Luca starts to sneak through the | [2] It's fine as it is. |
forest. He'll then be ambushed, and the first o-------------------------o
group to face him will be Flik's group,
followed by Viktor's group, followed by your group. This is it!!!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Luca Potch: 15,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| (- NOTE -) See above for my preparation for this fight if you haven't |
| already; this battle takes much preparation! |
| |
| Flik's Group: |
| |
| Start off by having Camus use his Rage Rune to clear out the WhiteWolves, |
| then have everyone use their Lightning Runes on Luca. After you use up |
| all of the spells on your Lightning Runes, have Flik, Miklotov, and Camus |
| use their Pretty Boy attack, while having the others attack / heal until |
| Luca moves onto Viktor's group, or until you die trying. |
| |
| Viktor's Group: |
| |
| As with Flik's group, have someone use a Fire Rune to clear out the |
| WhiteWolves (if you have one), then focus all of your Lightning Runes on |
| Luca. After you use up all of the spells on your Lightning Runes, just |
| have everyone attack / heal until Luca moves on to Hero's group, or until |
| you're spent. |
| |
| Hero's Group: |
| |
| Have Hero start the battle by casting Guardian Earth on the Mother Earth |
| Rune, then by casting Revenge Earth on himself, basically making himself |
| invincible to Luca's attacks (unless you are counterattacked by him). Hero |
| should be the primary healer with Battle Oath / Great Blessing to start |
| out with, and let Rina and Tengaar take over or help out if needed. Have |
| Humphrey attack normally, since he can't do anything except that and take |
| damage, and have Oulan use her Angry Dragon Rune every turn, given that |
| she is Berserk and will be able to. Have Rina, Tengaar, and Luc all use |
| the strongest spells on their Lightning Runes, healing if needed. If you |
| were able to breeze through Flik and Viktor's groups, then you shouldn't |
| have a problem here. If however Luca seems to be getting the best of you, |
| just keep casting Revenge Earth on Hero and try to take him out with just |
| Hero, since Luca won't be able to hurt him unless he counterattacks. Just |
| try to keep everyone healed! |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Luca will run off. Flik and Viktor will join you (see ya,
Humphrey and Oulan), then you will regain control. Head north, following the
path as you take on two sets of WhiteWolves. When you reach the area after
that, you'll see Luca, babbling on about why he can't die here and why he has
to lose. He'll then find a wooden amulet with some fireflies inside, and when
he opens it, they'll fly around him, making your archers aware of his
location, so they'll let loose on him! You'll then approach him; several more
groups of his soldiers try to defend him before he decides to take you on
himself, one-on-one!
o--------o o--------------------------o
| s1.oo4 | | One-on-One - Luca Blight |
o--------o----------------------------------------o--------------------------o
| When Luca says "___", he will Attack. Choose to use a Wild Attack. |
| |
| - Hah hah hah hah!!! Die! Die!!! Die!!!! |
| - Hah...... A draw.......... |
| - Hahaha!!! Yes! I'll disgrace your head under the sun!!! |
| - I'll get you!! You insect!!!!!! |
| - Idiot!!!! Is that the best you can do!!!! |
| - Pretty tricky!!!! You punk!!!!! |
| - That's nothing! |
| - That's right!!!!! Battle!!!! I just love a good fight!!!!!!!!! |
| - You impertinent little pig!!!!! |
| - You little punk!!!! |
| |
| When Luca says "___", he will Defend. Choose to Attack. |
| |
| - Fool!!!! That can't stop me!!!!!! |
| - Hahahahahahah!!!! |
| - Hah...hah hah hah... Fighting is my life..... |
| - I won't let an insect like you get in my way!!! |
| - Kill!!! I'll kill you!!!!!! |
| - Pathetic!!!! That's what you call power!!!! |
| - Ridiculous!!! You think a punk like you can stop me!!!!! |
| - You fool!!!!!! |
| - You little punk..... |
| - You're nothing!!! Nothing! Nothing!! Nothing!!!!! |
| |
| When Luca says "___", he will use a Wild Attack. Choose to Defend. |
| |
| - Feel my strength!!! Feel my sword!!!!!!! |
| - Hah hah hah hah hah!!!!!!!!!! |
| - Hah........ Are we still doing this.... |
| - I love it! I love it! Hero!!!!! Hah hah hah hah !!!!! |
| - I won't be be defeated by a mere blade!!!!!! |
| - Insect!!!! You really thought you could defeat me!!!!!! |
| - Pig!! Pig!!! Pig!!!! Pig!!!!! Piiiiiiiiiiig!!!!!!!! |
| - Pig!!!! Die!!!!!!!!! |
| - Pig!!!!! You dare wound me!!!!! |
| - You can't take it forever!!! A pathetic insect like you!!! |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Luca Blight will then finally fall, wondering why you still fight.
Choose either option, and he'll tell o----------------------------------o
you that even though he lost, Highland | [1] To end this war. |
will be screaming for his vengeance! | [2] ............................ |
He'll then start laughing maniacally, o----------------------------------o
saying that his thirst for blood is
finally gone, and that even though it took hundreds to kill him, he killed
others by the thousands! He'll finally breathe his last breath and collapse,
making us wonder if we've finally won... You'll then see Jowy and Leon
Silverberg in the distance, with Jowy finally getting what he always hoped
for.
Back at Headquarters, everyone will start to celebrate, then you'll collapse!
Luckily you just fainted from exhaustion, so you'll be taken to your room. In
Highland, you'll see Jowy pledging to serve Jillia and vice versa, then Jowy
will become the new King of Highland!!!
o--------o o-------------------------------------o
| s1.429 | | -Headquarters-, after the battle... |
o--------o-----------------------------o-------------------------------------o
The next morning, Nanami will join you, telling you that you should be feeling
better since a week has passed. If you talk to everyone in the Great Hall and
then leave, Nanami notes that there shouldn't be any battles for a while, she
wants to go walk around South Window and Kuskus. Let's stop at South Window
first.
(- NOTE -) Now that Luca has been defeated, another side quest has opened up.
If you loaded your data from Suikoden I, you can go to Banner Village and
start the quest to recruit McDohl by talking to the little boy that looks like
you. I will detail this later in the guide, since I know not everyone was able
to load data from I to II. It's not relative to the story at all, and will
actually slow everyone down who is working on Clive's Story. If you're
interested in doing this quest now, go to s1.sq2 to do so.
o----------------o
| -South Window- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [46] Hero [41] Nanami |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o As soon as you enter, our old friend Max,
| Recruits | leader of the Maximillian Knights! He
| | recognizes you as the one who defeated Luca
| [ ] Max (NP) [# 83] | Blight, and even though he's late, he still
| [ ] Annallee (NP) [# 84] | is here, wanting to help you!
| [ ] Killey (M) [# 85] |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| [1] I accept your pledge. |
CHOOSE 1, otherwise you'll | NO! [2] Don't waste your breath, old man. |
hurt his feelings and he'll o-------------------------------------------o
run off for good! Max will
then join your army! Next, head to the Inn to find a girl here named Annallee,
whose only talent is singing. She doesn't have any money for food, so the
Innkeeper will chase her away because she can't pay. After she leaves, go over
to city hall, and she'll be to the right of the entrance in the grass. Talk to
her, and she'll recognize you from the Inn.
Choose either option, and you'll hear her o------------------------------o
stomach growl, since she's still hungry and | [1] What are you doing? |
doesn't have any money. She'll tell you | [2] You don't have any gold? |
that she was working as a musician in Muse, o------------------------------o
but the war split her up from her friends
Alberto and Pico. She says she feels better after talking to you, then she'll
ask to sing her song for you.
Choose option 1 to o---------------------------------------------------o
hear it, otherwise | [1] Yeah...let's hear it. |
you'll have to talk to | [2] I won't pay you for it. |
her again and choose 1 o---------------------------------------------------o
anyway to continue. | [1] Yeah, let's hear it. |
After a few minutes, | [2] No....thank you..... |
she'll start talking o---------------------------------------------------o
again, thanking you | [1] I'd like to....hear you sing some more. |
for listening to her | [2] It's...it's not much, but.... please take it. |
entire song. Pick 1, o---------------------------------------------------o
otherwise you'll have | [1] Annallee....come stay with us at our castle. |
to talk to her again | [2] How have you been? |
and pick 1 then, and o---------------------------------------------------o
by doing so, Annallee
will join your party! After she takes off, make your way to the outside of the
Trading Post and talk to the man in red here; his name is Killey, and he wants
to know if you know of anything related to the Sindar.
CHOOSE 1; if you o-----------------------------------------------------o
choose 2 and leave, | [1] Alex knows a lot about the Sindar runes.... |
Killey will | NO! [2] I don't know. |
disappear! Once you o-----------------------------------------------------o
tell him about Alex,
he'll leave and head back to your castle, so follow him there and go up to the
Inn, where you'll see Killey trying to get whatever he can out of Alex,
threatening to kill him.
Pick either option, and Alex will show him o-------------------------------o
his family, telling him that this is the | [1] Let's help him. |
treasure he found in the Sindar ruins. | [2] Watch how things develop. |
Killey can tell he's telling the truth, o-------------------------------o
and will then leave. Head back to South
Window and talk to Killey again outside the Trading Post.
Choose either option, then talk to him o------------------------------o
again; choose option 1 three more times to | [1] Why did you do that..... |
have him finally agree to join your party | [2] Don't come here anymore. |
as well! That's it for South Window, but o------------------------------o
before going to Kuskus, we have one more | [1] Ummm.....join us...... |
recruit that we need to get. Head east from | [2] ..................... |
South Window to Radat. o------------------------------o
(- NOTE -) If you did not recruit Kasumi/Mondo/Sasuke, you can now go to Two
River and recruit Bob in the Kobold District since you have over 80 recruits.
o---------o
| -Radat- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [46] Hero [41] Nanami |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way to the Tavern to find a guy
| Recruits | named Hoi, who just happens to be
| | impersonating YOU!
| [ ] Hoi (M) [# 86] |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| [1] You...... |
Choose either option, then | [2] Hey, you..... |
pick either one again as his o-------------------------------------------o
story goes on, then do so once | [1] I, ummm........... |
again for the third set of | [2] C'mon now..... |
options. One of them asks to o-------------------------------------------o
see his Bright Shield Rune, | [1] Wait a minute....... |
but it will start to melt | [2] How dare you interrupt.... |
away, making them realize he's o-------------------------------------------o
an imposter. They knew that
you couldn't actually be that small! HA! He'll start to run off, but will be
cornered by another group at the exit, claiming that he was doing the same
thing in South Window, Two River, and Rockaxe!
Pick either option, then the entire o-----------------------------------o
room will turn on both him and you, | [1] Everybody wait a minute. |
seeing that you use the same type of | [2] Let him get what he deserves. |
weapon! After getting beaten up and o-----------------------------------o
thrown out of the Tavern, Hoi will
then join your party! You can go back to your castle now just to see Hoi
comment on how it would be bad if he ran into the real Hero here... but then
he'll realize that it's YOU! After you're done with the Hoi mess, go ahead and
make your way to Kuskus.
(- NOTE -) Hoi is one of several characters that can possibly join your party
at level 99. If he has, don't worry; it's just a glitch, and it happens. It
happened to me just now! There are several others this can happen to as the
game progresses... three of which are just AWESOME! Two fighters and a mage!
o----------o
| -Kuskus- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------------o----------o
| My | [46] Hero [41] Nanami [99] Hoi |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o The story will continue here in Kuskus, but
| Recruits | we can recruit someone before continuing on.
| | Go to the Inn first and talk to the dancer on
| [ ] Karen (M) [# 87] | the left; she's Karen. She'll ask what your
o----------------------------o business is.
Choose option 1, then when she says she's o-----------------------------o
not of any use, choose 1 again, and she'll | [1] Join our group. |
tell you that there is one thing. Choose | [2] You're beautiful. |
either option here, and she'll tell you that | [3] Oh nothing. |
if you can keep up with her dancing, she'll o-----------------------------o
join your party! Choose 1 to dance with her. | [1] That's not true. |
To recruit her, you need to hit the | [2] That's true. |
following button sequence before time runs o-----------------------------o
out: | [1] What? |
| [2] You got some complaint? |
TRIANGLE, SQUARE, O, X, TRIANGLE, X, O, o-----------------------------o
SQUARE. | [1] Okay, I'll do it! |
| [2] Forget it, sister! |
If you do it successfully, Karen will then o-----------------------------o
join your party! That's it for recruits for
now, so let's continue the story. Try to walk past the Blacksmith in town to
have the townspeople tell you that a Highland ship just arrived, and will ask
you to follow them. Head over to the dock, where you will find Culgan! He says
that he brings a message from Jowy Blight, King of Highland; Jowy sent Culgan
to make a peace treaty between Highland and the State! Culgan then asks to go
with you back to your Headquarters, that way the formal peace offer seems more
formal than there. Culgan will then join your convoy! Make your way out of
Kuskus and go back to Headquarters.
(- NOTE -) Karen comes equipped with a Master Robe; I recommend taking it off
her and putting it on Luc.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [46] Hero [41] Nanami [99] Hoi |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Start to head to the Great Hall to have Culgan comment on how amazing the
castle is, then meet up with Shu in the Great Hall. Everyone will be on edge
at first, but Culgan will tell them about the peace agreement and Jowy
becoming King, then will officially deliver the letter. He then asks both you
and Teresa Wisemail to go to Muse to sign the treaty. After he leaves, Klaus
believes that it might be a trap, considering that Leon Silverberg is their
strategist. Ridley thinks that they should take back Muse and Greenhill now
with Luca gone, but Teresa will ask you what you think we should do.
Choose 2 to continue the story. Teresa will o--------------------------o
then join your convoy, then Shu will make Chaco | [1] .................... |
go with you, followed by choosing your | [2] I'm going to Muse. |
remaining three members (I'm taking Clive, o--------------------------o
Killey, and Luc). You'll then depart from your
dock, then Shu will ask Viktor and Flik for a favor... Out here on the World
Map, go to Coronet.
o-----------o
| -Coronet- |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------o-----------o
| My | [46] Hero [41] Nanami [38] Killey |
| Party | [37] Chaco [43] Clive [45] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Once you arrive, the Highland soldiers will let you through. There's nothing
else to do here but pass through, then to go to Muse.
(- NOTE -) Out here on the World Map, this is your second and last opportunity
to fight the WhiteTigers here; they can drop the Double-Beat Runes, which you
can never seem to have enough of. If you want any more of them, get them now.
At the end of the game, you'll have one more chance to get them by revisiting
the CutRabbits at the North Sparrow Pass.
o--------o o-----------------------------------o
| s1.430 | | -Muse-, is peace finally at hand? |
o--------o-------------------------------o-----------------------------------o
| My | [46] Hero [41] Nanami [38] Killey |
| Party | [37] Chaco [43] Clive [45] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o As you enter Muse, Nanami points out the
| Enemies | place where you waited for Jowy, then the
| | Highland soldier here will tell you that you
| Commander | need to go to Jowston Hill to meet with Jowy.
| Highlands (A) | Go inside, then Chaco will leave your party
| Highlands (B) | to check out the city. Make your way up
| Highlands (B) | Jowston Hill, then once you're inside, head
o----------------------------o east to see Jowy, who'll ask how you are.
Choose either option, then Teresa will o---------------------------------o
notice that it doesn't look like any | [1] Oh pretty good. |
preparations have been made for the | [2] ........................... |
peace conference, at which Leon will o---------------------------------o
tell you that that's because we're
supposed to surrender unconditionally. Jowy tells you that you need to
surrender to Highland right now... otherwise, they will all die right here and
now. He then asks you once again to surrender.
Choose 2 once or 1 three times to continue, then o-------------------------o
Viktor will come running in, with Pilika in tow! | [1] I can't do that. |
Pilika will run over to Jowy, giving you just | [2] I understand....... |
enough time to run away, since Jowy doesn't want o-------------------------o
her to see you get killed. Pilika then says her
first words in a very long time, saying that she was so lonely without him...
Back outside, Viktor is trying to hurry you out.
Choose either option to have Viktor drag you o--------------------------o
out, since he won't listen to your orders if | [1] Wait, Pilika is..... |
you defy. He'll then convoy join you (I put him | [2] Yeah................ |
in my front row once again), so head back o--------------------------o
toward the entrance of the city, where you'll
be attacked by a group of Highland soldiers. Fight around for a while after if
you want to gain some quick levels in the 40's, then go to the entrance,
where you'll find Chaco messing with the guards, taking a lever that would've
closed the gate and sealed you within the city. Leave the city to have Chaco
rejoin, then Viktor will tell you that Shu knew that this was all going to
happen. After automatically meeting up with Flik in Toto, you'll automatically
be back at Headquarters.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [46] Hero [43] Nanami [42] Killey |
| Party | [44] Clive [45] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Start to make your way up to the Great Hall to run into Shu and Apple near the
Stone Tablet. Nanami will ask him why he had to involve Pilika into this; he
says that it was necessary, and then tells you that you can hate him if you
like, but you must be protected by any means necessary. After he leaves, you
should head up to your bedroom and check on Nanami; she'll say that she'll be
okay. Once you've done that, start to make your way to the castle's exit. Once
you get there, you'll see a boy named Koyu, who's looking for you, or at
least, he thinks it's you.
You can deny it all you want, and he'll even ask o-----------------------o
to see your right hand, but to continue, you'll | [1] No, you're wrong. |
have to choose 2. He'll then ask you to save his | [2] That's right. |
brothers. Back in the Great Hall, Koyu will o-----------------------o
explain to Flik and the others about him, his | [1] Sure. |
brother Gijimu, and his sister Lo Wen, were | [2] No. |
fighting the Highland Army near their hideout when o-----------------------o
they started being attacked by zombies. Viktor
then realizes that Neclord must be behind it and wants to check it out, just
you and him.
Pick 2 to continue. Both Viktor and Koyu will o--------------------------o
then join your party! I'd put Koyu in your | [1] What should we do... |
convoy. Once you leave the Great Hall, Nanami | [2] You're right. |
stops you, wondering if you're gonna take her. o--------------------------o
Choose 2 to take her with you, o-------------------------------------o
otherwise she'll end up repeating | [1] No. |
herself and calling Viktor the Bear | [2] Yes... of course I'll take you. |
guy until you take her. Once you o-------------------------------------o
have her, talk to Leona and get the | [1] I'm not being mean, you can't |
rest of your party together. (I'm | go because it's dangerous. |
going to be taking Viktor, Sheena, o-------------------------------------o
Nanami, Killey, and Luc. Viktor, | [1] It's not that... |
Sheena, and Killey all have the Fury o-------------------------------------o
/ Double-Beat Rune combination,
Nanami has the Spark and Flowing Runes, and Luc has the Blue Gate, Cyclone,
and Lightning Runes. Also, we're going to need Wakaba with us to recruit her
master, but we can teleport back here once we reach Crom Village to put her
in.)
Once you're prepared, teleport to the Kobold Village, then head southwest of
there to Drakemouth Village.
(- NOTE -) Before continuing, you may want to make sure all of Richmond's
investigations of Ridley are complete.
o--------------o
| -Drakemouth- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------o--------------o
| My | [46] Hero [43] Viktor [41] Sheena |
| Party | [43] Nanami [42] Killey [45] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Koyu tells you that he'll be able to get past
| Save Points | the guard station here. Before doing that,
| | head north from the entrance and talk to the
| Inn | guy with the hat; he will sell you his Calf
o----------------------------o for 6,000 potch.
| Key Items |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Calf | | [1] Sure. |
| [ ] Cabbage Seed | | [2] See you later. |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
Choose option 1 to get another [_CALF_]. After that, go into the house on the
eastern side of town (you can't see the door, but you can see the stone steps
leading inside). Once inside, check the row of four crates on the upper right
that has a bag on top of the first one; this bag has a [_CABBAGE SEED_].
Now talk to the guard in the northwestern corner; he won't let you pass, but
Koyu reminds him that he lent him money when his mom was pregnant. He also
suggests that he 'takes a little break', so you'll then be able to pass
through.
o--------o o---------------------------------------------------o
| s1.431 | | -Drakemouth-Tigermouth Pass-, pursuing zombies... |
o--------o---------------o---------------------------------------------------o
| My | [46] Hero [43] Viktor [41] Sheena |
| Party | [43] Nanami [42] Killey [45] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The AirLizard here can drop both
| Equipment | Window Set #2 and the Firefly Rune. As I said
| | before, make sure you get this immediately so
| [ ] Master Robe | you have both Window Set #1 and Window Set #2
o----------------------------o so the glitch doesn't keep you from getting
| Enemies | one or the other.
| |
| AirLizard | This is easily the most straightforward area
| KillerDog | in the game. Head west until you reach a
o----------------------------o split, where Koyu will tell you that to the
left is Tinto, but we need to take the path
above to get to his brothers. Take the upper path and when you reach the fork
here, head up to the east and open the chest for a [_MASTER ROBE_]. Take the
western path up now, and you'll find Koyu's brother, Gijimu. He says that they
had to burn their barricade and destroy their roads and bridges so their
pursuers couldn't follow. They're not sure what happened to their sister
though, but she's tough so she should be okay. He then says that we should
fight together with Gustav from Tinto, so that's where we need to head.
Head back down to the first fork, then continue west, following this path all
the way to Tigermouth Village, ignoring the last fork along the way.
o--------------o
| -Tigermouth- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------o--------------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Viktor [43] Sheena |
| Party | [44] Nanami [43] Killey [46] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Once you enter, Koyu thinks that something's
| Save Points | about to happen since there's no soldier at
| | the guard station, so he wants to hurry to
| Inn | Tinto. Before going, head all the way south,
o----------------------------o past the well, and you should see a little
| Key Items | [_CHICK_] wandering around; make sure to pick
| | it up! After you get it, talk to the guy in
| [ ] Chick | the brown coat around the well; he'll give
| [ ] Tomato Seedling | you a [_TOMATO SEEDLING_]. Next, go into the
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 8 | house to the southwest of the well and check
o----------------------------o the skinny part of the bookshelf above the
archway to get [_OLD BOOK VOL. 8_]. That's
it for Tigermouth Village, so head west out to a new area of the World Map.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | W. Drakemouth / Tinto Mine / Crom / |
| | Tinto Area |
| GhostSlug o-----------------------------------------------o
| Skeleton (A) |
| Skeleton (B) | Before going to Tinto, there are two recruits
o----------------------------o in Crom Village we need to get before moving
on. To get them, we need both Wakaba and a
Window Set. You should still have Window Set #2 from the Air Lizard on the
Drakemouth-Tigermouth Pass, but if not, grab one while you're at Headquarters
getting Wakaba. Once you have both, enter Crom Village, which is the
westernmost village on the World Map.
o--------o
| -Crom- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Viktor [37] Wakaba |
| Party | [44] Nanami [43] Killey [46] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Magic Rings in the
| Save Points | Rare Finds in the Item Shop here.
| |
| Inn | With Wakaba with you, try to head into the
o----------------------------o Inn here in Tinto to find Wakaba's master,
| Recruits | L.C.Chan! Before you can do anything though,
| | he'll run off, with the Innkeeper chasing
| [ ] L.C.Chan (S) [# 88] | after him since he decided to dine and dash!
| [ ] Tenkou (NP) [# 89] | Go behind the Item Shop to find him; after
o----------------------------o some more talking and avoiding the Innkeeper,
she'll introduce you to him. He'll act like
he will attack you, but since you're on your guard he sees that even he cannot
get past your guard, and will decide to join your army!
After the Innkeeper chases him off, head down the stairs to the north to that
side of town, then enter the northeastern house. Inside is Tenkou; if you did
bring a Window Set with you, he'll ask if he can buy it off of you.
CHOOSE 1; any other choice will o----------------------------------------o
result in either Tenkou buying | [1] Okay, but join us in exchange. |
your Window Set and NOT joining, | NO! [2] Okay, 10,000 potch. |
or he will join you and NOT bring | NO! [3] Okay, 1,000,000 potch. |
Window Set #4! You don't want o----------------------------------------o
that to happen! Once you pick 1,
Tenkou will join your party! You can now change your menu windows at your
castle! That's it for Crom, so head back to Headquarters and put whomever you
like back in your party, then teleport back and head northeast of Crom to
Tinto.
(- NOTE -) Just like Hoi, L.C.Chan may possibly join at level 99.
o--------o o---------------------------------------o
| s1.432 | | -Tinto-, the vampire's next target... |
o--------o---------------------------o---------------------------------------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Viktor [43] Sheena |
| Party | [44] Nanami [43] Killey [46] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find the Wind Hat and
| Save Points | Taikyoku Wear in the Rare Finds of the Armory
| | here, and you can find Skill Rings in the
| Inn | Rare Finds of the Item Shop. All of them are
o----------------------------o great!
| Equipment |
| | Make sure to check out the Item Shop, Armory,
| [ ] Power Ring | and Blacksmith here; the Blacksmith can
o----------------------------o sharpen your weapons to level 13! There are a
| Key Items | few items to get before meeting with Gustav;
| | just to the left of the Armory in front of
| [ ] Unicorn Plans #3 | the Blacksmith is a hand cart of minerals;
| [ ] Dragon Plans #3 | examine it to find a [_POWER RING_]. Next,
o----------------------------o head east and south of the Armory to two
| Recruits | houses; the old man in the left house will
| | give you [_UNICORN PLANS #3_], while the guy
| [ ] Raura (NP) [# 90] | in the right house will give you
o----------------------------o [_DRAGON PLANS #3_].
Next, go west of the Blacksmith and head up the stairs here. Talk to the
red-haired woman on the right; she's Raura, and she's looking for Jeane,
thinking that this is Two River.
CHOOSE 1, otherwise if you choose o----------------------------------------o
2, she'll wander off somewhere | [1] If it's Jeane you want, our... |
else. I went looking for her, but | NO! [2] Two River is not here, but... |
couldn't find her anywhere, so | [3] I don't know... |
just choose 1 to avoid losing o----------------------------------------o
her. Once you've done that, Raura
will join your party! Your castle will now have a Scrollmaker! Awesome!
Now, talk to the guy guarding the entrance to the guild hall. After the guard
checks with Gustav, he'll let you in. Go down the hall and enter the door on
the left to talk to Gustav, and Viktor will tell him about all that's been
going on, and Gustav now believes joining forces would be a good idea, since
he knows you're serious since you defeated Luca Blight. He'll then ask for
your help.
Pick option 1 to continue. Viktor will send o---------------------------o
Koyu to tell Shu what's going on so their | [1] We'll fight together. |
troops can get here, then Gustav will ask his | [2] I won't do it... |
assistant Marlowe to show you to your room. Up o---------------------------o
by your room, Marlowe admires you for all that
you have done, and you're even about the same age as he is, but since he's a
bookworm, he's not very strong.
Choose either option, then he'll head into o-------------------------------o
his room. Try to go into your room and | [1] I'm not strong at all. |
Nanami will want to know if you want to go | [2] You're not up to the job. |
to sleep or not. o-------------------------------o
Pick 1, since you can't leave the building o-----------------------------o
anyway. Viktor will let you guys go to | [1] Yeah. |
sleep, telling Nanami not to wet the bed! | [2] Hmmm, it's still early. |
HA! The next morning, Viktor will come in o-----------------------------o
and wake you, telling you that Ridley and
Klaus arrived this morning. After Nanami comes in, head back downstairs and
into Gustav's room, and after everyone is together in the room, Gustav's
daughter, Lilly, comes running in, telling you that scary goblins have come!
Leave here and go to the entrance of town.
Neclord's here, and he wants to turn Tinto into his new zombie kingdom! Viktor
will try to attack him, but he'll just leave for the time being. Afterward, go
back to the guild hall to talk to Gustav, and you'll see Jess and Hauser of
Muse come in! Jess questions why Gustav is asking for your help, since he
thinks YOU were the one who killed Lady Anabelle! He wants you to explain.
Choose either option, and Ridley will tell Jess o-------------------------o
to stop; Jess wants nothing to do with you, so | [1] .............. |
he and Hauser will leave. Go out into the hall | [2] I.... Jowy was..... |
to see Jess telling his people to be ready so o-------------------------o
they can fight any time. He'll then tell you
that he doesn't trust you, and that he thinks that people from the State
should save the City-State. Go back and talk to Gustav again, and he'll tell
you not to worry about Jess, and to focus on facing Neclord.
You may want to choose 2 and go to the Inn and save; o--------------------o
you have an important choice coming up. Once you've | [1] Sure... |
done that, head back and talk to him again, then | [2] No, not yet... |
choose option 1, and afterward it'll be time to go to o--------------------o
bed. Talk to Lilly in the hall, then make your way
upstairs and to your room on the left. Go in and crawl into your bed, and
Leknaat will appear once again, telling you that the future she sees can
easily change, and that the runes you and Jowy possess are calling to each
other, but above all, the fate of many people and their hearts are gathered in
you. After she disappears, go over to Nanami's room and talk to her. She
starts wondering about what Jess said, if they really belong there... then
she'll ask you to run away, saying that many other people could be up to the
job, and if we keep up, we'll end up fighting Jowy.
(- NOTE -) The story can branch here o-----------------------------o
depending on what you choose. If you choose | [1] I'm needed. |
option 1 twice, you'll continue on as | [2] ................ |
planned. However, if you choose option 1, o-----------------------------o
then option 2, or just option 2 to start | [1] I'm sorry. |
with, you will get the following prompt, at | [2] Maybe you're right... |
which you will need to go to the following o-----------------------------o
section to continue:
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
| [1] I understand. Let's go. --> Skip down to s1.4322 - Running away... |
| [2] No, I guess I can't. --> Follow s1.4321 - Staying & fighting... |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
If you choose to stay and fight, the story will continue normally. However, if
you choose to run away, you can either 1) Run away completely and see a bad
ending, or 2) You can return to your army, but find that Ridley was killed in
combat. Don't worry; if this happens, his son Boris will replace him, and you
will still be able to get all 108 Stars of Destiny. I leave the choice up to
you...
If you choose to stay and fight, continue reading on as normal. If you choose
to run away, skip down to s1.4322 - Running away...
o---------o o-----------------------o
| s1.4321 | | Staying & fighting... |
o---------o------------------o-----------------------o-----------------------o
| Recruits |
| | Nanami will acknowledge that you have to stay
| [ ] Kahn (M) | and fight, then you'll go to sleep. The next
o----------------------------o morning, Nanami will wake you up, and you'll
| Enemies | have to go talk to Gustav. In their room,
| | Viktor will tell you that Jess and Hauser
| Neclord | just left, then you'll find out that Jess is
| Neclordia | sending the soldiers out to battle! Follow
| Skeleton (A) | everyone out to the entrance to town, where
| Skeleton (B) | Jess says that he was given reliable
| Unicombie | information as to where Neclord has been
| Zombie (A) | hiding. He will then order Hauser to proceed,
| Zombie (B) | who will obey because Jess is the acting
o----------------------------o mayor of Muse.
Klaus will come in, telling you that you must go into battle as well, because
if we don't, Jess's army will be defeated and will become part of Neclord's
army. He'll ask you and Viktor to stay behind to protect Tinto while he
follows Jess's troops.
Once you regain control, leave the building and head east toward the mine. You
will see a group of people gathered, and they'll tell you that a mine
collapsed, and several people went inside, but never returned, so let's check
it out. Go inside, then follow the path to take an elevator down, then
continue following the path, ignoring the fork to the east. You'll eventually
run into Neclord, who tells you that he had some spies infiltrate the Muse
army, so Jess's troops are on their way to doom. He'll then attack you; just
like the first battle with Neclord in North Window, it cannot be won. Just let
him attack you until the battle ends.
After the battle, he then tries to use the Moon Rune on you to complete his
curse, but luckily your Bright Shield Rune defends it, giving you a chance to
escape. Before moving, heal both you and Nanami to the max, and be careful in
the battles on the way back. Once you do get back in town, you'll see that it
has already fallen to the zombies. Before you can escape, you'll start to
faint again, so Nanami will pick you up and run away to safety. In Muse, you
will see a scene between Jowy and Pilika, then you'll wake up in Crom Village.
Choose either option, and you'll be told that you o------------------------o
were asleep for two days. You'll also find out | [1] What's this place? |
that Tinto has fallen, and Jess and Hauser are | [2] ............. |
missing, as is Gustav's daughter, Lilly, but o------------------------o
luckily Klaus and Ridley managed to escape. Head
downstairs to find, among others, Leona! Talk to her to put your preferred
party back together, then head outside and start to make your way to the exit
of the village to the south to run into Kahn Marley! He is still after
Neclord, but this time, he's looking for a way to seal Neclord's soul. He says
that the person who can do it is also after Neclord, and is in Tigermouth
Village, so Kahn will join you. I'd put him in your convoy, since you probably
have someone better prepared and suited than he. Once he joins, then you can
head off to Tigermouth Village.
o--------------o
| -Tigermouth- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------o--------------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Viktor [43] Sheena |
| Party | [45] Nanami [43] Killey [46] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head east just a bit, and you'll see the
| Recruits | woman you're looking for, Sierra, surrounded
| | by the townspeople, since they think she's
| [ ] Sierra (S) | with Neclord. After some insults from
o----------------------------o everyone toward her, she starts to get
| Enemies * = BOSS | ticked, saying that they will have to make up
| | for her sleep getting disturbed! They'll all
|*Sierra | run off, leaving just her. Kahn will approach
o----------------------------o her, introducing himself and asking her if
she is chasing Neclord as well; she is,
because Neclord stole her Moon Rune! She says that they can't join forces
though, as we humans would just get in the way. The
Star Dragon Sword will make his presence known, which o--------------------o
changes Sierra's mind, so she'll challenge you to see | [1] Let's do it. |
if you'll slow her down. Choose option 1, and you'll | [2] Just a minute. |
have to take her on! o--------------------o
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Sierra Potch: 1,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| She's actually really easy; unload all of your best magic and strongest |
| attacks on her, while having Hero heal with Battle Oath / Great Blessing |
| if needed. It can't get much easier of a boss fight than this! |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, she'll turn back into her human form, and will tell you that
she'll let you be her right hand man.
Choose either option, and Sierra will convoy o-------------------------o
join you as well. As with Kahn, I'd put her in | [1] Oh, thank you... |
your convoy, as your setup is probably better. | [2] Don't fool with me. |
Once you're done, head back to Crom Village. o-------------------------o
o--------o
| -Crom- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Viktor [43] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Nanami [44] Killey [46] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Head back to Crom and enter the northernmost house, where Klaus will be
waiting. Sierra will come out and introduce herself, very intimidatingly to
him. After he runs off, everyone will take a rest. You can either go to bed
and rest yourself, or you can go talk to both Kahn and Sierra to find out more
about why they're after Neclord; it's up to you.
Choose the first option for o---------------------------------------------o
both Kahn and Sierra to | [1] Why is Kahn after Neclord? |
learn more about them. Once | [2] No reason. |
you are satisfied, go back o---------------------------------------------o
to your room and crawl into | [1] Why do you want to get Neclord, Sierra? |
bed. The next day, after | [2] No reason. |
Nanami wakes you up, she'll o---------------------------------------------o
convoy join you. What you do
with her is up to you; I would actually rather not have her in my party, but
since you can't customize Kahn and Sierra just yet, I'll leave it up to you;
I'm taking Kahn to change things up. Once you're downstairs, everyone will be
gathered together and be ready to depart. You'll learn that both Koyu's
sister, Lo Wen, and Gustav's daughter, Lilly, have been taken by Neclord.
Gustav tells you that you should take the Tinto Mine to the east to sneak into
Tinto. Kahn and Sierra will then join your party; put them wherever you like.
Make sure to rest up at the Inn if needed, then leave Crom and head east to
the mine.
(- NOTE -) Skip down to s1.433 - -Tinto Mine-, Neclord's last stand... to
continue. The section below is for those who chose to run away.
o---------o o-----------------o
| s1.4322 | | Running away... |
o---------o------------------------------------------------o-----------------o
After choosing to leave with Nanami, and if you try to leave the room, she'll
decide to leave a note, along with your Blinking Mirror. Head downstairs to
run into a couple of your party members (it was Luc and Killey for me), who
will decide to accompany you rather than trying to keep you here. Once you're
on the World Map, head over to Crom.
o--------o
| -Crom- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Nanami [46] Luc |
| Party | [43] Killey |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Just as you enter, several villagers will
| Enemies | surround you, saying that you're spies that
| | were responsible for Tinto's fall! You'll be
| Zombie (A) | taken to the chief, where you'll meet up with
| Zombie (B) | Koyu, who tells you that Tinto suffered a
o----------------------------o surprise attack. He then asks the village
chief to let you use the room for the night
to get some rest. Once you're in the room, Nanami decides that they should try
sneaking out again once it's night.
Head downstairs when you regain control to find that Marlowe was able to make
it safely here as well. After some discussion between them, you'll find out
that Lo Wen and Gustav's daughter Lilly was taken by Neclord. Talk to them if
you want, then you'll have to go back upstairs for the night, since we can't
get away. The next morning, leave the chief's house to find that zombies have
already made it to Crom!
Choose either option; you'll have o--------------------------------------o
to take on several groups of | [1] Let's fight. |
Zombies if you choose to do so. If | [2] Let's escape. |
you run, you'll run into another o--------------------------------------o
guy you can choose to help or not. | [1] Wait! Let's help! |
Once you reach the edge of town, | [2] Let's hurry and get out of here! |
Koyu and Marlowe will decide to o--------------------------------------o
stay and fight the zombies so you
can escape. Once you've left Crom, head southeast to Tigermouth.
o--------------o
| -Tigermouth- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------o--------------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Nanami [46] Luc |
| Party | [44] Killey |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head east to the Drakemouth-Tigermouth Pass
| Enemies | to have the guard there yell at you for
| | trying to escape, then several more zombies
| Zombie (A) | will appear at the entrance, and Nanami won't
| Zombie (B) | be sure of what to do.
o----------------------------o
o-------------------------------------------o
If you choose 1, you'll fight | [1] We can't just leave this. |
more Zombies with a few more | [2] ........ Let's escape. |
choices along the way, but you o-------------------------------------------o
eventually have to run away to | [1] I'm still OK. |
continue. Just before heading | [2] It's too late. Let's get out of here. |
to the pass, you'll be o-------------------------------------------o
surrounded and will use your | [1] Not yet, not yet!! |
Bright Shield Rune to stay | [2] It's no good... but maybe... |
them, which will suddenly o-------------------------------------------o
exhaust you to where Nanami | [1] No... not yet!!!!! |
will have to carry you through | [2] ......... you're right..... |
the pass, and you'll have to o-------------------------------------------o
fight with Hero nearly KO'd
for the next few battles. Just as it looks like another set will take you on,
Georg Prime will appear and slay them! After you wake back up, talk to Georg.
Choose either option, o----------------------------------------------------o
and he'll ask you if | [1] Thank you very much. |
the leader of your | [2] Why did you help us? |
army should be o----------------------------------------------------o
hanging around here. | [1] I'm not the leader anymore. |
If you choose 1, you | [2] ................ |
will have the third o----------------------------------------------------o
prompt above next, | [1] Aren't you going to stop me? |
and if you choose 2, | [2] OK. Let's go. |
you'll have the o----------------------------------------------------o
fourth prompt above | [1] Whether going back... and fighting... |
next. Choose any | [2] I'm going someplace where there's no fighting. |
option you like in o----------------------------------------------------o
this conversation,
and after hearing some more from Georg, you'll regain control. Head back to
the fork, then continue east, following the path to Drakemouth Village.
o--------------o
| -Drakemouth- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------o--------------o
| My | [47] Hero [45] Nanami [46] Luc |
| Party | [45] Killey |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Once you arrive, you'll pass out again. In Muse, you will see a scene between
Jowy and Pilika, then you'll wake up in Drakemouth Village. Nanami apologizes
for everything that has happened, and will tell you that it was selfish of her
to ask for you to run away from everything. You'll then hear some commotion
outside, so Nanami will run out there, only to find Flik, Apple, and Shu. Shu
will ask if you've had enough, telling you that many people still need you.
If you keep choosing 2, you'll learn that o--------------------------o
Ridley was killed during the surprise attack on | [1] OK.... I understand. |
Tinto. Shu will then slap you, telling you that | [2] No, I won't go back! |
you should think of that as the pain of the o--------------------------o
people who believed in you. He'll ask you one | [1] OK.... I understand. |
last time to come back to the army. If you | [2] But... I... |
chose 2 all the way through, everyone will head o--------------------------o
back to Crom, telling you that they have a plan
waiting if you decide to return. If you chose 1, Flik will join you on your
way back to Crom.
(- NOTE -) If you leave south out of Drakemouth from here, and choose to
leave, the game will end, and you'll see an image of a cabin in the woods...
Only do this if you really want to see it!
After you regain control, leave Drakemouth to the northwest, cross the pass,
then leave Tigermouth and head west to Crom.
o--------o
| -Crom- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [47] Hero [45] Nanami [41] Flik |
| Party | [45] Killey [46] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head all the way north to the northernmost
| Recruits | house, where Viktor will greet you and act as
| | if everything is normal. When you regain
| [ ] Kahn (M) | control that night, head to the left to talk
| [ ] Sierra (S) | to Viktor to have him tell you to not feel
o----------------------------o bad about Ridley, as he was a soldier, and
soldiers die in battle all the time. He also
tells you that only he, Klaus, Shu, Flik, and Apple know that you ran off, so
you are not to tell anyone what happened. After he leaves you, head back to
your room and go to sleep.
The next morning, head downstairs to find everyone waiting for you, ready to
take on Neclord. You'll see Kahn once again, along with the elder of the
vampires, Miss Sierra. Gustav will tell you that you should enter Tinto
through the mines to the east of Crom, so we'll do that. Both Kahn and Sierra
will then join you; I recommend putting Sierra in your convoy, but Kahn will
be up to you; his Resurrection Rune will come in handy. Whenever you're ready,
make sure to rest up at the Inn if needed, then leave Crom and head east into
the Tinto Mine.
o--------o o---------------------------------------o
| s1.433 | | -Tinto Mine-, Neclord's last stand... |
o--------o---------------------------o---------------------------------------o
| My | [47] Hero [44] Viktor [43] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Kahn [43] Killey [46] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Unicombie can drop the
| Save Points | Fire Sealing Rune, Neclordia can drop
| | Master Garbs, easily one of the best pieces
| Before the boss | of armor in the game. Also, the Zombies here
o----------------------------o in the Tinto Mine (the ones with hair, not
| Items | the bald ones) can drop Power Gloves. You'll
| | probably end up with a lot of ? vases while
| [ ] Stone of Mag-Def | trying to get them, as I had a lot of trouble
| [ ] Mega Medicine | at first, but you should eventually get some!
o----------------------------o
| Equipment | Head north following the path to a fork;
| | north leads to a dead-end, so head
| [ ] Full Helmet | east to the next area. There are several
| [ ] Master Garb | forks in this area, but since there's no
| [ ] Silver Necklace | treasure, head north at the first fork you
| [ ] Star Earrings | come to, then all the way east and north to
| [ ] Wind Hat | the next area. Go north some more to a fork,
| [ ] Cape of Darkness | taking the eastern path to the next area with
o----------------------------o a [_DANCING FLAMES_] scroll. Go back and head
| Runes | west now, following the path through four
| | screens.
| [ ] Double-Strike Rune |
o----------------------------o On this fifth screen, you should come up to a
| Scrolls | fork with water on both sides of you. Open
| | the chests to the northeast for a
| [ ] Dancing Flames | [_FULL HELMET_] and a [_STONE OF MAG-DEF_],
o----------------------------o then continue north, following the path as
| Key Items | it goes west to the next area, then north to
| | the next. Head north to be at a fork; take
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 9 | the path up the hill to a chest containing a
| [ ] Window Set #5 | [_MASTER GARB_]. Slide down here, then go
o----------------------------o east to the next area, then north to the
| Enemies * = BOSS | next, then north even more to another fork.
| | The path north is actually blocked, so
| Neclordia | continue west to the next area, following the
| Skeleton (A) | path as it curves around and heads north
| Skeleton (B) | under a bridge to a fork. Go north under the
| Unicombie | second bridge to find two chests containing
| Zombie (A) | [_OLD BOOK VOL. 9_] and [_WINDOW SET #5_].
| Zombie (B) |
|*Stone Golem | Head east at the fork now to end up at
o----------------------------o another fork; west leads to a dead-end, so
head east to the next area, and yet another
fork. This is actually north of the blocked path from earlier, so continue
east to the next area. Here's another room with several forks; head south
first, then west to a [_SILVER NECKLACE_]. To the east of this chest is
another chest; this one has a [_MEGA MEDICINE_] in it. Head back toward the
entrance to this area, then head east to find two slippery slopes. Take the
eastern one down, then you'll come to two more; again, take the eastern one.
You're at a fork now; go southwest and slide down here, then open the chest
for a [_DOUBLE-STRIKE RUNE_]. Go to the left and around to the right, passing
the magician, Mazus, along the way. He won't join you until you have a level 4
castle, just so you know. Slide down the small path here to be back where you
were, then head east, then northeast up the ramps here to a Journeyman's
Crystal. Head north first, then slide down the ramp to the left to find the
[_STAR EARRINGS_], then make your way back to the Journeyman's Crystal by
going down the ramps below you and making your way back up.
There's one more chest to get; head east and take the far slope down, then get
the [_WIND HAT_]. Go down this slope and make your way back to the
Journeyman's Crystal, saving this time. Just know that when you go down the
slope just to the east of it, there's no way back up. When you're ready, go
down it and enter the cave here. Follow the path through two screens to an
open area / fork. You can also see a crate to your east; move it west, then
north until it's between the two ledges so it will form a bridge. Once you've
done that, leave the room via the western exit, then follow the path as it
goes back to the next area, across the newly formed bridge, then north to the
area after. Keep on following the path until you reach an open area, where a
massive Stone Golem will appear!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Stone Golem Potch: 50,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| This boss is weak against Lightning, so I hope you put a Lightning Rune on |
| Luc earlier when I mentioned it. If you do, this battle will go much |
| easier. You should only use one of Luc's level 4 spells if needed, as we |
| will need the rest for Neclord (level 3 should work as well if you're |
| stronger). Try to have everyone just attack normally, with Hero healing |
| with Battle Oath / Great Blessing when needed. One Thor Shot from Luc |
| should get you pretty well on your way to taking this guy out; just stay |
| healed, because this guy does hit pretty hard. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, head north and keep following the path until you end up
outside crossing the bridge. Once you get into the second part of the mines,
head east and south to the next area, then head east from there to an elevator
going down. Head west from here, across the bridge, then north into a dark
area under a bridge above you. Go just a bit further north to the start of the
tracks up here, then head south, following along the tracks to the next area.
You should recognize the next fork here; it's the fork we passed just before
facing Neclord earlier, if you chose to stay and fight. Head east this time
until you reach a chest containing a [_CAPE OF DARKNESS_]. Go back to the
fork, then head south to the next area, then follow the path back to the
elevator, that'll take you up; head east and south from there to be back in
Tinto.
o---------o
| -Tinto- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [49] Hero [48] Viktor [48] Sheena |
| Party | [48] Kahn [48] Killey [48] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Zombies in this area are
| Runes | stronger than the previous ones in the Mine,
| | so you may want to run around the town and
| [ ] Mother Earth Rune | clear as many as you can out to gain some
o----------------------------o levels.
| Recruits |
| | Now to find Neclord; head west from here to
| [ ] Hauser (S) [# 91) | take on some Zombies, then to the west side
| [ ] Sierra (S) [# 92) | of the guild hall to take on another set. Go
| [ ] Jess (NP) [# 93) | up the wooden stairs to your left until
| [ ] Gijimu (M) [# 94) | you're on the outside of the church here;
| [ ] Lo Wen (L) [# 95) | Sierra senses the Moon Rune here, so go
| [ ] Koyu (M) [# 96) | inside, then check the door on the left side.
| [ ] Marlowe (NP) [# 97) | Viktor asks if you're ready.
| [ ] Kahn (M) [# 98) |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| Enemies * = BOSS | | [1] Okay, let's go. |
| | | [2] I'm not mentally prepared yet... |
| Zombie (A) | o-------------------------------------------o
| Zombie (B) |
|*Neclord | Make sure you're party is healed to the max,
o----------------------------o then once you're ready, choose 1 to go
inside. You'll see both Lilly and Lo Wen
arguing with Neclord, then one of two things will happen, depending on whether
or not you chose to fight or run earlier.
1) If you chose to fight... you will enter; Neclord wonders how
you got past the Stone Golem, then Viktor will go off on him, and does he
ever! Easily the best set of lines in the game!!! Neclord seems pretty
confident, but that's before he realizes that Viktor was just buying time to
where Kahn could set up a sacred barrier that would prevent Neclord from using
his phase magic.
2) If you chose to run away... Koyu and Marlowe will enter the room, coming to
save both Lilly and Lo Wen. Viktor will wonder what we should do.
If you choose 2, you'll wait a bit before o------------------------o
charging, as you'll get to see Neclord scare them | [1] Let's help. |
a bit; if you choose 1, you'll go right ahead. | [2] Let's take a look. |
Neclord will see you, then remind you that he has o------------------------o
two hostages. Just as he goes to do something,
he'll be blocked by a barrier. Koyu and Marlowe's performance gave Kahn enough
time to set up a sacred barrier that would prevent Neclord from using his
phase magic.
He still seems pretty confident because he has the Moon Rune, but just as he
goes to use it, Sierra will seal the power from being used! Now it's time to
finally take out Neclord once and for all!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Neclord Potch: 70,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| Items: The Shredding | |
o--------------------------------o Start off by having Hero casting the |
| Guardian Earth spell on his Mother |
| Earth Rune, if he still has it equipped, followed by healing with Battle |
| Oath / Great Blessing every round after. Have Luc cast his strongest |
| magic, have Kahn use his Charm Arrow spell on his Resurrection Rune, if |
| you have either him or someone with a Resurrection Rune equipped, then |
| have everyone else attack normally. His attacks hit EVERYONE, VERY hard, |
| and he attacks twice per round, so you will definitely need Hero on |
| healing duty after the first round. He can also instantly kill one party |
| member with an attack, so be careful. Viktor, Sheena, and Killey should |
| prove to be a pretty lethal combo if they still have the Double-Beat / |
| Fury Rune combo. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Seeing that he can't escape, he'll give the Moon Rune back to Sierra. After
that, after over 400 years, Neclord's life (or is it death...?) will end at
Viktor's hand by the Star Dragon Sword! Now that Neclord is gone, head south
out of the room, the back outside and toward the entrance of town. Lilly will
be reunited with Gustav, and everyone else has returned safely, including Jess
and Hauser. Jess will ask you why you defeated Neclord and saved Tinto.
Choose either option, then Jess o-----------------------------------------o
will tell Hauser that he's | [1] I don't want to run away anymore... |
resigning as the mayor of Muse, | [2] ........ |
and will ask Hauser to join you. o-----------------------------------------o
CHOOSE 1, otherwise you'll never get o-------------------------------------o
Jess to join! Once you've chosen 1, | [1] Let's fight... together. |
Jess tells you that Anabelle liked | NO! [2] ... I won't fight together. |
you a lot, and will ask you if you o-------------------------------------o
are betraying her faith. Choose | [1] I'm not betraying anyone. |
either option (1 is better, as | [2] I can't tell you that. |
Nanami will have to jump in and o-------------------------------------o
persuade Jess if you choose 2), then
Jess will apologize to you and ask to join your army! You're not told, but the
following people have joined your army: Hauser, Sierra, Jess, Gijimu, Lo Wen,
Koyu, Marlowe, and Kahn!
Before leaving Tinto, head back to the guild hall one last time and talk to
Gustav in his room on the right; he will give you the [_MOTHER EARTH RUNE_] as
proof of their friendship. That's it for Tinto, so leave here and head west to
Crom for another rune.
o--------o
| -Crom- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [50] Hero [48] Viktor [48] Sheena |
| Party | [49] Kahn [48] Killey [49] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way all the way north into the
| Runes | elder's house and talk to him in his room; he
| | gives you a thank you gift from everyone in
| [ ] Sunbeam Rune | Crom Village, the [_SUNBEAM RUNE_]. After you
o----------------------------o have that, leave Crom.
(- NOTE -) If you still have one Listening Crystal left, and you want to
recruit Abizboah, follow this next section. Otherwise, skip just the Tinto
Mine section below and go to the Drakemouth-Tigermouth Pass.
o--------------o
| -Tinto Mine- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------o--------------o
| My | [50] Hero [48] Viktor [48] Sheena |
| Party | [49] Kahn [48] Killey [49] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Only come here if you're recruiting Abizboah.
| Recruits | Make your way to the sixth screen (which is
| | the screen after the two sets of ramps going
| [ ] Abizboah (M) [# 80) | down), and approach the large body of water
| [ ] Rulodia (M) | near the lower peninsula, not the upper part
| [ ] Chuchara (S) | near the ramps. Once you do, the Listening
o----------------------------o Crystal will start to shine.
Choose 1, and a Kraken will appear! Choose o-------------------------------o
1 again, and you'll recruit Abizboah! | [1] Hold up the Crystal |
Remember, you can ONLY recruit Abizboah if | [2] Don't hold up the Crystal |
you did not recruit Sigfried earlier and o-------------------------------o
still have one Listening Crystal left. | [1] Use the Crystal |
| [2] Don't use the Crystal |
(- NOTE -) If for some bizarre reason you o-------------------------------o
chose not to recruit Feather and Ayda, you
can recruit Abizboah's mate, Rulodia, in this exact spot. Bring Abizboah with
you to this spot later, and use your second Listening Crystal. If you have
both of them, you can also recruit their baby, Chuchara. It's at the dock in
your castle, if you want to complete the Kraken Family.
That's it for here, so leave the Tinto Mine and make your way back to the
Drakemouth-Tigermouth Pass.
o------------------------------o
| -Drakemouth-Tigermouth Pass- |
o--------o------------------------------------o------------------------------o
| My | [50] Hero [48] Viktor [48] Sheena |
| Party | [49] Kahn [48] Killey [49] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head east to the fork you passed a while ago,
| Recruits | and take the lower eastern path this time,
| | and you'll see a man overlooking a cliff (if
| [ ] Georg (S) [# 99) | you ran away earlier, you'll meet up with him
o----------------------------o again); this is Georg, formerly of both the
Knights of the Queendom of Falena and the
Scarlet Moon Empire. He'll ask what's bothering you.
Choose either option, then he'll offer to o------------------------------o
be hired for your army, since he's pretty | [1] Who are you? |
strong. Choose either option 1 or 2 and | [2] Why would you do that? |
Georg will tell you money is no object; all o------------------------------o
he asks for is that you never give up in | [1] Really? |
this fight. Georg Prime joins! We have one | [2] I can't pay any money... |
last recruit, so go back to Headquarters | [3] No, that's okay. |
and teleport to South Window. o------------------------------o
(- NOTE -) Like Hoi and L.C.Chan, Georg can join at level 99 as well. He's one
of the strongest people in the game to begin with, and if he joins at 99, he
WILL be the strongest, along with the most HP! Excellent! (Sadly, he will only
ever get one rune slot, meaning that others such as Killey and Sheena, even
Viktor, can become stronger through the use of runes.)
o----------------o
| -South Window- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [48] Viktor [99] Georg [48] Sheena |
| Party | [50] Hero [48] Killey [49] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head over to the area to the south of city
| Recruits | hall to see Gantetsu, still standing by the
| | statue. This time, he'll ask you about your
| [ ] Gantetsu (S) [#100) | troubles, then you'll have to talk to him
o----------------------------o again.
Choose option 1, and he'll decide to o-----------------------------------o
test your strength to see if you're | [1] Please join our group........ |
strong enough to join! Your party will | [2] I've got so many troubles.... |
get together and push him, and if you | [3] G, goodbye..... |
move him so far, he'll join you as o-----------------------------------o
promised! If for some reason you lose,
go back to HQ and bring back a stronger party. That's it for extra recruits,
so let's head back to Headquarters to continue the story.
o--------o o---------------------------------------------------o
| s1.434 | | -Headquarters-, taking back Greenhill and Muse... |
o--------o---------------o---------------------------------------------------o
| My | [48] Viktor [48] Sheena [27] Gantetsu |
| Party | [50] Hero [48] Killey [49] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way up to toward the Great Hall; if
| Recruits | Sheena's with you, nothing will happen, but
| | if he isn't, Sheena will stop you, telling
| [ ] Boris (NP) [# 41] | you that he thinks Shu came up with a plan.
o----------------------------o He'll join you, if he's not with you already.
| Enemies * = BOSS | Head to the Great Hall, where you'll find out
| | that you received an official offer of
|*Lucia | assistance from Tinto, and along with Jess's
o----------------------------o Muse army, we've gained about 7,000 more men.
(If you chose to run away earlier, you'll
then be introduced to Boris Wizen, Ridley's son. He has taken Ridley's place
including his Star of Destiny. Boris joins!)
Shu tells you that you can now compete with Highland on equal terms, so the
time has come to re-take Greenhill since the Highland Army is gathered in
Muse. Yuber is in command of the Highland Army in Greenhill; Apple says he has
taken part in several major wars on this continent, coming from nowhere and
disappearing just as mysteriously. Sheena recommends making himself a
vice-general and attacking Greenhill.
Choose any option, then Shu will o----------------------------------o
recommend that you go to your room and | [1] Okay. Let's go to Greenhill. |
rest. Go ahead and make your way to | [2] Okay...but no vice-general. |
your room, where Sheena will leave you | [3] Let me think about this... |
be. That night when you regain control, o----------------------------------o
you'll need to head around your castle
and talk to some of your allies before heading back to bed; just viewing one
scene will be enough, but there are several. You can view the second part of
Nina and Flik's meeting on the roof if you saw the first one; you can also
talk to Chaco on the stairway from the second to first floor, as well as Rina,
Eilie, and Bolgan near your Stone Tablet on the first floor. Gengen and
Gabocha are gathering Kobolds near the exit to the southern part of the
castle, and Freed and Yoshino are talking to each other about the battle at
your Inn. Tsai and Tomo will be in the same spot Gengen and Gabocha were after
seeing Freed, if you want to check that out too.
After you're done viewing these events, make your way back up to your room,
where a strange woman will be waiting for you, wondering if you're the leader
of your army.
o--------------------o
Choose either option, and the woman, Lucia, will | [1] That's right. |
attempt to assassinate you! | [2] Who are you!!! |
o--------------------o
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Lucia Potch: 20,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| There's not much to this battle; her strongest attack is from a Fire Rune, |
| and even that isn't too bad. Since she doesn't hit too hard, just make |
| sure to heal with Battle Oath if your HP goes below half and you'll be |
| fine. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Viktor, Flik, and Tsai will come running in after the battle.
Choose either option, and she'll tell o------------------------------------o
you that this pointless war must end. | [1] Why did you want to kill me... |
Pick either option here, because if | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
you choose to imprison her, she'll o------------------------------------o
escape during the night anyway. The | [1] Let her go..... |
next morning, make your way to the | [2] Take her to the prison... |
Great Hall, where Shu is demanding o------------------------------------o
that security be increased so this
doesn't happen again. He also tells you that the preparations for liberating
Greenhill are complete. Hauser, Viktor, and Flik are going to slow down any
enemy forces coming from Muse while Kiba and Klaus liberate Greenhill. He'll
ask for your order to deploy.
Choose option 2, then he'll ask who o-------------------------------------o
you'd like to accompany. If you | [1] Wait a minute. |
choose 1, go to s1.mb10a to | [2] Okay, let's go. |
continue. If you choose 2, go to o-------------------------------------o
s1.mb10b to continue. If you choose | [1] I'll go with Viktor's group.... |
3, go to s1.mb10c to continue. | [2] I'll go with General Kiba.... |
Personally, I love the war battles, | [3] I'll wait here. |
especially the music, so I'm going o-------------------------------------o
with Kiba to take Greenhill! But if
you are on a limited time schedule, or if you want to be sure that NO ONE in
your army gets killed, choose option 3 to command from afar.
o----------o o--------------------------------------o
| s1.mb10a | | Major Battle - Muse-Greenhill Border |
o----------o--------------------------o--------------------------------------o
| |
| There's not really much to this battle; after the end of both you and |
| Highland's seventh turns, the Highland Army will completely retreat, so |
| I recommend just ending your turns, and if you are attacked, do your best |
| to heal that person to make sure that anyone in your unit doesn't |
| actually get killed. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------o o-------------------------------o
| s1.mb10b | | Major Battle - Greenhill City |
o----------o---------------------------------o-------------------------------o
| |
| Have your units make your way to the city, taking out the Karayans first |
| from a distance with Luc's magic and your bow units, as they have very |
| weak defenses. Once they're gone, try to get Luc close enough to take on |
| the front three Highland units, as he can hit them from three squares |
| away, and they will never move from their positions as they're still |
| trying to keep you from entering. Once you defeat the three front units, |
| or if you just get tired of doing that, send everyone in at once, making |
| sure to get rid of the magic unit as soon as you can, since they can make |
| it difficult, attacking anyone within 3 squares of them. Once you either |
| get rid of their bow unit or their magic unit, you should be able head |
| into Greenhill and barrage both Lucia and Yuber to defeat them. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------o o-------------------------------------o
| s1.mb10c | | Coordinating Greenhill's Liberation |
o----------o---------------------------o-------------------------------------o
| |
| This technically isn't a Major Battle, but you will be making decisions as |
| the battlefields reports come in. After waiting a while, the first report |
| will come in, saying that Hauser encountered enemies from Muse. The next |
| will come in, saying that the army from Muse is led by Jowy, along with |
| Culgan and Seed. |
| |
| Be mindful of the o--------------------------------------------------o |
| options that you | [1] Don't pursue to far. We've got to save time. | |
| choose from here on | [2] Advance, crush them! | |
| out, as they may | [3] What should we do, Apple? | |
| lead to you losing o--------------------------------------------------o |
| a Star of Destiny. |
| If I were you, I'd always choose option 1 for all of these prompts, just |
| to be safe. Soon after, the next report will come in; Kiba's unit has |
| encountered Highland defense forces. |
| |
| Pick option 2 again. Next, you'll o-----------------------------------o |
| hear that Yuber and Lucia, the | [1] Be mindful... | |
| leader of the Karaya tribe, are | [2] Wipe them out... all of them. | |
| leading the Greenhill forces, and | [3] What should we do, Apple? | |
| Shu will take command of o-----------------------------------o |
| the battle there. After that, you |
| may get one of two options; either you will the following prompt, or you |
| will hear that Hauser has driven back the forces from Muse. Apple comments |
| that you should've went with Hauser, as you may have gotten some |
| experience from him. |
| |
| Again, choose option 1; you don't o-----------------------------------o |
| want to accidentally kill off one | [1] Don't call the enemy's bluff. | |
| of your Stars of Destiny; it's | [2] Attack!! | |
| definitely not worth it! If you do | [3] What should we do, Apple? | |
| not get this, you'll get the next. o-----------------------------------o |
| |
| Choose option 1 again. Once the o------------------------------------o |
| report comes back, you will get a | [1] I suppose you're right. | |
| message from Shu, stating that | [2] That experience, I don't need! | |
| the Highland Army has withdrawn | [3] 100 lashes for Hauser. | |
| from Greenhill, so we must get o------------------------------------o |
| there at once. All in all, just |
| be nice, or one of your Stars of Destiny may pay with their life. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
o-------------o
| -Greenhill- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [41] Flik [48] Viktor [48] Sheena |
| Party | [50] Hero [48] Killey [49] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) Once you regain control, go back
| Save Points | to Headquarters, saving if you like. To make
| | the next boss battle easier, buy Wind Runes
| Before the Bone Dragon | from Jeane, then take them over to Raura and
o----------------------------o have her turn them into scrolls. The next
| Items | boss is weak against Wind, so once you've
| | turned the runes into scrolls, equip 1 scroll
| [ ] Stone of Skill | of The Shredding to each character. This
o----------------------------o should help make quick work of the upcoming
| Equipment | boss!
| |
| [ ] Winged Boots | The gate here at Greenhill is barricaded
| [ ] Dream Robe | pretty well, so we can't enter the city.
o----------------------------o Teresa will decide to take you into the city
| Enemies * = BOSS | through the secret forest paths. Shin will
| | think that it's too dangerous, and will want
| Commander | to go with her.
| DoremiElf (A) |
| DoremiElf (B) | o-------------------------------------------o
| DoremiElf (C) | | [1] Sure. |
| DoremiElf (D) | | [2] Nope. |
| DoremiElf (E) | o-------------------------------------------o
| DoremiElf (F) |
| GrandHolly | I recommend choosing 2 to leave Shin behind,
| Highlands (A) | as he will become an irremovable part of your
| Highlands (B) | party if you do, but you can put him in your
| Highlands (C) | convoy if you want to, if you choose 1. In
| HollyBoy | any case, choose your remaining party, then
| HollyFairy | you'll head off to the forest. (I'm taking
| Karayans (A) | Flik, Viktor, Sheena, Killey, and Luc.) Make
| Karayans (B) | sure to read my note above for preparing for
| Karayans (C) | the next boss!
| TargetGirl |
|*Lucia | -------
|*Bone Dragon |
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The TargetGirl here can drop the
Waking Rune and the Nymph Rune, the
HollyFairy can drop the Dryad Rune, and the groups of Highlands here can
possibly drop the Iron Boots; this is the only place in the game to get more
Iron Boots (Pesmerga comes equipped with them, but they cannot be removed.
Even though you can revisit the forest later, the Highland soldiers are no
longer here once you can). Most importantly of all, the DoremiElf (any color)
can drop Recipe #34, the acclaimed Recipe that is very hard to get. As with
the other dropped Recipes (Recipe #12, Recipe #21, Recipe #29, Recipe #34, and
Recipe #36), once you get it, make sure it says in your Storehouse until you
get all five. You can come back here later to fight the regular enemies, but
like I said, the Highlands will disappear, giving you limited time if you
wanted any extra Iron Boots.
If you still didn't get the Recipe after following everything I recommended,
I apologize. If you have a Gameshark, Codebreaker, or PEC, you can use a code
to get this Recipe; see www.suikosource.com for this code.
-------
In the forest, head east and follow the path to the next area, where you'll
run into some Highland soldiers. Take them out, then continue north to the
next area. You'll be in an open area / fork; take the eastern path as it goes
north first, and you should come across two chests containing [_WINGED BOOTS_]
and a [_DREAM ROBE_]. Go back, then take the western path as it heads north.
Get the [_STONE OF SKILL_] off to the west and north first, then continue
northeast to the next area. There are no more items, so keep following the
path until you run into another set of Highlands, then after that, Lucia and
some Karayans will challenge you.
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Lucia Potch: 33,000 | | * BOSS * |
| Karayans (A) o--------------------------------o----------o
| Karayans (B) | |
| Karayans (C) | Use all of your best magic here; you |
o--------------------------------o will be able to save and recover before |
| Items: Blue Gate Rune | taking on the next boss. Start off with |
o--------------------------------o a strong 'all' spell such as Earthquake |
| or The Shredding to take out the |
| Karayans, then concentrate on attacking just Lucia with your strongest |
| attacks and magic. Use Great Blessing / Battle Oath with Hero to stay |
| healed, and she should fall very quickly; she's fairly easy compared to |
| what we're up against next. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, you'll learn from Lucia that Gorudo and Teresa's father Alec
had poisoned Lucia's father at a peace conference, and have always oppressed
the Karaya tribe. Teresa then tries to console her, telling her that we're
different than the past leaders, and she'll look into it once the war is over.
She'll let you pass, so continue following the path here as it turns west and
south to a group of Highlands, then eventually into the cabin that Teresa once
hid in. Once you're past that, you'll only have to take on one more group of
Highlands before you reach the Academy.
Make your way through the Academy and exit to the south, but before going to
the next screen, talk to the student on the right to completely recover, then
talk to the soldier on the left to save your game. Once you're ready, head all
the way south to the entrance of town, fighting groups of Highland soldiers
along the way. Eventually, you'll find Yuber, who'll demonically appear before
you. He'll summon a dark creature to take you on!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Bone Dragon Potch: 100,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| This guy is tough! If you prepared for this boss as I recommended, turning |
| several Wind Runes into scrolls and equipping The Shredding onto each of |
| your party members, this battle should go much smoother, since the big guy |
| is weak against Wind. Start off by having Hero cast Guardian Earth on his |
| Mother Earth Rune to help protect you, then have EVERYONE cast The |
| Shredding. On your second turn, have Hero heal with Battle Oath, then cast |
| an entire second turn of The Shredding. If Luc is with you and he has the |
| Cyclone Rune equipped, don't have Hero heal; have everyone but Luc use The |
| Shredding, then have Luc cast Shining Wind on the second turn to heal |
| everyone. Your level should be high enough to where Luc has two level 4 |
| spells, so you could do this two turns in a row. If you follow this |
| strategy, he should take only two turns to fall. If not, just attack with |
| what you have and have Hero heal every round. The Bone Dragon has two |
| different attacks that hit your entire party for MAJOR damage, but luckily |
| he will only attack once per round. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, Yuber and the rest of the Highland Army will retreat, and
Greenhill will be yours once again! The citizens then rejoice, as their Lady
Teresa has come back and kept her promise just like she said she would!
Fitcher will then give you an urgent message from Shu, saying that you need to
return to the castle as soon as possible. Kiba recommends leaving some troops
here just in case, then he will join your convoy.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o-----------------------------------------------------------o----------------o
You'll learn from Klaus that the Matilda Knights have surrendered to Highland.
While we were attacking Greenhill, all of the enemy leaders made appearances
in the battle, but all of the soldiers themselves headed for the Matilda
territory, and Gorudo surrendered almost immediately, making them puppets
under Highland's control. Apple will then suggest attacking Muse.
Before continuing on, we can finish o-------------------------------------o
recruiting the rest of the 108 Stars | [1] Let me....think about it. |
of Destiny, so choose 1 to think | [2] What do you think, Shu? |
about it. Once you've done that, put | [3] You're right. Let's go to Muse. |
together a party that you like, but o-------------------------------------o
make sure to put both Viktor and
Simone in it. Once you've done that, teleport to Kuskus to start with to get
our Blacksmith.
o----------o
| -Kuskus- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------------o----------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [40] Simone [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o With Viktor in tow, go to the Blacksmith and
| Recruits | talk to the man in blue; he is Tessai, and
| | he's looking for a sword that will inspire
| [ ] Tessai (NP) [#101] | him, like the Star Dragon Sword or the Dragon
o----------------------------o King Sword, at which point he'll notice our
sharp little buddy, though Viktor fails to
see the brilliance in it, calling it a junky old sword. The sword will
unsheathe and start to act like he's going to punish Viktor, but Tessai will
plead with the Star Dragon Sword enough to keep him from doing anything.
He'll then ask to join your group.
Choose 1 to finally recruit a Blacksmith for your castle! o----------------o
(Best line of the game; when the Sword comments to Viktor | [1] Of course. |
about swinging him too violently, at which point he | [2] No. |
replies "What?!!! If I don't thump an enemy hard enough, o----------------o
he won't go down. It's your fault! Your fault!!!" Haha...
You don't thump people with a legendary sword like the Star Dragon Sword...
Now that you have recruited your 101st Star of Destiny, your castle should be
at level 4, allowing us to recruit 4 more characters that we couldn't until
now (the last 4). To check, go back to Headquarters and enter your bath; if
the Jungle Bath is available, it's level 4!
(- NOTE -) If you recruited Valeria instead of Kasumi earlier, you can now go
to Rokkaku and recruit both Mondo and Sasuke, but only if your castle is level
4.
o-------------o
| -Greenhill- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [40] Simone [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can get both Window Set #6,
| Runes | and Rabbit Plans #4 here in Greenhill since
| | it has been liberated.
| [ ] Rage Rune |
o----------------------------o First, stop in at the Inn here; go to the
| Key Items | left to find one of Annallee's lost
| | companions, Pico! He seems to be having some
| [ ] Piglet | trouble with his girlfriend here.
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 10 |
| [ ] Silver Hammer | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Um, did you say 'Annallee?' |
| Recruits | | [2] . . . . . |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Pico (NP) [#102] |
o----------------------------o Choose option 1 to continue; Pico jumps at
hearing that you know where Annallee is, and
he'll decide to leave his girlfriend here so he can go be with Annallee! Pico
joins! Next, make your way to the northern area of Greenhill, then head to the
area north of the dorms, where you'll find a boy and a [_PIGLET_] running
around; examine the Piglet to obtain it. Next, go into the dorms and head down
to the basement. Talk to the old man here and he'll give you
[_OLD BOOK VOL. 10_]. Next, go into the Academy and visit the Rune Class; the
Runemaster here will give you a [_RAGE RUNE_]. The Blacksmith Class is next;
talk to the boy on the right, and he'll give you the [_SILVER HAMMER_] that we
can give to Tessai (but only if we recruited him first; otherwise you'll need
to go recruit him before it's offered to you)! This will let him sharpen our
weapons to level 15!
Talk to Jude in the top right corner of the Blacksmith Class; he'll mention
that he's run out of clay. Let's make a quick trip to Forest Village so we can
recruit him.
o------------------o
| -Forest Village- |
o--------o------------------------------------------------o------------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [40] Simone [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Head all the way north until you reach the
| Key Items | area outside of the Trading Post, then go
| | north between the houses, then east, south,
| [ ] Sound Set #7 | and east to find a man who says that he has
o----------------------------o plenty of clay. He'll take you over to it,
| Special Items | then you'll obtain the [_CLAY_]. Before you
| | leave, enter the house just above the Inn
| [ ] Clay | where you recruited Connell; his sister
o----------------------------o tells you that he forgot to grab
[_SOUND SET #7_] before he left with you.
That's it for Forest Village, so let's go back and recruit Jude now.
o-------------o
| -Greenhill- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [40] Simone [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Now that you have the Clay, make your way
| Recruits | back to the Academy's Blacksmith Class and
| | talk to Jude. He'll thank you for bringing
| [ ] Jude (NP) [#103] | the Clay, and will ask what he can do for you
o----------------------------o in return.
Choose 1, and Jude will join your party! All right, o----------------------o
there's only five more to go from here; before | [1] Join us. |
doing that, head out to the World Map outside of | [2] Nothing, really. |
Greenhill. o----------------------o
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | W. Two River / W. Muse-Greenhill Border / |
| | Greenhill / S. Path to Matilda / |
| EyeFlower | Forest Village Area |
| Kookaburra o-----------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o
(- NOTE -) The EyeFlower here can drop the
last Spinach Seedling; make sure to get this before you forget.
I just wanted to make sure you saw this so you could get the last Spinach
Seedling. Once you have that, let's go to Tinto next for the next recruit.
o---------o
| -Tinto- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [40] Simone [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Once you're here, make your way to the Armory
| Recruits | and talk to Alberto near the desk; he says
| | that he's finally saved enough money to go
| [ ] Alberto (NP) [#104] | look for his lost companions, Annallee and
o----------------------------o Pico.
CHOOSE 1, otherwise Alberto will run o----------------------------------o
off, and even after a quick search of | [1] If Annallee were here... |
the cities, I'm not sure if he | NO! [2] Yeah, good luck. |
reappears, so make sure to choose 1! o----------------------------------o
Once you do, he'll be glad to hear that
they're safe, then he'll join your party! Next, head to the Tinto Mine for our
next recruit.
o--------------o
| -Tinto Mine- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------o--------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [40] Simone [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way to the room that has all of the
| Recruits | slides / Journeyman's Crystal. (If you need
| | directions, check earlier in the guide; the
| [ ] Mazus (S) [#105] | path is pretty straightforward though.) Once
o----------------------------o you get to that room, head down the
easternmost slide, then to the one to the
right of that as well. Head left from there, going down that slide, then going
up the hill to your left and back over to Mazus; he'll tell you that he's not
taking any apprentices at the moment.
Choose 1, and Mazus, the arch enemy of Crowley, will o---------------------o
join your army! He'll teleport to your castle before | [1] Please join me. |
you get to test him out, though. That's it for the | [2] Try your best. |
mine, so make your way out however you like, whether o---------------------o
if it's the way you came in, out through the mines
to Tinto, or by Escape Talisman, whatever suits your fancy.
(- NOTE -) Just like Hoi, L.C.Chan, and Georg, Mazus is one of the last two
characters that can join you at level 99. If he does...... wow. You've got
some mage on your hands! No point in NOT bringing him anywhere you go if he
does!
Let's head to Radat next for the next recruit.
o---------o
| -Radat- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [40] Simone [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o With Simone in your party, head to the docks
| Recruits | in Radat, then go down the left side where
| | you found Simone; our old friend Vincent de
| [ ] Vincent (S) [#106] | Boule will be waiting! After a ridiculous
o----------------------------o conversation between them, they'll decide
that you'll all be friends, and Vincent will
join your party! They'll then run off together. That's it for Radat, so leave
here, then make your way to the Cave of the Wind next.
o--------------------o
| -Cave of the Wind- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Viktor [52] Sheena |
| Party | [52] Killey [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Make your way to the very end of the Cave (if
| Recruits | you need directions for some reason, refer
| | back earlier in the guide, the path is pretty
| [ ] Pesmerga (S) [#107] | straightforward though). Once you reach the
o----------------------------o place where you found the Star Dragon Sword,
you will find our old friend Pesmerga
waiting. Just as it was the last time we recruited him, he's still looking for
Yuber, then he'll recognize you.
Choose 1 to recruit Pesmerga o--------------------------------------------o
(you can keep choosing 2, but | [1] Ummm....would you join us? |
you'll eventually have to | [2] Did you say Yuber? |
choose 2 to continue). His o--------------------------------------------o
true goal is to find Yuber, | [1] Ummm.....would you come with us....... |
but he can join you while he | [2] Is that right? |
is looking for him. Pesmerga o--------------------------------------------o
joins! He'll then ask if you | [1] Please join our group. |
want him to come with you | [2] Oh, umm...nothing. |
right now; choose either o--------------------------------------------o
option. That's it for this | [1] Yes please. |
area, so head teleport back | [2] To (_____) Castle..... |
to Headquarters. o--------------------------------------------o
(- NOTE -) Like Hoi, L.C.Chan, Georg, and Mazus, Pesmerga is the last
character that can join your party at level 99. If he does, he is STRONG.
To get our last recruit, someone in our party's weapon must be at least level
14; to do this, either give the Silver Hammer to Tessai and sharpen Hero's or
anyone in your active party's weapon to at least 14, or bring Pesmerga with
you, as his weapon should be enough to convince him. Once you're ready, take
your boat out and head over to Coronet.
o-----------o
| -Coronet- |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------o-----------o
| My | [52] Viktor [99] Pesmerga [52] Sheena |
| Party | [53] Hero [52] Killey [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o At the dock, go left and talk to Genshu.
| Recruits |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| [ ] Genshu (S) [#108] | | [1] Please join our group. |
o----------------------------o | [2] No, nothing. |
o-------------------------------------------o
Choose option 1 to ask him to | [1] No. |
join, then he'll ask you to | [2] Yes. |
show him your weapon. Choose 2 o-------------------------------------------o
here and he'll examine it; if
your weapon, or someone else in your party's weapon is at level 14 or above,
he'll say that you're serious about war, and that your strength has been
forged through hard battle. Genshu will then join your army! You should now
have all 108 Stars of Destiny!!! That is all for recruiting, so leave here and
head back to Headquarters to continue the story!
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o--------o--------------------------------------------------o----------------o
| My | [52] Viktor [99] Pesmerga [52] Sheena |
| Party | [53] Hero [52] Killey [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Make your way back up to the Great Hall and talk to Apple once more.
Choose 1 to continue the story. Shu o-------------------------------------o
will send you, along with Hauser as | [1] Let me....think about it. |
your lieutenant, and both Apple and | [2] You're right. Let's go to Muse. |
Klaus as your strategists; he's o-------------------------------------o
going to stay here with General Kiba
to protect Headquarters. After seeing your army march out, you'll
automatically be in Greenhill.
o-------------o
| -Greenhill- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------------o-------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Killey [52] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Nanami [99] Mazus [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
After some conversation, leave the dorms. Nanami will spot Lucia, and tell you
to follow her. Head into the Academy, then make your way to the exit to the
secret path, and once you're out there, head to the next area to find Jowy!
Nanami will wonder why he's here, and he'll ask you once again to leave the
army and run away, as he doesn't want to fight you.
Choose either option, then Nanami will ask o---------------------------o
Jowy to just leave Highland, then she'll ask | [1] I'm sorry....I can't. |
him to just take his troops out of Muse, since | [2] ..................... |
he's the King of Highland now, but he can't do o---------------------------o
that either. Since you and Jowy both obtained
your runes, you've been destined to fight each other, and as King of Highland,
he's going to fight to bring a new order to this land, then will leave.
Make your way back to the dorms now, where you'll find that the preparations
for invading Muse are complete. Ready?
Once you're ready, choose 1 to o---------------------------------------o
head into your eleventh major | [1] Okay. Let's go. |
battle! | [2] I'm not....mentally prepared yet. |
o---------------------------------------o
o---------o o--------------------------------o
| s1.mb11 | | Major Battle - Liberating Muse |
o---------o---------------------------------o--------------------------------o
| |
| Hang back and end your turn for the first few turns, and just deal with |
| the Karayans as they attack, having Luc, Mazus, and your bow units attack |
| from afar. After the third turn, Culgan will tell Jowy that the |
| preparations are complete, and Jowy and the rest of the Highland Army will |
| stay, leaving you to fight the remaining Karayans. Once Highland is gone, |
| either try to take out Lucia, or send one of your cavalry units over to |
| Muse and enter it; either way will end the battle. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
o--------o
| -Muse- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Killey [52] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Nanami [99] Mazus [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o In Muse, Klaus and Hauser both think that
| Enemies * = BOSS | something seems wrong, so Viktor decides that
| | you should look around. He'll convoy join
|*Golden Wolf | you, then you'll regain control. Head into
o----------------------------o the city and make your way to city hall. The
soldier mentions that he thought he saw a
shadow inside, so go inside to find a huge Golden Wolf!
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Golden Wolf Potch: 10,000 | | * BOSS * |
o--------------------------------o--------------------------------o----------o
| |
| Scary, but actually pretty easy; it has very low HP, but is strong against |
| magic, so unleash your strongest attacks and magic you have, healing with |
| Battle Oath if needed. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Head out of the city hall to see several of the beasts throughout Muse! Don't
bother trying to fight them; they respawn every time. Once you make it to the
outside of the city, you'll learn from Luc that the wolves are servants of the
Beast Rune, the rune that was passed down to Highland when it was divided from
Harmonia. Luca sacrificed the people of Muse to that rune... the Beast Rune
can only be awakened with a blood sacrifice. Luckily, Luc thinks the rune has
been moved somewhere else, as he does not sense it here.
Fitcher will come running in, telling you that you are now under attack from
the north and east, and since Apple thinks that it's an ambush to the south
and west, she'll order everyone to attack to the north and try to escape.
o--------o o----------------------------------------o
| s1.435 | | -Headquarters-, taking back Matilda... |
o--------o--------------------------o----------------------------------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Killey [52] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Nanami [99] Mazus [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Luckily, everyone will make it back to Headquarters in one piece. Everyone's
tired right now, so we'll have to come up with some ideas tomorrow about what
to do.
(- NOTE -) Before doing ANYTHING, SAVE YOUR GAME! Once you've done that, do
NOT overwrite it; you should have all 108 Stars of Destiny now, and we're
getting near the end of the game. This game save may be needed to access
momentarily if Leknaat does not unlock your level 4 spell, Forgiver Sign. To
be able to have this spell unlocked, you must have all 108 Stars of Destiny
before the next meeting that Shu arranges. IF YOU HAVEN'T RECRUITED ALL OF THE
OTHER STARS BEFORE THIS, NOW IS THE TIME TO DO SO!
(- NOTE -) Make sure to finish both Kiba and Nanami's investigations through
Richmond, if you haven't done so already.
When you regain control, head up to Shu's room on the fourth floor. You will
see Kiba and Shu talking; Shu tells him that the next battle will determine
the outcome of the war, and he wants Kiba to attack Viktor's old fort, which
should help split the Highland Army away from Matilda so they can attack. Kiba
decides that he will take only the soldiers who followed him from Highland,
and will ask Shu to take care of his son for him...
Go in and talk to Shu; he tells you that he's formed a new strategy, and will
tell you it will be their hardest battle yet, but they must do it to succeed.
He'll then await your orders.
Unless you need to do something else first, o---------------------------o
choose 1 to continue. Shu will ask everyone to | [1] We'll fight... |
meet in the Great Hall. Once there, Shu will | [2] I can't... Not yet... |
give everyone the battle plan, with Kiba o---------------------------o
trying to split part of the army with his
attack on Viktor's old fort while we take Matilda. You'll then hear inspiring
words from several members of your army, you'll look around and say...
Leknaat will then appear, telling o--------------------------------------o
you that the 108 Stars of Destiny | [1] Everyone, loan me your strength! |
and the bearer of the Bright Shield o--------------------------------------o
Rune have been assembled, so she
will break the seal on your rune, unlocking your level 4 spell, Forgiver Sign.
Nanami will wake you up the next morning, telling you that Kiba's army is
about to leave, so we must see them off. You'll automatically go to the
entrance, where Kiba and Klaus will with each other fortune in the next battle
before Kiba departs. You'll then regain control.
(- NOTE -) Make sure that Nanami does not have any important equipment or
runes before continuing. However, make sure that she has the strongest
equipment you can buy, meaning a Silver Hat, a Magic Robe, and three Capes of
Darkness. Also make sure that you spend time fighting in the next area to
where she's at a decent level, somewhat near you. To be able to obtain the
good ending, she must have a high enough DEF when the time is right, among
other things, and with this setup, you will have enough.
Before continuing on, pick a party of six that you want to have while invading
Matilda; Nanami must be a part of it, so read my note above to make sure she
is prepared. Once you have your party picked out and customized to your liking
(upgraded weapons, armor, and runes), make your way up to the Great Hall. Shu
will tell you that they're going to Greenhill first, then to Matilda.
If you want to rearrange your army units, o------------------------------o
choose 1 first to rearrange them. (I won't | [1] Wait... Just a minute... |
just yet, as the next battle is timed for a | [2] Let's move out. |
Highland retreat anyway.) When you are o------------------------------o
ready, choose 1 to engage the Highland Army
at Matilda.
o---------o o-----------------------------------o
| s1.mb12 | | Major Battle - Liberating Matilda |
o---------o------------------------------o-----------------------------------o
| |
| The Highland Army will retreat at the end of their third turn, so make |
| sure to try and keep everyone safe and healed throughout the first few |
| turns. At the end of your second turn, Culgan's army will show up to your |
| southeast, but luckily for us, we'll get some reinforcements after the end |
| of their third turn, making Jowy think he's been outmaneuvered, and he'll |
| order the retreat. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, you'll find out that our reinforcements were just the
regular castle folk! You'll then go to Greenhill, where Shu will unveil the
last part of his plan for Matilda; while our army engages Highland away from
Rockaxe, we're going to infiltrate it. During the last battle, some of our
soldiers were able to sneak into Gorudo's army, and they will be able to let
us enter the castle, where we will burn the Highland flag and raise our own,
leading the Matilda Knights to believe that we've taken Rockaxe so they'll
turn on Highland. Shu will ask you to pick your group; Nanami wants to go too.
Choose 1 once, or 2 three times to continue; o-------------------------o
Nanami has to come. After that, choose the rest | [1] Of course! |
of your party, then Shu will ask if you're ready | [2] It's too dangerous. |
to go. o-------------------------o
If you still need to get your party ready, o-------------------------o
choose 2. Otherwise, once you are completely | [1] Okay. Let's go. |
ready, choose 1 to infiltrate Rockaxe. | [2] Give me a minute... |
o-------------------------o
o--------o o------------------------------------o
| s1.436 | | -Rockaxe-, a friend's sacrifice... |
o--------o------------------------------o------------------------------------o
| My | [51] Flik [52] Viktor [53] Sheena |
| Party | [53] Hero [47] Nanami [52] Killey |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can leave Rockaxe at any time
| Save Points | to head back to Headquarters if needed. Also,
| | the Cockatrice can drop the Thunder Rune, the
| Before the boss | Hippogriff can drop the Wind Amulet, the
o----------------------------o M-Knight can drop both the Knight Rune and
| Items | Master Robes, and the Highlands can drop
| | Recipe #36. Recipe #36 should be the last of
| [ ] Stone of Speed | the five Recipes dropped by enemies, so if
| [ ] Escape Talisman | you have them all, give them to Hai Yo now.
| [ ] Stone of Defense |
| [ ] Mega Medicine | After being let into Rockaxe, you'll learn
o----------------------------o that General Kiba was mortally wounded at
| Equipment | Viktor's fort... When you regain control
| | inside of the castle, head north to the next
| [ ] Crimson Cape | area, then west to find a ladder and a chest
| [ ] Earth Shield | containing a [_STONE OF SPEED_]. Climb the
| [ ] Power Gloves | ladder to be at a fork; head east first to a
| [ ] Flame Helmet | dead-end with an [_ESCAPE TALISMAN_]. Go back
| [ ] Gold Necklace | and head west now, following the path as it
o----------------------------o goes up another ladder, then west through
| Key Items | another area to a small room with a downward
| | ladder and a door. Head north through the
| [ ] Dragon Plans #4 | door first to find two chests containing a
| [ ] Unicorn Plans #4 | [_CRIMSON CAPE_] and a [_STONE OF DEFENSE_].
o----------------------------o
| Enemies * = BOSS | Go back to the last fork and descend the
| | ladder, then head north, following the path
| Cockatrice | as it goes up another ladder, then across the
| Commander | outside of the castle, then to another fork
| Highlands (A) | with a downward ladder and a door. The ladder
| Highlands (B) | actually leads to a dead-end, so continue
| Highlands (C) | north through the door, following the path
| Hippogriff | through this hall to another fork. Head east
| M-Knight | first, where you'll find an [_EARTH SHIELD_],
|*Gorudo | then go back and descend the ladder to be at
o----------------------------o yet another fork. Heading south will net you
the [_POWER GLOVES_] at the dead-end, so grab
those, then go back and head east, then south two screens to be on the outside
of the castle.
Head east, then inside the castle once again; once you go through the next set
of doors, you'll be at another fork. Go all the way north, then west first to
find a chest with a [_FLAME HELMET_] in the corner, then check the two rooms
below you to find a [_GOLD NECKLACE_] and a [_MEGA MEDICINE_] with M-Knights
getting in your way. Once you have the treasures, leave the rooms to the
south, then continue west and north to the next area, fighting M-Knights along
the way.
At the fork here on the second floor, south leads to a dead-end, so make your
way east, then south to another fork. Ignore the stairs for now, following the
path south for more annoying M-Knights, as well as two more chests in a room;
[_DRAGON PLANS #4_] and [_UNICORN PLANS #4_]. Now head back and make your way
up to the next floor.
USE THE SAVE POINT HERE, AND DO NOT OVERWRITE THIS SAVE! I can't stress this
enough; if something goes wrong in the next few minutes, and chances are that
it will at first, you'll need to reload your save and try again, as your
chances of getting the good ending can be dashed! Once you save, head south
out to the balcony, take care of more M-Knights, then go back in through the
other side. Just as you go ascend the stairs to the next floor, you'll hear
the White Knights start approaching, so your party will stay behind to fight
as you go to find the flag.
Go inside the door up here, and you and Nanami will walk along a hall a bit
before running into Jowy once again. This time, he tells you that he can't let
you pass.
Choose either option to have Nanami o----------------------------------o
throw a fit, wondering why you must | [1] It seems we must fight... |
fight each other. Jowy tells you that | [2] I don't want to fight you... |
both you and he have many people with o----------------------------------o
their hopes resting in each of them,
and that the land isn't big enough for both Highland and the City-State. He
wants to establish one mighty nation in the land that has nothing to do with
Highland or the State, so peace can be at hand.
Once again, pick either option, and o-------------------------------------o
Jowy will decide that they must | [1] That's why... Why I fight... |
settle this. Before anything happens | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
though, Gorudo and his knights will o-------------------------------------o
show up, and he'll be happy to see
you two fighting so he can kill us both and take the land for Matilda! For the
next choice, it doesn't matter what you pick, JUST HIT X AS QUICKLY AS YOU
CAN! Failure to do so will result in you not getting the good ending!
JUST HIT X AS FAST AS YOU CAN! If the choice goes by and o---------------o
Hero doesn't whip out his weapon, you cannot get the good | [1] Look out! |
ending. After you and Nanami both prepare yourself for the | [2] Nanami!!! |
attack, she'll block the first three arrows, but the o---------------o
fourth will strike her, wounding her... Gorudo must pay...
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Gorudo Potch: 125,000 | | * BOSS * |
| M-Knight x5 o--------------------------------o----------o
o--------------------------------o |
| Items: Knight Armor | Jowy will fight alongside you one last |
o--------------------------------o time for this battle. However, Gorudo |
| and his pathetic group of M-Knights are |
| no match for the combined powers of your Bright Shield Rune and Jowy's |
| Black Sword Rune; cast Forgiver Sign with Hero and Hungry Friend with |
| Jowy, then after the first turn, cast Hungry Friend or Piercing One once |
| more, or attack him normally to take him out. You should be strong enough |
| to not have to worry, but if you have to, have Hero cast Battle Oath the |
| second turn to heal yourselves. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After Gorudo has fallen, you'll check on Nanami; she'll be happy to see the
gentle face of Jowy once again, then Jowy will take off, asking you to take
care of her. She tells you that she'll be okay, but she wants to hear you call
her 'Big Sister' just once.
Choose either option, then she'll o-------------------------------------o
tell you that even though you aren't | [1] Big Sister... |
related, you're really a family, and | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
she's glad to be Genkaku's child, o-------------------------------------o
your sister, and Jowy's friend...
She'll then pass out. Shu comes in and sees you with her, and will order the
troops to burn the flag while the others go find a doctor. You'll then see the
flag burning, as well as Hauser and Ridley convincing the Matilda Knights to
rebel against Highland. Jowy will come in and ask everyone to retreat,
hopefully giving you time to help Nanami. Huan will take a look at her, and
since she's still breathing, he'll recommend getting her back to Headquarters
as quickly as possible.
Back at Headquarters, several of your friends will be gathered around you,
waiting to hear news about Nanami. Talk to a few of them to pass enough time
to have Dr. Huan come out... and he'll tell you that he wasn't strong enough
to save her.
(- NOTE -) After everyone's initial reaction, Dr. Huan SHOULD ask Shu to speak
with him inside of the room. If he does not do this, something was done wrong
and you will not get the good ending! If this is the case, reload your game,
making sure that you DID unlock Forgiver Sign, and you did choose an option
very quickly when Nanami is about to defend the arrows! If you did that and
this still happened, then she probably needs to have a higher defense; equip
her with better armor and level her up so it's high enough. This is all
assuming that you unlocked Forgiver Sign to begin with; it's impossible to get
the good ending if you did not.
o----------------o
| -Headquarters- |
o-----------------------------------------------------------o----------------o
There are several things to do now that Highland has retreated back to their
own land. First, put a party together (including Clive), then make your way to
the Muse area.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | W. Toto / Muse / S. Muse-Highland Border / |
| | White Deer Inn / S. Muse-Matilda Border / |
| CopperSun | E. Muse-Greenhill Border / Coronet Area |
| Fisheye o-----------------------------------------------o
| IronMoon |
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The CopperSun can drop the
Rage Rune, so if you're interested in that,
fight around here for a while until you get it.
Now that we can finally get back to here, enter Muse City.
o--------o
| -Muse- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------------------o--------o
| My | [56] Flik [56] Viktor [57] Sheena |
| Party | [57] Hero [49] Clive [57] Killey |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) You can find Recipe #35 in the
| Equipment | Rare Finds of the Item Shop here, and just as
| | you could earlier, you can still get the
| [ ] Silver Armor | Fury Runes in the Rare Finds of the Rune
o----------------------------o Shop.
| Runes |
| | -------
| [ ] Flowing Rune |
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY *
| Key Items |
| | There's no time limit for this event, but you
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 12 | must've seen the previous event in Radat to
o----------------------------o see this one. Make your way up to Jowston
Hill, where you'll find Elza waiting for
Clive. He'll ask her one last time why she killed his brother; she tells him
that she started to grow to hate the people in the Howling Voice Guild due to
their lust for power, and so she took care of that in Clive's friend Kelley
with her guns, Moon and Star. As she goes to leave, Clive will threaten her
with his gun, telling her that she can't destroy the only thing he has left in
this world, the Guild. She somehow prevents Clive's gun, Storm, from firing
though, then she'll tell you to meet her in a small village west of Highland's
capital, L'Renouille, so Clive's story will pick back up in Sajah Village. We
must reach there by _20:00:59_.
-------
Pretty much everyone that used to be here is now gone... Make a stop at the
Armory above the Item Shop; the shopkeeper will give you some
[_SILVER ARMOR_]. Next, go to the second floor of the Rune Shop and talk to
the Runemaster here to obtain a [_FLOWING RUNE_]. Lastly, stop at the Tavern
and talk to the guy sitting at the table here to have him give you
[_OLD BOOK VOL. 12_]. That's it for Muse, so leave here, then make your way
to Matilda area.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | Rockaxe / N. Path to Matilda / |
| | N. Muse-Matilda Border / Highway Village / |
| BlackTiger | Rakutei Mountain Area |
| Fei Yu o-----------------------------------------------o
| Li Lan |
| Shiu Lin | (- NOTE -) Shiu Lin can drop the Flowing Rune
o----------------------------o here, if you're interested.
Make note of the new enemies here, then head to Highway Village first.
o-------------------o
| -Highway Village- |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------o-------------------o
| My | [56] Flik [56] Viktor [57] Sheena |
| Party | [57] Hero [50] Clive [57] Killey |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Talk to the little boy to the left the Inn;
| Key Items | he has Calf, and he is offering it to you for
| | 5,000 potch.
| [ ] Calf |
o----------------------------o o-------------------------------------------o
| [1] Sure, I'll buy it. |
Choose 1 to obtain your third | [2] I don't need it. |
and final [_CALF_]. That's it o-------------------------------------------o
for the Highway Village, so
head to Rockaxe next, bringing a battle-worthy party, since we have to go back
through the castle and its enemies.
o-----------o
| -Rockaxe- |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------o-----------o
| My | [56] Flik [56] Viktor [57] Sheena |
| Party | [57] Hero [57] Killey [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) As before, you can find
| Equipment | Thunder God Garbs in the Rare Finds of the
| | Armory, but now you can also find both the
| [ ] Earth Armor | Goldlet and Robe of the Mist here in the Rare
o----------------------------o Finds as well.
| Runes |
| | Stop in at the Armory / Item Shop first; the
| [ ] Thunder Rune | Armory has some new armor available, so be
o----------------------------o sure to check that out. Also, you can now go
| Key Items | down to the basement of the shops here, so
| | head down there and check the bookshelf to
| [ ] Old Book Vol. 11 | find [_OLD BOOK VOL. 11_]. Once you're ready,
| [ ] Recipe #37 | head into the castle itself through the
o----------------------------o entrance near the Rune Shop.
Head all the way to the area where Nanami fell and you fought Gorudo, then
continue east past this hallway to the next area. Talk to the Blue Knight
here, and he'll give you a [_THUNDER RUNE_] that he found in Gorudo's office.
Head up the stairs here, then follow the path to Gorudo's office, where you'll
find a chest containing an [_EARTH ARMOR_]. Also, make sure to check his
bookshelf for [_RECIPE #37_]. That's it for Rockaxe, so leave here and go back
out to the World Map.
If you bring Futch and Humphrey with you, you can return to Rakutei Mountain
if you wish. You'll want to if you missed Turtle Plans #3 earlier.
o--------------------o
| -Rakutei Mountain- |
o--------o----------------------------------------------o--------------------o
| My | [57] Hero [43] Humphrey [57] Sheena |
| Party | [41] Futch [57] Killey [54] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The monsters there are upgraded
| Enemies | versions of the earlier ones with new names.
| | The SkyKnight will drop Turtle Plans #3 in
| IronClaw | place of the HawkMan, in case you missed it
| Leathercut | earlier in the game. As for the other
| Pixie | enemies, they really don't drop anything
| SkyKnight | notable. This is a good place to level up,
o----------------------------o but you must bring Humphrey and Futch along.
That's it for extras, so let's go back to Headquarters and continue the story.
o--------o o------------------------------------------------------o
| s1.437 | | -Headquarters-, preparations for the final battle... |
o--------o------------o------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [57] Flik [57] Viktor [57] Sheena |
| Party | [58] Hero [57] Killey [54] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Make your way to the Great Hall and talk to Shu; he'll tell you that Highland
has retreated back to their own territory, and recommends that you attack
Highland and eliminate the root to the whole war.
Choose either option and he'll tell o-----------------------------------o
you that both Highland and the | [1] The root of the war?.... |
City-State haven't gotten too big, so | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
war is inevitable. He'll then ask for o-----------------------------------o
your permission to invade Highland. | [1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
Whenever you're ready to continue, | [2] I can't....... |
choose option 3. Go out to the hall, | [3] Okay, let's do it..... |
where you'll just collapse. Freed Y o-----------------------------------o
will find you after a few moments,
then the scene will switch to Highland, where you'll find Jowy inspiring his
troops by providing his wife Jillia as a sacrifice to the Beast Rune! Luckily,
it's just a doll they're using to carry the plan out. You'll also see Jowy
start to collapse just like you did.
Back at Headquarters, some of your friends will be surrounding you, freaked
out that something happened to you. They'll decide to let you get some rest
since you're getting ready to invade Highland. When you regain control that
night, go down to Shu's room on the fourth floor to find Apple going inside.
Shu tells her that he knew the plan for attacking Muse was going to fail,
with her only having a 50-50 chance of succeeding, but either way it would've
worked for him, as his plans would be disguised if she lost. He'll then ask
her to choose one of the three cards on the table; she will choose the fire
card, then will go to sleep. Make your way back up to your room and rest.
After you regain control the next morning, go to the Great Hall to have
everyone gathered once again. Shu will ask you to deploy the troops to
L'Renouille.
Choose option 2 to hear some cheers from your o--------------------------o
friends, then you'll get to say... | [1] Hold on a minute.... |
| [2] Okay. |
o------------------------------------o o--------------------------o
| [1] We're off!!! To L'Renouille!!! |
o------------------------------------o
After seeing your troops move out, you'll be in the forest near the Highland
Border, where you'll learn that the Highland Army, led by Leon Silverberg, is
approaching. Shu lets you know of the plan, and after everyone departs, Shu
and Viktor will commence their own plan, then you'll enter your second to last
major battle.
o---------o o------------------------------o
| s1.mb13 | | Major Battle - The Fire Card |
o---------o-----------------------------------o------------------------------o
| |
| There's absolutely nothing to do in this battle; just watch the action as |
| it unfolds until both Shu and Leon Silverberg are surrounded by a wall of |
| fire. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
In the forest, Shu will meet with Leon; they'll bicker back and forth several
times, with Shu wondering why Leon helped destroy the Scarlet Moon Empire
three years ago, but is helping Highland now. The fire will grow more out of
control, then you'll be back to you and Apple; she now realizes that it's
because she drew the fire card that this is how Shu was going to go. But
before she can run in after him to try to find him, Viktor will show up, with
Shu! He claims that he was supposed to die here, but Viktor wouldn't let him.
He then orders you to head to L'Renouille to take Highland, and will leave
Apple in charge.
At the Muse-Highland Border, you'll take a break. Take this time to talk to
Hilda first to rest and save your game, then talk to Apple once again.
o----------------------o
Choose option 3 to rearrange your units for the | [1] Not yet. |
final battle. Listed below is the setup I'm going | [2] Let's go. |
to be using: | [3] Rearrange units. |
o----------------------o
This is my personal setup; you o----------o----------o----------o----------o
don't have to use it, but with | Hero | Viktor | Ridley | Kasumi |
it, you'll have 6 main groups | Hanna | Tai Ho | Shu | Humphrey |
that you'll want to attack | Oulan | Shin | Chaco | Miklotov |
with; Viktor, Ridley, Hauser, o----------o----------o----------o----------o
Georg, Max, and Gilbert. All | Hauser | Georg | Max | Gilbert |
of them have over 10 attack, | Yam Koo | Apple | Gijimu | Pesmerga |
as well as 8 defense (except | Huan | Camus | Lo Wen | Tuta |
Max's 7), so you'll want to o----------o----------o----------o----------o
use them as the main force. Of | Flik | Teresa | Ayda | Luc |
all of those, Viktor is the | Tsai | Jess | Freed Y | Klaus |
only one who cannot move 2 | Koyu | Lorelai | Emilia | Annallee |
squares. Everyone else is just o----------o----------o----------o----------o
put wherever there's room, | Mazus |
except for Luc and Mazus, who | Jeane |
you'll be using to attack from | Adlai |
afar before engaging them up o----------o
close. Hero's unit is one of
the ones furthest back, so the rest of your army will probably already be at
L'Renouille before he even gets to do anything. Ridley and Georg will be your
two strongest units here, so make good use of them.
Once you're ready, pick option 2 to head into the final battle.
o---------o o----------------------------o
| s1.mb14 | | Major Battle - L'Renouille |
o---------o-------------------------------------o----------------------------o
| |
| You'll be up against Seed, Culgan, Yuber, Lucia, and Han Cunningham, |
| Genkaku's old friend. To win this battle, all we need to do is step foot |
| in L'Renouille. To start with, try to get your archers and mages out front |
| so you can attack them before you get to meet. If you want to take a more |
| direct path, send Viktor, Ridley, Hauser, Georg, Max, and Gilbert |
| directly into the fray; they should crush the normal troops along the way |
| until you run into Seed, Culgan, Lucia, or Han. After your third turn, |
| Yuber decides that this battle is not worth it, and will just leave, |
| making your chances that much better! Try to save your special attacks |
| such as the Wind / Fire / Lightning Runes, Fire Spear, etc. for Seed, |
| Culgan, and Lucia for when you get close to the city; all you have to do |
| is get them to either move away from the city entrance or destroy that |
| unit, then enter the city with any of your units to end the battle. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Once you are done with the battle, you'll be in L'Renouille, and will have to
choose your party. Now, before going through L'Renouille, we need to stop at
Sajah Village to the northwest; bring Clive with you.
o-----------o
| World Map |
o----------------------------o-----------------------------------o-----------o
| Enemies | L'Renouille / Sajah / N. Tenzan Pass / |
| | N. Muse-Highland Border Area |
| Colossus o-----------------------------------------------o
| Minotaurus |
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Minotaurus can drop the
Mother Earth Rune. Also, there's really
nowhere else to put this, but you can access Kyaro and the North Sparrow Pass
once again; if you'd like to get some more Double-Beat Runes, head over to the
North Sparrow Pass and take out some CutRabbits to try to get them. Lastly,
you can visit Tenzan Pass now, but there's really no reason to; the enemies
there are pretty tough, and they don't have any notable item drops that you
can't get somewhere else easier, unless you're into Paintings.
o---------o
| -Sajah- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [57] Flik [57] Viktor [57] Sheena |
| Party | [58] Hero [57] Killey [50] Clive |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The following items can be found
| Save Points | in the Rare Finds of the Item Shop here:
| | Golden Hammer, Windspun Armor, Horned Helmet,
| Inn | and the and final fourth Lamb. Make sure to
o----------------------------o get the Golden Hammer and Lamb!
-------
(- NOTE -) * CLIVE'S STORY * (TIME MUST BE AT OR BEFORE _20:00:59_)
If Clive is with you, as soon as you walk in the village, he will walk up to
Elza, who says that it's time to finish this. There will be a duel between
Gunners, so he'll have to put Storm down, as he won't shoot her. She'll ask
him to pick between Star, which represents trust, and Moon, which represents
betrayal. Clive will choose Star, then the duel will begin... and after
shouting some phrases at each other, the duel will end just as quickly as it
begun, with Elza lying on the ground, wounded.
She'll then tell him that there weren't any bullets in her gun, and that she
wishes she would've died with pride as a Gunner the day she shot Kelley.
Clive's gun, Storm, is the only gun in the world with a soul in it, and it
was supposed to go to Kelley, but it chose her instead, so they had to settle
the matter with a duel, in which she killed Kelley. The guns were loaded the
same as they were today, and knowing that there were no bullets inside, he
chose Moon anyway. Just as Clive goes up to her, she'll tell him that she was
just messing with him, and will fire Moon up into the air, and will ask him
to take care of Storm, as he's its keeper now. Clive will then fall to her
side as she passes on...
If you wish to view this event, and are past the time, but have a Gameshark,
Codebreaker, or PEC, use this code to bring your time to 19:58:00.
"Time Is 19:58:00 (Clive/Sajah)
8006AA52 0013
8006AA54 003A
8006AA56 0000
-------
Other than Clive's Story, the only other thing to see here is the Item Shop;
you can buy Crimson Capes here, and there are some very good items in the
Rare Finds; be sure to check them out. Next, leave Sajah, then head far
southeast to the Tenzan Pass.
o---------------o
| -Tenzan Pass- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------o---------------o
| My | [57] Flik [57] Viktor [57] Sheena |
| Party | [58] Hero [57] Killey [55] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) I'm just listing the enemies here,
| Enemies | there's nothing to do here right now except
| | to fight. The enemy that looks like the Magus
| Magus | from L'Renouille can drop Wind Amulets, which
| Minotaurus | you can also get from the Hippogriffs in
o----------------------------o Rockaxe if you're looking for some.
Now, before going into L'Renouille to continue the story...
,, /\ /\ /\
|| \/ \/ \/
||/\\ _-_ '\\/\\ }{ }{ }{
<>-<> <>-<> || || || \\ || ;' \/ \/ \/ <>-<> <>-<>
|| || ||/ ||/
\\ |/ \\,/ |/ <> <> <>
_/ (
-_-
Got your attention? Good.
If you have been following my guide since the start, you should have all 108
Stars, as you would not have gained the Forgiver Sign had you not. All of the
following is completely optional, but if you're going for a perfect game, or
are preparing for Suikoden III, all of this is necessary. If you don't have
some of the things below, use the search feature and look for it earlier in
the guide.
This is my party setup before entering L'Renouille:
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| Flik (LV 59) (S) | Viktor (LV 59) (S) | Sheena (LV 59) (S) |
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| (no H rune) | (no H rune) | Double-Strike Rune |
| Thunder Rune | Fury Rune | Fury Rune |
| Double-Beat Rune | Double-Beat Rune | Double-Beat Rune |
| Wind Hat | Wind Hat | Wind Hat |
| Earth Armor | Silver Armor | Master Garb |
| Silver Shield | (no shield) | Earth Shield |
| Fire Emblem | Fire Emblem | Star Earrings |
| Power Ring | Wind Amulet | Wind Amulet |
| Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo |
| Down Rune (WPN) | Exertion Rune (WPN) | Friendship Rune (WPN) |
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| Hero (LV 59) (M) | Killey (LV 59) (M) | Luc (LV 57) (S) |
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
| Mother Earth Rune | Double-Strike Rune | Rage Rune |
| Bright Shield Rune | Fury Rune | Cyclone Rune |
| Double-Beat Rune | Double-Beat Rune | Thunder Rune |
| Wind Hat | Wind Hat | Wind Hat |
| Master Garb | Master Garb | Robe of Mist |
| (no shield) | (no shield) | (no shield) |
| Magic Ring | Power Ring | Speed Ring |
| Magic Ring | Power Gloves | Magic Ring |
| Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo | Sacrificial Jizo |
| Kindness Rune (WPN) | Friendship Rune (WPN) | Mother Earth Rune (WPN)|
o------------------------o------------------------o------------------------o
Once you're prepared, enter L'Renouille.
o--------o o----------------------------------------------o
| s1.438 | | -L'Renouille-, the fall of the Beast Rune... |
o--------o--------------------o----------------------------------------------o
| My | [59] Flik [59] Viktor [59] Sheena |
| Party | [59] Hero [59] Killey [57] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) The Bronzem can drop Master Garbs,
| Save Points | the Chimera can drop Blood Armor and
| | Lucky Rings, and the Commander can drop
| After defeating Han | Flame Helmets.
| Before Culgan & Seed |
o----------------------------o Head north into the castle, where Lucia will
| Items | be waiting for you!
| |
| [ ] Stone of Power | o--------------------------------o----------o
| [ ] Stone of Defense | | Lucia Potch: 50,000 | * BOSS * |
| [ ] Escape Talisman | o--------------------------------o----------o
o----------------------------o | Items: Mother Earth Rune (rare) |
| Equipment | o-------------------------------------------o
| | | |
| [ ] Robe of Mist | | You'll be able to go back and recover, so |
| [ ] Wind Amulet | | unload on her with Forgiver Sign and your |
| [ ] Goldlet | | strongest magic attacks. She doesn't |
o----------------------------o | attack very hard, but she does attack |
| Runes | | three times per round, so stay healed if |
| | | she starts racking up the damage. I was |
| [ ] Fury Rune | | able to cast Thunder Storm with Flik, |
| [ ] Champion's Rune | | Forgiver Sign with Hero, and Blazing Camp |
o----------------------------o | (Fire & Thunder combo) with Luc, as well |
| Scrolls | | as an attack from Killey to take her out. |
| | | |
| [ ] Bolt of Wrath | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o
| Key Items | After the battle, Teresa and Shin will come
| | in, and she'll tell Lucia once again that she
| [ ] Window Set #7 | plans on looking into her father's murder to
o----------------------------o make things right; she'll turn around, giving
| Enemies * = BOSS | Lucia the chance to attack her, but she will
| ** = FINAL BOSS | let her, as she knows Lucia won't hurt her
|*Lucia | because she trusts her. Lucia will then drop
| Chimera | her knife and allow you to pass.
| Commander |
| Highlands (A) | When you regain control, head back to
| Highlands (B) | Headquarters and rest to replenish your MP,
| Highlands (C) | then come back to continue. Head east first,
| Magus | following the path as it turns north. You'll
| Bronzem | eventually run into some Highlands; take them
|*Culgan | out, then at this fork, head west into a
|*Seed | large room with several sections. The
|**Beast Rune | southernmost section here has a chest with a
o----------------------------o [_ROBE OF MIST_] inside, and the northernmost
section here has a chest containing a
[_BOLT OF WRATH_]. Grab it, then head back to the fork with the Highland
soldiers that you took out.
Head north now, running into another group of soldiers, then pass them, going
south and west to the next area. You'll be at another fork with a group of
Highlands; take them out, then head west, following the path as it goes north,
then around and south to another fork. Go east first to another area with
several sections similar to the eastern side. Get rid of the soldiers to the
north, then open the chest in that section for a [_FURY RUNE_]. Head back to
the last fork.
You can head south if you like; all it leads to is one more set of soldiers,
and the path back to the entrance, so just head back north and along that path
until you reach the room with the Highlands you previously defeated. Make your
way north through the double doors now, and you'll run into Han Cunningham. He
tells you that he and Genkaku couldn't stop the Bright Shield Rune and Black
Sword Rune from fighting after all, but they did buy it some time.
Choose either option, and the duel o-----------------------------------o
that began between Han and Genkaku so | [1] Get out of my way!!! |
many years ago will continue here and | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
now! o-----------------------------------o
o--------o o-----------------------------o
| s1.oo5 | | One-on-One - Han Cunningham |
o--------o-------------------------------------o-----------------------------o
| When Han says "___", he will Attack. Choose to use a Wild Attack. |
| |
| - And now it's my turn. |
| - Foolish boy!!! |
| - Ho ho ho.... You taught him well, Genkaku my friend.... |
| - I can't let you past here, son. |
| - I may be old, but I haven't lost my sword arm. |
| - Unf..... Your father would have been proud to see you today... |
| - Very good, boy. |
| - You can't defend yourself forever. |
| - You can't win like that, boy. |
| - You're a tough one.... |
| |
| When Han says "___", he will Defend. Choose to Attack. |
| |
| - Genkaku............. You raised a good son.... |
| - I should have avoided that cheap little shot... |
| - Let me see your power, Genkaku's son!!! |
| - The leader of the (_____) Army is cautious I see.... |
| - Try that again, boy. |
| - Unf...you like to take risks, eh. |
| - Well struck.... It seems I should be more careful.... |
| - What will you do now, boy? |
| - What's wrong? Want to try again? |
| - You think you can beat me, boy? |
| |
| When Han says "___", he will use a Wild Attack. Choose to Defend. |
| |
| - Can you take this? |
| - Let's bury our past here, boy!! |
| - Let's see if you can withstand another of my blows! |
| - Now feel my deadly sword. |
| - Watch and learn, boy. Here's how to wield a sword!!! |
| - Watch closely, boy!! |
| - Yes, but can you defend against my sword!!! |
| - You think my sword has lost it's bite!!! |
| - You'll have to do better than that. |
| - You've got spirit... |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After being defeated in the duel, Han will ask you what your name is.
Pick either option, and he will apologize o-------------------------------o
to all of you and tell you that they | [1] Hero..... |
sealed their runes 25 years ago. He also | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
tells you that they were once one, but o-------------------------------o
before he can tell you how they become
one, he'll fall to the ground, telling you that you're strong while he and
Genkaku weren't, and you'll walk past him as he speaks his last words.
Head up the stairs here, then turn around and head down two screens to a
four-way fork. West is a dead-end, and you came from the north, so let's head
east first. Take out the Highland soldiers at the first door you come to, then
take the other northern door, ignoring the path to the south as it leads to a
dead-end. Continue following the path through several doors until you reach a
fork; head west first, taking on more Highlands, until you reach a larger room
with two chests, one with the [_CHAMPION'S RUNE_] and the other with a
[_WIND AMULET_]. The north and bottom left doors both lead to dead-ends, so
return to the fork.
Continue north now, following this path as it goes up more stairs, then head
north, again ignoring the southern path that leads to a dead-end. You'll reach
a dead-end to the north to, but at least there are two chests in here; a
[_STONE OF POWER_] and a [_STONE OF DEFENSE_]. Now make your way all the way
back to the four-way fork.
Head south, and you'll be immediately attacked by more soldiers. After taking
them out, since east is a dead-end, head west to another fork; you can head
south and go outside if you like, there's just another group to fight out
there, but no treasure. Head north, following the path to another room with
two doors; the right is locked, so take the left and fight another group of
Highlands, then continue on to yet another fork. East is a dead-end again,
so continue north and up the stairs here to a fork, then head north, ignoring
the south once again. Fight off the next group of Highlands, ignore the room
to the north, then head west to the next area.
After following along, you should come to another fork; the room to the north
is empty, so head west and south to be outside. Take out the soldiers here as
well, then continue along to be back inside. Move east, wasting the soldiers
along the way, until you reach the next screen and turn to the north to face
even more of them. Head north past them to wind up in a carpeted hallway. The
westernmost room to the north has nothing in it, but the second has a
Journeyman's Crystal; you can save if you like, but you'll have another chance
to before the next boss battle. The room to the east of it has an
[_ESCAPE TALISMAN_], so be sure to grab that as well.
To the east is a fork; head south first, as the path will lead you a dead-end
outside that has a [_GOLDLET_] in a chest you may have seen earlier. Make your
way north now, and once you're up on the next floor, head south while stopping
at the second room on your right; the last chest here in L'Renouille is in
this room, and it contains [_WINDOW SET #7_].
Head south to the next area, then south and west to another fork. South will
lead to the platform where Jowy 'sacrificed' Jillia, so make your way north
instead. Keep following the path here until you go up another set of steps to
the next floor. Head north a bit to find another Journeyman's Crystal; make
sure to examine this one, even if you don't need to save, as it will heal you
as well! You should use it, as Culgan and Seed will be waiting for you ahead.
Take a few steps forward to meet them; they won't let you past them.
o-----------------------------o
Choose 2 three times, or 1 once to take on | [1] I'll force my way in!!! |
Culgan and Seed. | [2] Get out of the way. |
o-----------------------------o
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Culgan Potch: 130,000 | | * BOSS * |
| Seed o--------------------------------o----------o
o--------------------------------o |
| Items: Thunder Rune (rare) | Start out by having Hero cast Guardian |
| Rage Rune (rare) | Guardian Earth on his Mother Earth |
o--------------------------------o Rune, then have Luc cast the strongest |
| spells he has on them; Culgan does not |
| take as much damage from Lightning compared to the others, and Seed is |
| strong against Fire, so I'd start out with Flik's and Luc's Thunder Runes |
| and the rest of your party's physical attacks on Seed, since he's not |
| strong against Lightning like Culgan. Once Seed has been taken out, focus |
| the rest of your strongest attacks on Culgan, having Hero heal every |
| round after the first with Battle Oath. Culgan can use his Water Rune to |
| heal, but he doesn't heal nearly enough to make that big of a difference, |
| and Seed will sometimes use his Water Rune to put a Magic Seal on |
| everyone for the battle, which actually works in our favor, since we have |
| three strong fighters in Viktor, Sheena, and Killey. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
Choose either option, then you'll o--------------------------------------o
walk past a fallen Culgan and Seed, | [1] The outcome's already decided... |
who say their goodbyes to each | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
other; they had fun while it o--------------------------------------o
lasted. You'll then see a scene
between Jowy, Pilika, and Jillia, where Jowy says goodbye to Pilika, and
will ask Jillia to take Pilika and run away to Harmonia, where they can start
new with new identities. Jowy will apologize for all that has happened, but
Jillia knew all along that he was just using her father and brother, but she
still loved him for what he was fighting for. After their tearful goodbye, you
will regain control. Head south back to the last screen, and use the
Journeyman's Crystal once again to recover and save.
(- NOTE -) If there's anything else you want to do in the game with complete
freedom, now is the time to do it. Also, if you want to use your save data for
Suikoden III, this is NOT the place for it; you'll have a chance to save after
defeating the Beast Rune, and that save will be used for the next game.
Listed below is my level and time for the game before the final battle:
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
| My | [62] Flik [61] Viktor [61] Sheena |
| Party | [62] Hero [61] Killey [61] Luc |
o--------o----------------o--------------------------------------------------o
| [ My Time ] 112:20:33 |
o-------------------------o When you are absolutely ready for the final
battle, head north and east back to the final
room. Leon will be waiting here, and he'll spill his own blood to release the
seal on the Beast Rune, your final test.
o--------------------------------o o----------------o
| Rune Potch: 200,000 | | * FINAL BOSS * |
| Left Head o--------------------------o----------------o
| Right Head | |
| Left Leg | To defeat the final boss, we must take |
| Right Leg | out the Rune itself and just the two |
o--------------------------------o heads of the Beast Rune. First, cast |
| Guardian Earth on Hero's Mother Earth |
| Rune, then unleash your strongest magic and attacks on the Rune itself to |
| start with, since it is protecting the rest of its parts with a magic |
| barrier. Once the Rune is gone, focus your attacks on the Right Leg, as it |
| will heal AND revive other parts of its body. After that, work on the Left |
| Leg, as it will cause some pretty bad status effects on us; Battle Oath / |
| Great Blessing should cure some of them. Once the Rune and Legs are out, |
| take out the heads while staying healed. He has several attacks, all of |
| which hit pretty hard, so one turn may deplete your party's HP. If you |
| have Sacrificial Jizos equipped (as shown in my setup earlier), you should |
| be able to make it through without dying. Just be careful of the attacks |
| from the Left Leg; the status I had most of a problem with was Silence |
| on Hero and Luc, which can cripple your party's chances of taking him |
| down. Stay healed throughout the battle with Battle Oath / Great Blessing, |
| and you should be able to tame the beast. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After defeating the Beast Rune, you'll head north to the throne room, where
you'll find Jowy's coat lying on the throne. The castle will then start to
crumble, so you'll need to head out.
Choose either option, as you'll be o---------------------------------o
forced to escape if you don't want to | [1] You're right..... |
anyway. You'll see yourself running | [2] No. We've got to find Jowy! |
through the castle to escape, then o---------------------------------o
you'll see everyone outside worrying,
but you'll make a heroic run to safety in the nick of time! Everyone's happy
to see you, of course, then the screen will fade to white, and you'll be back
at Headquarters.
o--------o o-------------------------------------o
| s1.439 | | -Headquarters-, after the battle... |
o--------o-----------------------------o-------------------------------------o
| My | [63] Hero |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o After someone wakes you up and you regain
| Save Points | control, make sure to save your game first
| | at either the Inn or the Journeyman's
| Inn | Crystal beside the Great Hall; you can now
| Beside the Great Hall | use this save in Suikoden III, if you like.
o----------------------------o Now go to the Great Hall; everyone will be
here waiting for you, praising you for our
victory over Highland and they will want you to become the new leader of a
single, unified country, and everyone seems to be for it!
Choose option 3 to continue. If you want to see o-------------------------o
the default ending for the game, choose option 1 | [1] I understand. |
to become the new leader and watch the credits | [2] . . . . . . . . . . |
roll. If you do this, you'll see the ending, the | [3] I can't do it. |
credits will roll, and afterward, you will see a o-------------------------o
picture at the end of the credits with Jowy
waiting beside the stone you two marked your X on at the beginning of the
game...
After leaving the room, Viktor and Flik will be waiting; Flik tells you that
you have a duty to carry out from here on out, but Viktor will let you go,
thinking that it may be necessary, and that you always have a home here. Head
down to the first floor and talk to Viki. Before continuing on, teleport to
L'Renouille and walk northwest to Sajah Village first.
o---------o
| -Sajah- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [63] Hero |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
(- NOTE -) There's nothing to find here, but there is now a Runemaster selling
runes and other items beside the Item Shop. Here, you find find the higher
level elemental runes; the Rage Rune, Flowing Rune, Cyclone Rune, Mother Earth
Rune, and Thunder Rune. Also, in the Rare Finds of the Rune Shop, you can find
the Blue Gate Rune, Phero Rune, Power Ring, and Star Earrings.
I just wanted to let you know that the items listed above were now available.
Once you're done here, go back to Headquarters and teleport to Kyaro.
o---------o
| -Kyaro- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------------o---------o
| My | [63] Hero |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o After entering town, go toward your house,
| Potch | but before going inside, head all the way
| | north on the right side of your house to the
| [ ] 30 | large tree where you found Mukumuku near the
o----------------------------o start of the game. Examine the tree to find
| Items | the [_HUNTER RUNE_], the [_TRIO PAINTING_],
| | and [_30 POTCH_]. That's it for Kyaro, unless
| [ ] Trio Painting | you want to check the Rare Finds of the Item
o----------------------------o Shop or something, so leave here, then head
| Runes | northwest of Kyaro to the Tenzan Pass, where
| | it all began...
| [ ] Hunter Rune |
o----------------------------o
o---------------o
| -Tenzan Pass- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------o---------------o
| My | [63] Hero |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
Head west when you enter, then continue following along to the next screen,
where you'll find a fork to your north; continue west, and you should start
to see some familiar territory from the beginning of the game. Continue along
the path until you reach the place where you jumped, and Jowy will be waiting,
just like you both promised.
He tells you that he has no regrets, but if he did, it would've been that he
had to betray the City-State and assassinate Anabelle. You both were a lot
alike, and you both walked along the same path and aimed for the same things,
but he admired Luca Blight for his strength even though he hated him, and he
wanted that power so he could protect everyone. However, none of that matters
now; this is a battle between the King of Highland and the leader of your
army.
Choose either option, and you'll have to o------------------------------o
fight Jowy, one-on-one. When fighting him, | [1] I guess you're right.... |
make sure to DEFEND every time! | [2] We don't need to fight. |
o------------------------------o
o--------o o-------------------o
| s1.oo6 | | One-on-One - Jowy |
o--------o-----------------------------------------------o-------------------o
| When Jowy says "___", he will Attack. CHOOSE TO DEFEND!!! |
| |
| - Bad move...... Hero.... That'll get you hurt.... |
| - Here goes.... Hero........ |
| - Just like the old days.... |
| - Let's finish this long, long battle.... |
| - Next it's my turn. Hero......... |
| - That's right. That's the way..... |
| - Why won't you fight, Hero!!! |
| |
| When Jowy says "___", he will Defend. CHOOSE TO DEFEND!!! |
| |
| - Hero...... You...... |
| - Hero.......... |
| - Let's test your strength.... Hero....... |
| - That's right...... Hero......... |
| - This reminds me of the old days.... |
| - Try again! Hero....... |
| - You're the leader of the (_____) Army, Hero........ |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After just a few turns, Jowy will ask you why you won't fight.
Depending on your actions in battle, o-------------------------------------o
you'll have one of two choices here; | [1] ......I know.... |
you can still choose either option, | [2] Even so, I can't... |
and the one-on-one battle will ensue o-------------------------------------o
once again; DEFEND, just as you did | [1] There's no reason to fight you. |
last time. If you really want to for | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
some bizarre reason, you CAN hit o-------------------------------------o
Jowy, but as long as you don't end
the battle by depleting his HP, and proceed to choose the correct choices, you
can still see the good ending, but I'd still defend to be safe. Once you have
lost so much HP, the battle will end. Jowy tells you that he was always
jealous of you, since there was something about you that made everyone like
you. He'll then collapse to his knees.
Pick either option, and he'll tell o-------------------------------------o
you that he used too much of his | [1] JOWY!!!!! |
power using the Black Sword Rune to | [2] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
stop the Beast Rune. He also says o-------------------------------------o
that both of our runes together make
a True Rune, but using it by itself slowly takes your life, and since he says
he's going to die anyway, he wants you to take his rune to make yours
complete.
KEEP CHOOSING 1. If you keep choosing 1 o-------------------------------o
over and over, and after three times the | [1] I can't do that. |
option doesn't change to the next one, | NO! [2] Okay...Jowy. |
then you did not meet the requirements to o-------------------------------o
see the good ending, so you'll have to | [1] Even so...I can't.... |
load up the save at Rockaxe, and if you | NO! [2] Okay. |
were able to obtain Forgiver Sign, you o-------------------------------o
must pick a choice when Nanami goes to
defend you VERY QUICKLY. You'll know you did it right if you whip out your
weapons, and when you get back to Headquarters and Huan will ask Shu to come
in and speak with him. If that didn't work, make sure she had a high enough
DEF value.
Once you've chosen 1 on the second prompt, your runes will start to resonate
together, and Leknaat will appear, saying that the Rune of the Beginning only
appears when the holders of the two runes face each other in combat. Even
though you decided not to fight, your spirit, along with the spirits of the
108 Stars of Destiny, called forth the power of the Rune of the Beginning to
heal both of you. She wants them to live their lives now, and see the world,
but Jowy doesn't know what to do, since he has many sins to account for, but
he decides that he can forget his name and his past and move on.
Choose either option, and Jowy will join you to o--------------------------o
start your new journey. As you start to head | [1] Of course! |
down the pass, you'll have one more surprise | [2] You must understand. |
waiting for you; you will have to get the good o--------------------------o
ending yourself to see it!
*** Congratulations! You have beaten Suikoden! ***
* Enjoy reading the fates of the 108 Stars of Destiny! *
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
|*** Side Quests ***|
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
o--------o o------------------------------------o
| s1.sq1 | | World Map - The Flying Squirrels...|
o--------o------------------------------o------------------------------------o
| My | [43] Hero [33] Mukumuku |
| Party | |
o--------o-------------------o-----------------------------------------------o
| Enemies | W. Two River / W. Muse-Greenhill Border / |
| | Greenhill / S. Path to Matilda / |
| HollyBoy | Forest Village Area |
| RaggedOne o-----------------------------------------------o
| Sauroid |
o----------------------------o All four of Mukumuku's friends are out here
| Recruits | on the World Map. To get them all to show up,
| | you must recruit them in a certain order,
| [ ] Makumaku (L) | there must be space available for them to
| [ ] Mikumiku (L) | show up, and they only appear in certain
| [ ] Mekumeku (L) | areas. What you need to do is walk a certain
| [ ] Mokumoku (L) | road (or area, for the last one), until that
o----------------------------o flying squirrel randomly appears in one of
your random battles. As long as you win that
battle, they'll stay with you afterward, then you can move on to the next one!
So, here are where the squirrels show up:
(- NOTE -) If you did not recruit Mukumuku at the beginning of the game, you
will need to walk the road between Greenhill and the Muse-Greenhill Border
until he shows up in your party, then you can continue with the others.
1) Makumaku - Walk the road between Two River and Greenhill.
2) Mikumiku - Walk the road between Greenhill and Forest Village.
3) Mekumeku - Walk the road between Greenhill and the Forest Path to Matilda.
4) Mokumoku - Walk around the clearing just south of the Forest Village (if
you look at the World Map, it looks like the bottom of a large
bird's beak, that area).
Here is CelesDestiny's method of capturing the Flying Squirrels, which may
save you some time and pain! Thanks!
"There has been a lot of debates about them and I tested many hours how to
recruit them fast. You don't have to battle at all. While a free slot is
required, the squirrel joins outside of battles. I'm 100% sure of this.
Actually, the game checks a regular intervals (I believe it is every X minutes
- this is what I am not sure of) every party slot. You'll increase your chance
even more by traveling alone. Plus, you can stand still for that in the
required area. The squirrel joins as soon as you make one more step
afterwards. I tested this once on the PSOne, stand for over 30 minutes at the
same spot (last squirrel), checked the menu ... nothing, made one step, heard
a short loading sound, therefore checked the menu again and ... it was there.
Many people do a lot of battles, which can be very time consuming especially
for the last squirrel. But it is so easy: Wait in the required area, leave
your game alone for some time, make one step and check your party :) If you
want to travel anyway (perhaps the game checks more often then ..?), be sure
to bring Champion's Rune and True Holy Rune along to speed things up a lot!"
It may take a bit of time to do this, so be patient. Once you have all of the
flying squirrels, head back to Headquarters.
o--------o o-------------------------------------------o
| s1.sq2 | | -Banner Village-, a hero from the past... |
o--------o-----------------------o-------------------------------------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Killey [52] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Nanami [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o (- NOTE -) To undertake this side quest, you
| Recruits | must have loaded data from Suikoden at the
| | beginning of the game.
| [ ] McDohl (M) |
o----------------------------o Once you're in Banner Village, head east past
the Inn to run into Gremio blocking your
path; he'll ask you not to come through here right now. Go back and talk to
Ko, the little boy that is dressed up like you; if you talked to him before,
he would've told you that he thinks that the leader of your army is back
fishing in the pond, not realizing that you're the general he loves. He'll ask
you if you want to meet him.
Choose 1, and he'll decide to run up the hill and o------------------------o
yell for help to distract Gremio so you can meet | [1] Sure. |
him. Run back over and talk to Gremio once again, | [2] Huh? Not really... |
and he'll take off once Ko starts yelling. Go up o------------------------o
and talk to McDohl; if you brought anyone from
Suikoden, such as Flik, Viktor, or Luc, they'll come out and say something
first.
Choose either option, and after o-------------------------------------o
you're in the Inn, you'll learn from | [1] Can I talk to you for a minute? |
Gremio that Ko is in trouble in the | [2] You're... |
Banner Pass. Pick either option, and o-------------------------------------o
Gremio will want McDohl to help. The | [1] Uh, are you SURE about that? |
Soul Eater on his right hand will | [2] We have to save him... |
start to react, making him kneel to o-------------------------------------o
the ground, but Gremio will convince
him that Ted and his grandfather both fought to protect the Soul Eater. He
doesn't think that the rune itself is evil, and will ask him once more to help
out; McDohl will come over to you, putting his hand on your shoulder.
Choosing 1 will allow McDohl to join you right now; o--------------------o
if you choose 2, you'll have to wait to meet up with | [1] Yes, let's go! |
them in the Banner Pass. Once you choose 1, McDohl | [2] I, I... |
will join your party! Go up to the Banner Pass. o--------------------o
o---------------o
| -Banner Pass- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------o---------------o
| My | [53] Hero [45] McDohl [52] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Nanami [52] Killey [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o Follow the path in the Banner Pass until you
| Save Points | reach the fork with the Journeyman's Crystal.
| | Once you're here, you'll see a set of three
| Before the boss | bandits, asking if you're here to get the kid
o----------------------------o back.
| Enemies * = BOSS |
| | o-------------------------------------------o
| RanRan | | [1] Let Ko go!! |
| RinRin | | [2] I didn't say that. |
| Samurai | o-------------------------------------------o
| TenTen |
| Tiger | Choose either option, then the leader will
|*Worm / Poison Moth | continue to roll on along, although his
o----------------------------o buddies seem pretty speechless, as they
recognize you as the leader of the State's
army, and they recognize McDohl as the leader of the Liberation Army that took
down the Scarlet Moon Empire! The other two will flee, leaving the leader
cowering; he says that they had to ditch the kid when a monster attacked, so
we have to save him! Head east to the next area, then east and north to find
Ko lying on the ground. You'll then have to fight the Worm, once again.
o--------------------------------o o----------o
| Worm / Potch: 50,000 | | * BOSS * |
| Poison Moth o--------------------------------o----------o
o--------------------------------o |
| You shouldn't really have to worry |
| about this boss. If you're strong enough, you'll wipe the floor with him, |
| and here's the best part; if you lose, there's nothing to worry about, |
| since you and McDohl will double team him in a separate battle. In that |
| battle, you'll use the Forgiver Sign spell on your Bright Shield Rune, and |
| McDohl will use the Judgment spell on his Soul Eater to take him out for |
| good. It's up to you if you want to waste the effort; if so, just use your |
| strongest attacks and stay healed. Either way, you'll get the rewards of |
| winning the battle. |
| |
o----------------------------------------------------------------------------o
After the battle, McDohl will suggest to Gremio that we take Ko to see Dr.
Liukan in Gregminster, so when you regain control, head north and follow the
path until you reach Varkas, who'll take you to go see him.
Once there, Liukan will tell you that he's all right, then Lepant will talk to
McDohl, offering him the seat of President that is rightfully his. McDohl will
back away, refusing to do so, and Lepant's wife Eileen will tell her husband
that he's still just a boy and he probably still has much to do in his life.
After that meeting, leave the palace, and you'll meet up with even more of our
old Suikoden friends! After dinner at the McDohl residence, head downstairs to
run into Cleo, who'll ask if you're going to rest.
If you choose 1 or 2, she'll want o--------------------------------------o
to talk to you some more, asking | [1] Miss Cleo, what are you doing? |
you what you will gain personally | [2] I can't stop thinking about you. |
from waging war. Pick either | [3] No, I'm going to bed now. |
option, then the scene will switch o--------------------------------------o
to Pahn, then back to Gremio and | [1] I have a reason to fight... |
McDohl. Once everyone is ready, | [2] I don't know.... |
Gremio will tell you that Ko is in o--------------------------------------o
better shape, so let's go get him
at the castle. Head inside and Ko will finally realize who you and McDohl
really are, and will be super excited that he got to meet two great heroes!
Varkas will then ask you if you're ready to be escorted back to the village.
Pick 1 to be taken back to the entrance to Banner o---------------------o
Village. Head south from where they leave you, and | [1] Yes, thank you. |
Gremio will tell you that he knows that you'll | [2] Not quite yet. |
succeed, as you have the same hope in your eyes that o---------------------o
McDohl's did. He also tells you that they'll be
staying in Gregminster for a while, so if we need their help, to feel free to
come visit! Now that we've finished with the McDohl side quest, two things can
now happen;
1) You can travel ALL THE WAY back to Gregminster (I wish there were a
shortcut), and if you talk to McDohl at his house to the upper-right of the
golden statue, he will join your party! He will stay in your party as long as
he is not replaced, or as long as a story event doesn't kick him out. To put
him back in your party, you'll have to travel the long path to Gregminster
once again.
2) If you haven't faced Lester yet, good; when you beat him after doing the
McDohl side quest, not only does he give you his Recipe, he'll also tell you
about Gremio's Special Stew. You must beat Lester and have him tell you about
the stew before you can get it. Once you do, travel to Gregminster.
o---------------o
| -Gregminster- |
o--------o---------------------------------------------------o---------------o
| My | [53] Hero [52] Killey [52] Sheena |
| Party | [46] Nanami [52] Luc |
o--------o-------------------------------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o As I said before, if you beat Lester AFTER
| Key Items | completing the McDohl side quest, he will
| | mention Gremio's Special Stew, which is why
| [ ] Recipe #39 | you're here. Talk to Gremio in the kitchen
o----------------------------o of McDohl's house; he says he's in the most
| Recruits | important part of making his stew.
| |
| [ ] McDohl (M) | o-------------------------------------------o
o----------------------------o | [1] Pull his ears. |
| [2] Tickle him. |
Haha, choose any option, then | [3] Leave him alone. |
talk to him again, and he'll o-------------------------------------------o
give you the recipe for his
Special Stew, [_RECIPE #39_]. Now, if you want McDohl to come with you, go up
to his room and talk to him.
Pick 1, and McDohl will temporarily join your o----------------------------o
party, as I mentioned before. Too bad we | [1] Please, fight with us. |
can't just add him like everyone else... | [2] Hey, howya doin'? |
always a long trip. He's worth it though! His o----------------------------o
Unite with Hero is excellent against groups
of enemies, and the Soul Eater... what is there to say about that? It's just
AWESOME! That's it for the McDohl side quest!
skip to main |
skip to sidebar
![Sparkline]()
Artikel Terpopuler
-
Hammers Iron Hammer - Given to you by a man inside the Armory in the Forest Village. Copper Hammer - Given to you a soldier in the p...
-
1. Runic Structure and Lore =========================== This guide will be formatted in such a manner as to try to narrow down your need ...
-
The various items below are what I consider the best in the game. For lists that are comprehensive, I recommend you check suikosource.com ...
-
GLITCHES Armor Swapping Glitch Each character can wear different types of armor, and some can not wear some types of armor. However, there...
-
o--------o o-----------------------------------------o | s1.401 | | -Tenzan Pass-, a brief ...
-
This Guide will help get all 108 Stars Of Destiny. You will see detailed descriptions on how to acquire them so it'll be a breeze.
-
Runes are Magic and can exist in these different forms: Crystal - Rune that can be attached by a Runemaster. (Can be removed) Rune - Run...
-
GLITCHES Easy Stat Ups for Characters To take part in this in-game cheat, you must have at least one of the Stones (i.e. Stone of Power, S...
-
--= RECRUIT ITEMS =-- These are items needed to recruit some charcters
-
Anyone who has played either of the previous Suikoden games knows what these are. For those who don't, a Combo Attack is an attack by t...
Total Pageviews
Posting Terbaru
2016 All Rights Reserved Suikoden.
Themes by Daftar Ion Casino